GOVERNMENT OF INDIAMINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRS

GOVERNMENT OF INDIAMINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRS

2009-10Annual Report2009-10

1

1.1 e Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA)has multifarious responsibilities, importantamong them being internal security,management of para-military forces, bordermanagement, Centre-State relations,administration of Union Territories, disastermanagement, etc. ough in terms of Entries 1and 2 of List II – ‘State List’ – in the SeventhSchedule to the Constitution of India, ‘publicorder’ and ‘police’ are the responsibilities ofStates, Article 355 of the Constitution enjoinsthe Union to protect every State against externalaggression and internal disturbance and toensure that the government of every State iscarried on in accordance with the provisions ofthe Constitution. In pursuance of theseobligations, the Ministry of Home Affairscontinuously monitors the situation, issuesappropriate advisories, extends manpower andfinancial support, guidance and expertise to theState Governments for maintenance of security,peace and harmony without encroaching uponthe constitutional rights of the States.

1.2 Under the Government of India(Allocation of Business) Rules, 1961, theMinistry of Home Affairs has the followingconstituent Departments:-

• Department of Internal Security, dealingwith the Indian Police Service, Central PoliceForces, internal security and law & order,insurgency, terrorism, naxalism, activities ofinimical foreign agencies, rehabilitation,

grant of visa and other immigration matters,security clearances, etc.;

• Department of States, dealing with Centre-State relations, Inter-State relations,administration of Union Territories,Freedom Fighters’ pension, Human rights,Prison Reforms, Police Reforms, etc. ;

• Department of Home, dealing with thenotification of assumption of office by thePresident and Vice-President, notification ofappointment/resignation of the PrimeMinister, Ministers, Governors, nominationto Rajya Sabha/Lok Sabha, Census ofpopulation, registration of births and deaths,etc.;

• Department of Jammu and Kashmir (J&K)Affairs, dealing with the constitutionalprovisions in respect of the State of Jammuand Kashmir and all other matters relatingto the State, excluding those with which theMinistry of External Affairs is concerned;

• Department of Border Management,dealing with management of internationalborders, including coastal borders,strengthening of border guarding andcreation of related infrastructure, borderareas development, etc.; and

• Department of Official Language, dealingwith the implementation of the provisions ofthe Constitution relating to official languages

Chapter-I

CHAPTER

IMANDATE AND ORGANISATIONAL

STRUCTURE OF THE MINISTRY OF

HOME AFFAIRS

2

and the provisions of the Official LanguagesAct, 1963.

1.3 e Department of Internal Security,Department of States, Department of Home,Department of Jammu and Kashmir Affairs andDepartment of Border Management do notfunction in watertight compartments. ey allfunction under the Union Home Secretary andare inter-linked. ere is a designated Secretaryfor Department of Border Management also.e Department of Official Language has aseparate Secretary and functions independently.e Annual Report of the Ministry of HomeAffairs does not, therefore, cover the activities ofthat Department.

1.4 e information relating to Ministers,Home Secretary, Secretaries, Special Secretaries,Additional Secretaries and Joint Secretaries whoheld/are holding position in the Ministry ofHome Affairs (excluding the Department ofOfficial Language and Department of Justice,which is now being looked aer by a separatelydesignated Secretary with effect from January01, 2010) is at Annexure - I. e position as onFebruary 04, 2010 is also indicated at Annexure-II.

1.5 e different Divisions of the Ministryof Home Affairs and the major areas of theirresponsibility are as below:

Administration Division

1.6 e Division is responsible for handlingall administrative and vigilance matters,allocation of work among various Divisions ofthe Ministry and monitoring of compliance offurnishing information under the Right toInformation Act, 2005, matters relating to the

Table of Precedence, Padma Awards, GallantryAwards, Jeevan Raksha Padak, National Flag,National Anthem, State Emblem of India andSecretariat Security Organisation.

Border Management Division

1.7 e Division deals with matters relatingto coordination and concerted action byadministrative, diplomatic, security, intelligence,legal, regulatory and economic agencies of thecountry for the management of internationalborders, including Coastal borders, creation ofinfrastructure like Integrated Check Posts,Border Out Posts (BOPs), roads/fencing andfloodlighting of borders and the Border AreasDevelopment Programme.

Coordination Division

1.8 e Division deals with intra-Ministrycoordination work, Parliamentary matters,public grievances (PGs), publication of AnnualReport of the Ministry, Record RetentionSchedule, custody of classified and non-classified records of the Ministry, Internal WorkStudy, furnishing of various reports relating toemployment of SCs/STs and Persons withDisabilities to Department of Personnel andTraining, etc.

Centre-State Division

1.9 e Division deals with Centre–Staterelations, including working of theconstitutional provisions governing suchrelations, appointment of Governors, creation ofnew States, nominations to Rajya Sabha/LokSabha, Inter-State boundary disputes, over-seeing the crime situation in States, impositionof President’s Rule, etc.

Chapter-I

3

Disaster Management Division

1.10 Disaster Management Division isresponsible for legislation, policy, capacitybuilding, prevention, mitigation, long termrehabilitation, response, relief and preparednessfor natural calamities and man-made disasters(except drought and epidemics).

Finance Division

1.11 e Division is responsible forformulating, operating and controlling thebudget of the Ministry and other matterspertaining to expenditure control & monitoringand financial advice, etc., under the IntegratedFinance Scheme.

Foreigners Division

1.12 e Division deals with all mattersrelating to visa, Protection Area Permit(PAP)/Restricted Area Permit (RAP) regimes,immigration, citizenship, overseas citizenship ofIndia, acceptance of foreign contribution andhospitality.

Freedom Fighters and RehabilitationDivision

1.13 e Division frames and implements theFreedom Fighters’ Pension Scheme and theschemes for rehabilitation of migrants fromformer West Pakistan/East Pakistan andprovision of relief to Sri Lankan and Tibetanrefugees.

Human Rights Division

1.14 The Division deals with mattersrelating to the Protection of Human RightsAct and also matters relating to nationalintegration, communal harmony andAyodhya.

Internal Security Divisions

1.15 Internal Security-I Division deals withmatters relating to internal security and law &order, including anti-national and subversiveactivities of various groups/extremistorganisations, policy and operational issues onterrorism, security clearances, monitoring of ISIactivities, Home Secretary-level talks withPakistan on counter terrorism, etc.

1.16 Internal Security-II Division deals withmatters relating to arms and explosives,extradition, narcotics and Narcotics ControlBureau and National Security Act.

Jammu & Kashmir Division

1.17 e Division deals with constitutionalmatters including Article 370 of theConstitution of India and general policy mattersin respect of J&K and terrorism/militancy inthat State. It is also responsible forimplementation of the Prime Minister’s Packagefor J&K.

Judicial Division

1.18 e Division deals with all mattersrelating to the legislative aspects of the IndianPenal Code (IPC), Code of Criminal Procedure(Cr.P.C.) and also the Commission of InquiryAct. It also handles matters relating to Statelegislations which require the assent of thePresident under the Constitution, politicalpension to erstwhile rulers before independenceand mercy petitions under Article 72 of theConstitution.

Naxal Management Division

1.19 This Division has been created w.e.f.October 19, 2006 in the Ministry toeffectively tackle the naxalite menace fromboth security and development angles. It

Chapter-I

4

monitors the naxal situation and counter-measures being taken by the affected Stateswith the objective of improving ground-levelpolicing and development response as per thelocation specific action plans formulated/tobe formulated by the affected States. It alsoreviews proper implementation of variousdevelopmental schemes ofMinistries/Departments concerned in thenaxal affected areas as also optimumutilisation of funds released under suchschemes.

North East Division

1.20 The Division deals with the internalsecurity and law & order situation in North-Eastern States, including matters relating toinsurgency and talks with various extremistgroups operating in that region.

Police Divisions

1.21 Police-I Division functions as thecadre controlling authority in respect ofIndian Police Service (IPS) and also dealswith all matters relating to training of policepersonnel, award of Presidents’ Police Medalsfor Meritorious/Distinguished service andGallantry, etc.

1.22 Police-II deals with all mattersrelating to Central Police Forces, includingtheir deployment.

Police Modernisation Division

1.23 The Division handles all items of workrelating to modernisation of State PoliceForces, provisioning/procurement of variousitems for modernisation of Central PoliceForces, police reforms and security ofVIPs/vital installations.

Policy Planning Division

1.24 The Division deals with meetings ofthe SAARC Interior/Home Ministers, mattersrelating to policy formulation in respect ofinternal security issues, internationalcooperation on counter-terrorism,international covenants, bilateral assistancetreaties and related items of work.

Union Territories Division

1.25 The Division deals with all legislativeand constitutional matters relating to UnionTerritories, including National CapitalTerritory of Delhi. It also functions as thecadre controlling authority of the ArunachalPradesh-Goa-Mizoram and Union Territory(AGMUT) cadre of Indian AdministrativeService (IAS)/Indian Police Service (IPS) asalso Delhi-Andaman and Nicobar IslandCivil Service (DANICS)/ Delhi-Andamanand Nicobar Island Police Service (DANIPS).Further, it is responsible for over-seeing thecrime and law & order situation in UnionTerritories.

Chapter-I

*****

5Chapter-II

Overview

2.1 Internal security situation in the countryremains largely under control. ere aresubversive/extremist/terrorist activity in Jammuand Kashmir and various States in the North-Eastern region particularly Assam and Manipur;Le Wing Extremism (LWE) is concentrated infive or six States but is found at some places inother States also. e situation in Kashmir, interms of incidents of violence and casualties, hasshown a perceptible improvement, which isindicative of a transition to normalcy. In theNorth Eastern States, situation has improved interms of casualties of civilians and SecurityForces (SFs). Violence has increaseds in termsof number of incidents and casualties of civiliansand SFs, as compared to the correspondingperiod of 2008. In the recent years, theconcentration of Le wing extremist (LWE)

violence has been mainly in the States ofJharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Orissa, Bihar, WestBengal and Maharashtra. ere were someinstances of major agitations during the year,which led to disturbance of public order anddisruption of normal life in the affected areassuch as the agitation in Andhra Pradesh for andagainst separate Telengana State, and in WestBengal in the context of the demand for aseparate Gorkhaland State. e communalsituation in the country by and large remainedunder control.

2.2 e year 2009-10 witnessed several newmeasures taken by the Government tostrengthen the security apparatus of the countryto equip it to meet the grave challenge posed byglobal terrorism. ese includeoperationalization of the National InvestigationAgency (NIA), establishment of four National

CHAPTER

IIINTERNAL SECURITY

Chief Ministers’ Conference on Internal Security held on February 7, 2010.

Chapter-II

Security Guards (NSG) Hubs to ensure quickand effective response to any possible terrorattack, augmentation of the strength ofIntelligence Bureau (IB), strengthening of theMulti-Agency Centre in the IB to enable it tofunction on 24X7 basis and strengthening ofcoastal security. e measures are speciallyaimed at improving the overall internal securitysituation aer the terrorist attack in Mumbai inNovember 2008.

2.3 e Centre took some major initiativesto deal with the menace of Naxalism and, aerwide-ranging consultations with the Naxal-affected States, approved a joint action plan tokick off coordinated and combined action,especially at the bi-junctions and tri-junctionsof the affected States. A conference of the ChiefMinisters on Internal Security, chaired by thePrime Minister, was also held on August 17,2009 and February 7, 2010, in which the internalsecurity situation was deliberated in detail, andareas and measures requiring priority attentionwere identified. A meeting with the ChiefMinisters and senior officers of naxal-affectedStates of Bihar, Jharkhand, Orissa and WestBengal, was also held aer the conference onFebruary 9, 2010 at Kolkata, which was chairedby the Union Home Minister. On Februry 17,2010, the Union Home Minister reviewed thesecurity situation with the Chief Minister, J&Kand the Unified Headquarters (UHQ).

2.4 e situation in different areas of thecountry mentioned above, and the variousmeasures that are being taken by theGovernment to counter the challenges tointernal security are briefly brought out in thesubsequent paragraphs.

JAMMU AND KASHMIRSecurity Situation

2.5.1 e State of Jammu & Kashmir has beensubjected to severe terrorist and secessionist

violence, sponsored and supported from acrossthe border, for the past two decades. More than13,775 civilians and 4,690 Security Force (SF)personnel have lost their lives. However therehas been a marked improvement in the situationin recent years, on account of several holisticmeasures taken by the Government, and thepeople’s yearning for peace. e statistical detailsince 2004 is given below:

Trends of Violence in Jammu and Kashmir

Year Incidents SFs Civilians Terroristskilled killed killed

2004 2565 281 707 9762005 1990 189 557 9172006 1667 151 389 5912007 1092 110 158 4722008 708 75 91 3392009 499 64 78 239

2.5.2 As would be seen, the number ofincidents and casualties has progressively comedown in the last 2 years and the overall securitysituation in the State has shown perceptibleimprovement. However, there are reports toindicate that the infrastructure for training toterrorist elements across-the border continuesto remain intact and, efforts to infiltratemilitants into the State continue unabated. eavailable information reveals that the infiltrationthat consistently decreased since 2005 hasreversed in the year 2009 and increasedsubstantially when compared to 2008. estatistical detail since 2005 is given below:

Year 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009Total 597 573 535 342 485

2.5.3 While the Army and the CentralSecurity Forces remain deployed in the State toassist the State Police in countermilitancy/terrorism operations, the role andinvolvement of the State Police in suchoperations has progressively increased withcommendable results.

6

Chapter-II

2.5.4 To support the State Government in itsinitiatives, the Central Government has beenreimbursing expenditure being incurred on avariety of security related measures. eseinclude inter-alia, expenditure on carriage ofconstabulary, material supplies, rent ofaccommodations, honorarium to Special PoliceOfficers, civic action programme, air-licharges, raising cost of India Reserve Battalions,transport, boarding-lodging, alternateaccommodation for Security Forces, etc. etotal amount reimbursed (from 1989) till March31, 2009 under SRE (P) is Rs.2,925.255 crore.During the current financial year a sum of Rs.159.07 crore has been reimbursed under SRE(P) till December 31, 2009.

2.5.5 e security situation in the State ismonitored and reviewed by the Chief Ministerof Jammu and Kashmir in the UnifiedHeadquarters Command with seniorrepresentatives of the State Government, Army,Central Para-military Forces and other securityagencies. e Ministry of Home Affairs alsoclosely and continuously monitors the securitysituation in tandem with the State Governmentand the Ministry of Defence. e Union HomeMinister chaired 3 meetings with the ChiefMinister, J&K and the UHQ members onMarch 18, 2009, June 11, 2009 and February 17,2010.

2.5.6 e Government is firmly committedand determined through tactical approach tocounter the challenge posed by the terrorists andviolence sponsored from across-the-border, andto restore enduring peace and normalcy in theState. Towards this end, a multi-faceted strategyis being followed which, apart from the variousmeasures taken on the security front, inter-alia,includes (i) focused attention on thedevelopmental aspects and implementation ofthe Prime Minister’s Reconstruction Planamounting to Rs. 26,288 crore, with a view to

strengthening the infrastructure, creatingemployment and income generationopportunities, and generally improving thequality of life of the people living in differentregions of the State, (ii) Ensuring the continuityof the democratic process in the State and toprovide a secure environment for politicalmobilization in the State, (iii) Zero tolerance toHuman Rights violations and use of minimumforce in the maintenance of law and order, (iv)Primacy of role to civil administration andelected representatives in the maintenance of lawand order (v) Measures to improve theconditions of migrants at Jammu and offering apackage of incentives for their return to theValley (In this regard a package has beenannounced by the PM amounting to Rs. 1618.40crore) (vi) Taking necessary measures tofacilitate people to people contact across LoC byway of introducing ‘Bus Services’ and ‘Trade’ in21 listed commodities mainly locally producedand in demand as explained in para 2.5.8 to2.5.11.

2.5.7 e Prime Minister visited Jammu andKashmir on October 28-29, 2009. e UnionHome Minister visited the State on June 11-12,2009, October 13-14, 2009, November 4,2009 and February 17, 2010. e CabinetSecretary and Secretaries to Government ofIndia held discussions with State Governmentofficials during their visit to Srinagar on October5-6, 2009.e overall objective of these visits wasto carry forward the initiatives for finding asolution of the problems of the State and toaccelerate the process of development.

People to people contact across LoC(CBMs)

2.5.8 Government of India has initiatedvarious measures to enhance people to peoplecontact across LoC which includes Cross LoCTravel and Cross LoC Trade. e salient

7

Chapter-II

features of these two initiatives are given asunder:-

(i) Cross LoC Travel

2.5.9 To promote people to people contact,fortnightly bus services on Srinagar-Muzaffarabad route was started from April 07,2005 and thereaer on Poonch-Rawalakoteroute from June 20, 2006. Taking into accountthe good response of this Confidence BuildingMeasure, from both sides of LoC, the fortnightlybus service on Srinagar-Muzaffarabad andPoonch-Rawalakote routes were converted intoa weekly service with effect from September 11,2008 and September 8, 2008 respectively. enumber of passengers who made use of theseservices till February 25, 2010 is as under :

Bus route No. of passengersIndian PoK

Srinagar-Muzaffarabad 2713 3511Poonch-Rawalakote 2864 4244

(ii) Cross LoC Trade in J&K

2.5.10 During the meeting of Prime Ministerwith President of Pakistan on the sidelines of63rd UN General Assembly Session onSeptember 23, 2008, it was agreed by both theleaders to commence Cross LoC trade fromOctober 21, 2008. Accordingly, Cross LoC tradeon Srinagar Muzaffarabad axis commenced onOctober 21, 2008. On that date, 13 truckscrossed over to POK and 14 trucks came toIndia side. Till February 25, 2010, 1,668 truckshave crossed over to POK and 2,534 trucks havecrossed over to our side.

2.5.11 Cross LoC trade on Poonch-Rawalakoteaxis has also commenced on October 21, 2008.3 trucks crossed over to POK on that date and 3vehicles carrying goods from across the LoCcame to our side. Till February 25, 2010, 1,357

trucks have crossed over to POK and 1,587trucks have crossed over to our side.

Jammu & Kashmir Update

2.5.12 To highlight the successfuldevelopmental initiatives and achievements ofthe people of the State and to to disseminateinformation on various development activitiestaking place consequent upon return ofnormalcy in the State of Jammu & Kashmir, amonthly booklet titled “Jammu & KashmirUpdate” on the State has been started fromOctober 2009. So far 05 issues have released.So copies of the Update have also been madeavailable on the Website of the Ministry ofHome Affairs viz. www.mha.nic.in. FromNovember 2009, the magazine has also beenmade accessible through Internet atwww.jammuandkashmirupdate.com.

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Central Assistance to Jammu &Kashmir

2.5.13 e Central Government has beencontinuously supporting and assisting the StateGovernment in their efforts to bring about all-round economic development, and to provideavenues for gainful employment to the people,with focus on planned and balanced regionaldevelopment. Priority has been accorded tobuilding physical, economic and socialinfrastructure, thereby improving theproductive potential of the State besidesimproving the quality of life of the people.

Prime Minister’s Reconstruction Planfor J&K

2.5.14 As a special initiative in this direction,the Prime Minister during his visit to J&K onNovember 17-18, 2004, had announced aReconstruction Plan for J&K involving an

8

Chapter-II

outlay of approximately Rs.24,000 crore, whichbroadly includes Projects/Schemes aimed atexpanding economic infrastructure andprovision of basic services, imparting a thrust toemployment and income generation activities,and providing relief and rehabilitation fordifferent groups affected by militancy in J&K.e current estimated cost of all the schemesincluded in the Prime Minister’s ReconstructionPlan is Rs.26,288 crore. During the currentfinancial year, allocation for Prime Minister’sReconstruction Plan is Rs.1,200 crore.

2.5.15 e Projects/Schemes envisaged in theReconstruction Plan-2004 are implemented bythe respective Administrative Ministries inconsultation with the State Government. eprogress of implementation of the Plan, whichincludes 67 Projects/Schemes covering 11sectors of economy, is being monitored by theMinistry of Home Affairs and PlanningCommission regularly. Out of the aforesaid 67Projects/ Schemes, action in respect of 30Projects/Schemes has been completed. Out ofthe remaining 37 Projects/Schemes, 34 projectsare at various stages of implementation and 03are in the preparatory stages.

Relief and Rehabilitation of KashmiriMigrants

2.5.16 Terrorist violence/militancy in Jammu& Kashmir, particularly in its early phase, hadled to large scale forced migration of membersof the Kashmiri Pandit community from theKashmir Valley. A variety of measures havebeen taken over the year by way of financialassistance/relief and other initiatives to providesuccour and support to the affected families,within a broad policy framework that those whohave migrated will eventually return to theValley.

2.5.17 ere are 57,863 Kashmiri Migrant

families of which 37,285 families are in Jammu,19,338 families in Delhi and 1,240 families inother States/UTs. Government of J & K isgiving dry ration and cash relief of Rs.1000 perhead subject to a maximum of Rs.4000 perfamily per month to 16,686 eligible familiesstaying in Jammu region. Government of NCTof Delhi is also giving cash relief of Rs.1000 perhead subject to a maximum of Rs.4000 perfamily per month to 3,624 eligible families.Other State Governments/UT Administrationshave also been providing relief to migrants inaccordance with the scales fixed by them for theKashmiri migrants staying in their States/UTs.

2.5.18 In addition, with a view to improvingthe living conditions for the families living incamps in Jammu region, the Prime Minister,during his visit to J&K in November, 2004announced construction of 5,242 two-roomedtenements at an estimated cost of Rs.345 crorefor Kashmiri Migrants staying presently in one-room tenements in camps at Jammu.Construction of 1,024 flats taken up at Purkhoo,Muthi and Nagrota in Jammu has beencompleted and allotted. Construction forremaining 4218 flats has been taken up at Jagatinear Nagrota, which is being developed astownship with all infrastructural facilities.Construction work is expected to be completedby October 2010.

2.5.19 Further, in order to facilitate the returnof Kashmiri Migrants, the Central Governmentapproved construction of 200 flats atSheikhpora in Budgam District on anexperimental basis at an expenditure of Rs.22.90crore. Construction of 120 flats has beencompleted. Possession of 60 flats has alreadybeen taken over by the relief organization. Sofar 31 flats have been allotted to migrants whoare living in different camps in Kashmir Valley.e project is expected to be completed byDecember 2010.

9

Chapter-II

2.5.20 In addition to the above measures, thePrime Minister during his visit to J&K on April25, 2008 announced, inter-alia, a package ofRs.1618.40 crore for return and rehabilitation ofKashmiri migrants to the Valley. e packageincludes provision of assistance towardshousing, transit accommodation, continuationof cash relief, students scholarships, employment,assistance to agriculturists/horticulturists andwaiver of interest on loans.

2.5.21 State Government has constituted anApex Advisory Committee in September, 2009under the Chairmanship of the RevenueMinister, J&K to oversee the effectiveimplementation of the Package. Government ofJ&K has created 3,000 supernumerary posts forKashmiri migrant unemployed youth.Recruitment Rules have also been notified. eRecruitment Agency has already advertisedmore than 2,200 posts and around 6,000applications have been received so far. eproposal for construction of transitaccommodation at three places has beenfinalized and tenders have been floated. As onFebruary 2010, 4,400 applications have beenreceived from the Kashmiri migrant familieswho wish to return to Valley.

Relief Measures for Victims ofMilitancy under PM’s Package

2.5.22 e package announced by the PrimeMinister in April 2008 included the followingprovisions/relief measures for victims ofmilitancy related violence:

(i) One-time cash compensation ofRs. 5 lakh to the next-of-kin of civilianskilled in militancy related incidents inlieu of compassionate appointmentunder SRO-43

Rs.100 crore released to the State Governmentfrom Security Related Expenditure (Relief &

Rehabilitation) as advance for this purpose. Asinformed by the State Government, anexpenditure of Rs.60.265 crore has beenincurred so far covering 1,517 cases.

(ii) Enhancement of pension towidows of civilians killed in militancyrelated violence from Rs. 500 to Rs. 750per month

As informed by the State Government, anexpenditure of Rs.1.20 crore incurred onproviding enhanced pension to 4,023 widowsduring 2008-09. For the current year (2009-10),4,274 widows are proposed to be covered.

(iii) Financial assistance for theeducation of those orphaned inmilitancy related violence @ Rs. 750 permonth per child upto 18 years(extendable upto the age of 21 years inexceptional cases) to all orphanswithout discrimination

An amount of Rs.19 crore was released to theState Government for this purpose during year2008-09 by way of contribution to the CorpusFund of the Jammu & Kashmir StateRehabilitation council as one-time assistance.As intimated by the State Government, anamount of Rs.30.98 lakh covering 541 orphansstands disbursed during 2008-09. During thecurrent year 1,371 orphans are proposed to becovered under the scheme.

CULTURAL EXCHANGEPROGRAMME

2.5.23 e Jammu & Kashmir Academy of Art,Culture and Languages, Srinagar with thefinancial support from Ministry of Home Affairshas been organizing various art and culturalprogramme on Jammu and Kashmir since 2008-

10

Chapter-II

09. e objectives of the programme are:-• to promote art, culture and languages in the

State. • to develop the skill of school/college going

children in theatre, dance, music and visualarts.

• to showcase the art and culture of J&K to theworld.

2.5.24 In order to help develop emotional bondbetween the people of J&K with people in otherparts of India, Ministry of Home Affairs hasextended financial assistance to the tune ofRs.94,14,533 to the Academy for the followingprogrammes during 2009-10:-(i) 3- days J&K Art Festival at DIAF, New

Delhi during October 3-4, 2009.(ii) 2-days Sufi Festival at Srinagar during the

2nd week of August 2009.(iii) Talent hunt programme in J&K during

2009-10.(iv) Special programmes Mouj Kasheer for

Jammu born Kashmiri migrants at Jammuon April 24, 2009 and Srinagar on June 28,2009.

(v) Saqi day at Srinagar, J&K on June 27, 2009.

NORTH EAST

2.6.1 e North Eastern Region, whichcomprises eight States, viz. Assam, ArunachalPradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram,Nagaland, Sikkim and Tripura, presents anintricate cultural and ethnic mosaic with over200 ethnic groups with distinct languages,dialects and socio-cultural identity. e securitysituation in some of the North Eastern Statescontinue to remain complex because of diversedemands advocated by various militant outfits.e region also has extensive borders withBangladesh, Bhutan, china and Myanmar; andthis has its own security implications. e State-wise profile of violence during the last five yearsis indicated at Annexure-III.2.6.2 Mizoram and Sikkim have continued to

remain peaceful. ere was low intensityviolence in some parts of Meghalaya. oughthere was spurt in number of incidents ofviolence in some parts of Arunachal Pradesh inthe year 2009 as compared to the previous year,the State largely remained peaceful. ere hasbeen significant improvement over the years inthe security situation in Tripura with noticeabledecline in the violence profile. e number ofincidents of violence in Nagaland in year 2009(upto 31st December) has also declined ascompared to those last year.

Assam

2.6.3 e number of incidents of violence inAssam in the year 2009 (upto 31st December)increased to 424 as compared to 387 last year.However, the number of civilians/security forces(SF) personnel killed during the said period hasreduced substantially. During 2009, ( upto 31December, 2009) 1,259 extremists were arrested,killed and surrendered in Assam due tosustained Counter Insurgency Operations (CI)in the State.

2.6.4. In Assam, incidents of violence,abduction, killing, extortion, etc. wereperpetrated mainly by the Dima Halam Daogah(Joel Garlosa) (DHD(J) in North-Cachar (NC)Hills district. e cadres of DHD (Joel Group)had been indulging in large scale violence in NCHills District of Assam for the last 2-3 years.Due to sustained Counter InsurgencyOperations, the Chairman of the outfit alongwith two associates were arrested on June 4,2009. 416 cadres of DHD (J) have since laiddown their arms and are staying in designatedcamps. e negotiations with this outfit hassince commenced. Ethnic violence betweenDimasas and Zemei Nagas in the NC Hillsdistrict claimed 70 lives, injuries to 37 personsand burning of 614 houses. A large number ofpersons affected by ethnic violence in NC Hillsdistrict staying in relief camps set up by

11

Chapter-II

Government of Assam have since returned totheir homes.

2.6.5 In November, 2009, two leaders of ULFAsurrendered to BSF. Subsequently, ArabindaRajKhowa, self styled Chief of ULFA, RajuBaruah, self styled Dy. commander of ULFAalong with eight other cadres of ULFA wereapprehended on December 4, 2009 by BorderSecurity Force and handed over to Assam Police.

2.6.6. ough, no formal request for peacedialogue has been received so far, at theorganizational level, from United LiberationFront of Asom (ULFA), two companies of theso-called 28th Battalion of ULFA, mainly activein Upper Assam, have declared unilateralceasefire since June 24, 2008.

2.6.7. A Karbi militant outfit active in KarbiAnglong District of Assam, was formed in theyear 2001 as an anti-talk faction of the UnitedPeoples’ Democratic Solidarity which was laterrenamed as Karbi Longri N.C. Hills LiberationFront (KLNLF). e outfit was having nexuswith ULFA and was involved in the large scaleviolence during the years 2007 to 2009. Due tosustained pressure by the security forces, 412cadres of Karbi Longri NC Hills LiberationFront (KLNLF) laid down arms on February 11,2010 in a ceremony organized by the StateGovernment of Assam at Diphu. e outfitdeposited 162 assorted arms, ammunition andexplosives with State Police.

2.6.8. Government has taken various measures tocheck illegal migration in Assam. A major elementof action in this regards relates to updation ofNational Register of Citizens (NRC) 1951 in Assam.Accordingly, the Citizenship (Registration ofCitizens and issue of National Identity Cards) Rules,2003 have been modified for enabling the StateGovernment of Assam to update National Registerof Citizens 1951 in Assam. Manipur

2.6.9. Manipur continues to be affected by theactivities of a large number of militant/insurgentoutfits. ese groups are divided on ethnic lineswith competing demands. e Meitei groups aremainly responsible for the violence. enumber of incidents of violence and casualtiesof civilians/SFs have reduced in the year 2009 ascompared to last year. Sustained counterinsurgency operations have led to a number ofarrest, killing and surrender ofmilitants/insurgents in the year 2009.

2.6.10. On July 23, 2009 a suspected PLA Cadre,Chongkhan Sanjit and a civilian woman Smt.okchom Rabina Devi were killed in a shootout at B.T. Road, Imphal West. Seven Policepersonal involved in the incident have beensuspended by the State Government and ajudicial inquiry into the incident by a sittingjudge of Guwahati High Court has beeninstituted. A CBI enquiry has also beeninstituted in the matter.

Nagaland

2.6.11. e violence in Nagaland has beenmainly in the form of inter-factional clashesbetween different groups. e inter-factionalviolence between major insurgent groups vizNational Socialist Council of Nagaland (IsakMuivah) (NSCN/IM) and National SocialistCouncil of Nagaland (Khaplang) (NSCN(K)declined during the year 2009. is has been onaccount of better coordination of operations bythe Security Forces and increased efforts ofForum for Naga Reconciliation (FNR) andvarious sections of Naga Society to shunviolence and come together for peace.

2.6.12. Peace talks with NSCN(I/M) areexpected to resume in March 2010. eGovernment of India has appointed Shri R.S.Pandey as Representative of Government ofIndia for Naga Peace Talks.

12

Steps taken by Government to deal withthe situation

2.6.13. e major militant/insurgent groupsactive in the North Eastern States is indicated inAnnexure-IV. Keeping in view the multiplicityof diverse ethnic groups, and the resultantcomplex situation in the region, theGovernment has been open to talks with suchgroups which categorically abjure violence. Asa result, Suspension of Operations, agreementshave been entered into with a number of groups,who have shown willingness to give up violenceand seek solutions for their problems peacefullywithin the framework of the IndianConstitution.

2.6.14. One faction of United People’sDemocratic Solidarity (UPDS) led by ShriHorensing Bey, General Secretary had comeforward and expressed its willingness to give upviolence and to seek solution of its problemspeacefully within the framework of IndianConstitution. SoO Agreement with this group iseffective from 1st August, 2002. Agreed GroundRules of SoO Agreement signed with UPDS hasbeen revised with stringent conditions and isvalid upto July 31, 2010.

2.6.15. Dima Halam Daogah (DHD) (NunisaGroup), a militant outfit in Assam had comeforward and expressed its willingness to give upviolence and to seek solutions of its problemspeacefully with the framework of the IndianConstitution. Suspension of Operations (SoO)between the security forces and DHD had beenagreed to and in force since January 01, 2003.Agreed Ground Rules of SoO Agreement signedwith DHD has been revised with stringentconditions and is valid upto June 30, 2010.

2.6.16. An agreement of Suspension ofOperation (SoO) had been signed betweenCentral Government, Government of Assamand NDFB on My 24, 2005 and are in operation

w.e.f. June 01, 2005. e SoO Agreement hasbeen extended from time to time. AgreedGround Rules of SoO Agreement signed withNDFB has been revised with stringentconditions and is valid upto June 30, 2010.

2.6.17. e Government has signed Suspensionof Operations (SoO) arrangements with AchikNational Volunteer Council (ANVC) inMeghalaya w.e.f. July 23, 2004. e SoO has nowbeen extended for indefinite period. ANVC hassubmitted its Charter of Demands. Tripartitetalks are also being held at the level of Secretary(BM) on the Charter of Demands.

2.6.18. e Government has appointed Shri P.C.Haldar as Representative on November 04, 2009to negotiate with NDFB (Pro-talk faction),UPDS, DHD, DHD(J) in Assam and ANVC inMeghalaya.

2.6.19. Suspension of Operations (SoO)Agreement with Kuki outfits in Manipur havealso been signed w.e.f. August 22, 2008 and isvalid upto August 22, 2010.

2.6.20. e implementation of the agreedGround Rules in respect of these outfits isperiodically reviewed by Joint MonitoringGroups comprising representatives of theGovernment of India, State Government,Security Forces and the concerned outfits.

2.6.21. The whole of Manipur (except ImphalMunicipal area), Nagaland and Assam, Tirapand Changlang districts of Arunachal Pradeshand 20 km. belt in the States of ArunachalPradesh and Meghalaya having commonborder with Assam have been declared‘Disturbed Areas’ under the Armed Forces(Special Powers) Act, 1958 as amended in 1972.The Governor of Tripura has declared the areasunder 34 Police Stations in full and part of thearea under 6 Police Stations as ‘DisturbedAreas’.

Chapter-II 13

Chapter-II

2.6.22. Central Government has deployedCentral Security Forces to aid the Stateauthorities for carrying out counter insurgencyoperations and providing security for vulnerableinstitutions and installations; shared intelligenceon continuous basis; gave financial assistance forstrengthening of the local Police Forces andintelligence agencies under the PoliceModernization Scheme; and provided assistancefor strengthening various aspect of the securityapparatus and counter-insurgency operations,by way of reimbursement of Security RelatedExpenditure. It also assisted the States for raisingof additional Forces in the form of India ReserveBattalions.

Deployment of Central Para-MilitaryForces (CPMFs)

2.6.23. Units of the Central Para-MilitaryForces (CPFs) and Army have been deployed inaid of civilian authorities in theinsurgency/militancy affected States. Whiledeployment charges for CPFs units in Assam arepresently levied @ 10% of the normal charges,the other States in the North East are totallyexempt from such charges in view of their poorresource position. Additional forces have alsobeen provided to the State Governments forsupplementing the security cover for variousinstallations and infrastructure projects.

Raising of India Reserve (IR Battalions)

2.6.24. e Government of India is assisting theState Governments for augmenting andupgrading their police forces to deal withinsurgency/militancy. Towards this end, 51

India Reserve Battalions (IR Bns.) have beensanctioned for the NE States, including Sikkim.ese include 9 for Assam and 9 for Tripura, 9for Manipur, 7 for Nagaland, 5 each forArunachal Pradesh and Mizoram, 4 forMeghalaya and 3 for Sikkim. Out of 51sanctioned, 42 Indian Reserve Battalions havebeen raised so far in NE States, includingSikkim.

Reimbursement of Security RelatedExpenditure (SRE)

2.6.25. The Central Government isimplementing a scheme for reimbursement ofsecurity Related Expenditure (SRE) for theStates seriously affected bymilitancy/insurgency. The scheme is beingimplemented in all States of the region exceptMizoram and Sikkim. Under it, theexpenditure incurred by them on variousitems, including raising of India ReserveBattalions, logistics provided to theCPFs/Army deployed in the State, ex-gratiagrant and gratuitous relief to the victims ofextremist violence, 75% of the expenditureincurred on POL (petrol, oil and lubricants) inoperations and honorarium, paid to villageguards/village defence committees/homeguards deployed for security purposes,expenditure incurred on maintenance ofdesignated camps set up for groups with whomthe Central Government/State Governmentshave entered into agreement for Suspension ofOperations, is being reimbursed.

2.6.26. State wise details of assistance releasedto NE States under the SRE scheme during thelast eight years are as under:

14

15Chapter-II

Amendment in Scheme for Surrender-cum Rehabilitation of Militants inNorth East

2.6.27. e Ministry of Home Affairs isimplementing a scheme for Surrender-cum-Rehabilitation of militants in North East w.e.f.April 1, 1998. e scheme has since beenrevised. As per revised guidelines:

• An immediate grant of Rs. 1.5 lakhs is to begiven to each surrenderee which is to bekept in a bank in the name of surrendereeas Fixed Deposit for a period of 3 years.is money can be utilized as collateralsecurity/Margin Money against loan to beavailed by the surrenderee from the bankfor self-employment;

• Increase in stipend from Rs. 2000 to Rs.3,500 per month to each surrenderee w.e.f.December 1,2009 for a period of one year.State Governments may consult Ministry ofHome Affairs, in case support tobeneficiaries is required beyond one year;and

• Provisions for vocational training to thesurrenderees for self-employment.

2.6.28. e number of militants who havesurrendered in the years 2005-2009 (upto31.12.2009) are as under:

Year 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009No. of 555 1430 524 1112 1109Militants

Modernisation of State Police Force(MPF)

2.6.29. As mentioned earlier, the Ministry ofHome Affairs is also assisting the StateGovernments for Modernisation of State PoliceForces. Under this scheme assistance is beingprovided, inter-alia, for procurement of modernequipments for surveillance, communications,forensic science laboratories, etc., weaponry,vehicles, computerization, traininginfrastructure and for construction of Policeinfrastructure viz., Housing/Police stations/outposts/barracks etc. Under the scheme of MPF,all the North Eastern States are eligible to receive100% central assistance of their approved annualplan for modernization of Police force. In thecurrent financial year 2009-10, central assistance

( Rs. in crores)

State 2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 GrandTotal

(amountreleased

from 2001-onwards)

Assam 63.97 92.86 68.01 50.80 75.40 63.91 90.86 53.01 108.60 59.85 1012.81Nagaland 7.50 12.71 22.42 19.17 26.49 24.83 25.55 7.60 33.13 30.89 278.15Manipur 14.18 7.75 7.64 4.00 9.44 33.65 13.60 5.16 21.58 07.93 157.09Tripura 15.00 27.70 29.85 34.33 36.17 27.00 18.24 4.44 45.04 09.49 305.37Arunachal 1.00 1.90 0.95 2.47 1.35 1.35 1.28 - 5.45 5.39 24.16PradeshMeghalaya 3.21 0.60 8.35 1.92 1.56 13.17 3.91 2.69 6.24 1.93 46.77Total 104.86 143.52 137.22 112.69 150.41 163.91 153.44 137.4 220.04 115.48 1824.35

16 Chapter-II

of Rs. 155.21 crore has been allocated to NEStates under the scheme, and an amount of Rs.155.21 crore has been sanctioned and releasedto North Eastern States for modernization ofState Police Forces. e State-wise statement offunds released In cash/kind under scheme forModernization of State Police Forces during thelast five years is indicated at Annexure-V.

Repatriation of Bru Migrants fromTripura to Mizoram

2.6.30. More than 30,000 minority Bru (Reang)tribals, mostly from Western Mizoram havebeen forced to stay in relief camps in Tripurasince October, 1997 aer being attacked by Mizovillagers. In the years 2005 and 2006, 195 cadresof BNLF and 857 cadres of BLFM surrenderedto Government of Mizoram. ey have sincebeen rehabilitated in Mizoram with grants-in-aid provided to Government of Mizoram byMinistry of Home Affairs. As a result ofcontinued efforts/persuasion through variousmeetings, the State Government of Mizoram hasexpressed willingness to repatriate 12538 Brumigrants, in the first phase, from Tripura toMizoram and resettle them in the designatedplaces in the State. First phase of repatriation ofBru migrants from Tripura to Mizoram has beendelayed because of burning of some Bruhutments by miscreants in November 2009 inBru in-habitat areas following killing of a Mizoyouth by suspected Bru militants. Ministry ofHome Affairs is pursuing the repatriation of Brumigrants from Tripura to Mizoram.

Helicopter Service in the North EasternStates

2.6.31. In order to provide connectivity toremote areas as also for providing airconnectivity to these areas with rest of India,helicopter services are in operation in the Statesof Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Nagaland,Sikkim and Tripura with subsidy from Ministry

of Home Affairs. In Arunachal Pradesh threetwin engine helicopters are in operation atpresent. One twin engine helicopter each is inoperation in the States of Meghalaya andNagaland and one single engine helicopter eachis in operation in the States of Sikkim andTripura. Government of Sikkim has beenrecently permitted to operate a twin enginehelicopter in lieu of single engine helicopteroperating in the State. In addition to abovehelicopter services, Ministry of Home Affairshas stationed a helicopter at Guwahati for use ofGovernors, Ministers/ senior officers of CentralGovernment for facilitating their visits to NorthEastern States. MHA bears the cost of thisservice.

2.6.32. e above mentioned five North EasternStates are operating helicopter service withsubsidy from Ministry of Home Affairs. esubsidy portion is limited to 75% of operationalcost aer recovery from passengers. For thepurpose of restricting subsidy, annual ceiling offlying hours in respect of twin engine Dauphinhelicopter, one M172 twin engine helicopter andadditional MI172 twin engine helicopteroperating in Arunachal Pradesh has been fixedat 1300 hours, 960 hours and 1200 hoursrespectively. In case of helicopter serviceoperating in Meghalaya, Sikkim and Tripura,annual ceiling of flying hours has been fixed at720 hours, 1200 hours and 480 hoursrespectively. However, in case of Nagaland amonthly ceiling of flying hours of 40 hours permonth has been fixed. e State Governmentsare permitted to operate helicopter services inrespect of respective States in excess of theceiling of flying hours. However, the subsidy islimited to ceilings of flying hours fixed in respectof each type of helicopter being operated inthese States. Aer adjusting subsidy fromMinistry of Home Affairs, the balance cost ofoperating helicopter services is met byconcerned State Governments.

17

LEFT WING EXTREMISM (LWE)Overview

2.7.1 Le Wing Extremists operate in thevacuum created by functional inadequacies offield level governance structures, espouse localdemands, and take advantage of prevalentdissatisfaction and feelings of perceived neglectand injustice among the under privileged andremote segments of population. Systematicallyefforts are made by Le Wing Extremists toprevent execution and implementation ofdevelopment works including infrastructure likerailways, roads, power and telecom throughviolence and terror, and to show the governancestructures at field levels as being ineffective. CPI(Maoist) philosophy of armed struggle tooverthrow the Indian State is not acceptable inour parliamentary democracy and will have tobe curbed at any cost. Government has given acall to the Maoist to abjure violence and comefor talks. is has not been accepted by them,so far.

2.7.2 Several Le Wing Extremist groups havebeen operating in certain parts of the countryfor a few decades now. In a significantdevelopment in 2004, the Peoples War Group(PWG) then operating in Andhra Pradesh andthe Maoist Communist Centre (MCC) thenoperating in Bihar and adjoining areas mergedto form the CPI (Maoist). e CPI (Maoist)continue to remain the most dominant amongthe various Le Wing Extremists groups,accounting for more than 90% of total LeWing Extremist incidents and 95% of resultantkillings. State-wise break-up of Le WingExtremist violence is given in the followingtable:

State-wise Le Wing Extremism violencefrom 2008 to 2009

States 2008 2009Incidents Deaths Incidents Deaths

Andhra 92 46 66 18PradeshBihar 164 73 232 72Chhattisgarh 620 242 529 290Jharkhand 484 207 742 208Madhya 7 - 1 -PradeshMaharashtra 68 22 154 93Orissa 103 101 266 67Uttar Pradesh 4 - 8 2West Bengal 35 26 255 158Others 14 4 5 -Total 1591 721 2258 908

Ban of CPI Maoist

2.7.3 e CPI (Maoist), which is the majorLe Wing Extremist organisation responsiblefor most of the incidents and casualties of LeWing Extremism violence, has been included inthe schedule of terrorist organisations alongwith all its formations and front organisationson June 22, 2009, under the existing UnlawfulActivities (Prevention) Act, 1967.

Government’s Approach

2.7.4 Government’s approach is to deal withLe Wing Extremism activities in a holisticmanner, in the areas of security, development,administration and public perception. In dealingwith this decades-old problem, it has been feltappropriate, aer various high-leveldeliberations and interactions with the StateGovernments concerned, that an integratedapproach aimed at the relatively more affectedareas would deliver results. With this in view, adetailed analysis of the spread and trends inrespect of Le Wing Extremism violence has

Chapter-II

18

been made and 33 affected districts in eightStates have been taken up for special attentionon planning, implementation and monitoring ofdevelopment schemes. Within these 33 districts,eight most affected districts in four States, Bihar,Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand and Orissa have beentaken up for implementation of integratedsecurity and development action plans, anapproach that can be replicated in other affecteddistricts also.

2.7.5 e view and the policy of theGovernment is that for dealing effectively withthe Le Wing Extremism problem, an entirelypolice and security oriented approach is notenough. While it is necessary to conductproactive and sustained operations against theextremists, and put in place all measuresrequired for this, it is also necessary tosimultaneously give focused attention todevelopment and governance issues, particularlyat the cutting edge level. Towards this end, thereis need to develop short term programmes,involving activities such as holding healthcamps, effective implementation of the PublicDistribution System, provision of drinking waterfacilities and other basic needs, as well asmedium and long term measures for overalldevelopment of the area as per a time boundaction programme. In this context, the largeamount of funds available to the States undervarious Central Schemes like the BackwardDistricts Initiatives, Backward Regions GrantFund, the National Rural EmploymentGuarantee Scheme, the Prime Minister’s GramSadak Yojna, the National Rural Health MissionScheme and Sarva Siksha Abhiyan acquirespecial significance and can go a long way inalleviating the situation and circumstanceswhich the Le Wing Extremists attempt toexploit.

Review and monitoring mechanism

2.7.6 A number of review and monitoring

mechanisms have been established in thecontext of the different aspects of the Le WingExtremism situation, and the measures neededto deal with it. ese include:

• A Standing Committee of Chief Ministersof concerned States, under thechairmanship of Union Home Minister, towork out a coordinated policy and specificmeasures to deal with the Le WingExtremism problem on political, securityand development fronts.

• In furtherance of the approach of dealingwith the Le Wing Extremism problem inan integrated manner, a high-level TaskForce under Cabinet Secretary has beenformed for promoting coordinated effortsacross a range of development and securitymeasures.

• A Coordination Centre chaired by theUnion Home Secretary to review andcoordinate the efforts of the concerned StateGovernments, where the StateGovernments are represented by ChiefSecretaries and Directors General of Police.

• A Task Force under Special Secretary(Internal Security) in the Ministry of HomeAffairs, with senior officers fromIntelligence agencies, Central paramilitaryforces and State police forces, to deliberateupon the operational steps needed to dealwith the Le Wing Extremism activities andbring about coordination betweenauthorities of different States, as may benecessary.

• An Inter Ministerial Group (IMG), headedby Additional Secretary (NaxalManagement), in the Ministry, with officersfrom development Ministries and PlanningCommission, to oversee effectiveimplementation of development schemes in

Chapter-II

19

Le Wing Extremism affected areas foraccelerated socio-economic development.

Measures taken to tackle Le WingExtremism

2.7.7 e primary responsibility for tacklingthe Le Wing Extremism situation rests with theState Governments, and they have to takecoordinated measures for this purpose. Invarious reviews and discussions mentionedearlier, the State Governments have beenadvised to take the following measures:-

• Time-bound action for augmenting thepolice force in the State (with reference topolice-population ratio), and for filling upexisting vacancies, particularly in theDistricts and Police Stations in the Districts/ areas affected by Le Wing Extremismviolence.

• Develop suitable incentives for persons whoare posted in these areas and a rotationpolicy for people posted in these areas.

• Action to ensure that the Police Stations andpolice outposts in the areas affected by LeWing Extremism activities are provided thenecessary infrastructure in terms of securePolice Station buildings (with perimetersecurity), barracks, armoury, messarrangements, etc.

• Urgently earmark a reasonable componentof the State Police for being provided withspecial commando/jungle warfare relatedtraining, for which establishment of trainingfacilities within the State and, in the interim,tie up with the Army, Central ParamilitaryForces and other States using such facilitiesas are available.

• While the importance of strengthening thecapabilities of intelligence gathering in theState generally is important, a special thrustshould be given in terms of strengtheningthese arrangements in the Le WingExtremism affected areas.

• Adherence to the standard operatingprocedures for various types of police andsecurity force operations so as to pre-emptpossible attacks and minimize casualties.

• Focused measures should be adopted toensure that the field and intermediate levelfunctionaries of key departments such ashealth, education, drinking water, electricity,revenue and other developmentdepartments could be available andaccessible to the people. is would not onlyinclude filling up of posts/vacancies, but alsosecure arrangements for their stay in thearea of their posting.

• Identify critical infrastructure anddevelopment projects in the affected areas,as also critical infrastructure gaps,particularly in the sphere of connectivity,and formulate action plans to ensure thetimely implementation of such projects.

• Create mechanisms for public grievanceredressal, mass contact and publicawareness, for creating an overall positiveenvironment and confidence of the peoplein the local administrative machinery.

• Under a well conceived strategy, a publicityand counter propaganda campaign shouldbe mounted.

Measures taken by the CentralGovernment to assist Le WingExtremism affected States

2.7.8 While the overall counter action by theaffected states in terms of Le Wing Extremistskilled, arrested and surrendered has shownmuch better results in 2009, there is an urgentneed to further improve and strengthen policeresponse particularly by the states of Bihar,Jharkhand, Orissa, Maharashtra andChhattisgarh by improving actionableintelligence collection and sharing mechanismsand strengthening their police forces on thepattern of Greyhounds in Andhra Pradesh.Andhra Pradesh and Chhattisgarh, to some

Chapter-II

20

extent, need to sustain their present momentumof effective counter action against the Le WingExtremists and their infrastructure.

2.7.9 'Police' and 'public order' being Statesubjects, action with respect to maintenance oflaw and order lies primarily in the domain of theconcerned State Governments, who deal withthe various issues related to Le WingExtremism activities in the States. e CentralGovernment also closely monitors the situationand supplements their efforts in several ways.ese include providing Central paramilitaryforces (CPMFs) and Commando Battalions forResolute Action (CoBRA); sanction of IndiaReserve (IR) battalions, setting up of CounterInsurgency and Anti Terrorism (CIAT) schools;modernisation and upgradation of the StatePolice and their Intelligence apparatus under theScheme for Modernization of State Police Forces(MPF scheme); re-imbursement of security-related expenditure under the Security RelatedExpenditure (SRE) Scheme; filling up criticalinfrastructure gaps under the scheme for SpecialInfrastructure in Lewing Extremism affectedStates; assistance in training of State Policethrough Ministry of Defence, Central PoliceOrganisations and Bureau of Police Researchand Development; sharing of Intelligence;facilitating inter-State coordination; assistingspecial intra-State and inter-State coordinatedjoint operations, assistance in communitypolicing and civic actions and assistance indevelopment works through a range of schemesof different Central Ministries.

Modernization of State Police

2.7.10 Funds are given to the States under thePolice Modernization Scheme to modernizetheir police forces in terms of modernweaponry, latest communication equipment,mobility and other infrastructure. e Le WingExtremism affected States have also been askedto identify vulnerable police stations and

outposts in the Le Wing Extremism affectedareas and take up their fortification under theScheme. However, some of the States need toimprove the level of utilization of funds underthe Scheme.

Security Related Expenditure (SRE)Scheme, 2005

2.7.11. Under the Security Related Expenditure(SRE) scheme, assistance is provided forrecurring expenditure relating to insurance,training and operational needs of securityforces, as also for Le Wing Extremist cadreswho surrender in accordance with the surrenderand rehabilitation policy of the concerned StateGovernment, community policing, security-related infrastructure by village defencecommittees and publicity material. Rs.60 crorewas released under the scheme.

2.7.12 e districts namely Nizamabad(Andhra Pradesh), Deogarh, Jajpur, Kondhamal,Dhenkanal & Nayagarh (Orissa) and Khunti andRamgarh (Jharkhand) were included underSecurity Related Expenditure Scheme. Revisedguidelines for hiring of helicopters under SREscheme approved by SRE Committee on July 28,2009. Orders for engagement of 6,666 SPOs byLe Wing Extremism affected States of AndhraPradesh, Uttar Pradesh, Orissa and Bihar wereissued. Revised Guidelines and package forsurrender and rehabilitation of Le WingExtremists were issued on August 26, 2009 toencourage the states to facilitate surrender ofLe Wing Extremists who abjure violence andintend to return to mainstream.

Supply of Mine Protected Vehicles

2.7.13 Keeping in view the increased casualtiesof police personnel due to IED/land mine blasts,the Le Wing Extremism affected States havebeen provided Mine Protected Vehicles (MPVs)under the Police Modernization Scheme. eir

Chapter-II

21

supply has been streamlined by taking up thematter with the Chairman, Ordinance FactoryBoard.

Deployment of Central Para MilitaryForces

2.7.14 58 battalions of CPMFs are currentlydeployed for assisting the State Police in Statesof Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Chhattisgarh,Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra,Orissa, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal. isincludes the 21 battalions inducted in 2009 :Chattisgarh (9), Maharashtra (3), Jharkhand (5)and West Bengal (4).

India Reserve Battalions

2.7.15 e Le Wing Extremism affected Stateshave been sanctioned India Reserve (IR)battalions mainly to strengthen securityapparatus at their level as also to enable theStates to provide gainful employment to theyouth, particularly in the Le Wing Extremismaffected areas. 37 India Reserve (IR) battalionshave been sanctioned to nine Le WingExtremism affected States. Provision has alsobeen made for raising two coys per battalion ascommando units / specialised forces for whichadditional financial assistance of Rs.6 crore isgiven over and above the Rs.27.75 crore beingprovided by the Central Government for eachIR Battalion. So far, 24 IR Battalions have beenraised.

CoBRA Battalions

2.7.16 Ten Battalions of Specialized Forcetrained and equipped for counter-insurgencyand jungle-warfare operations, named asCommando Battalions for Resolute Action(CoBRA) are being raised as a part of theCentral Reserve Police Force (CRPF). In thefirst phase, the key location points of twoBattalions are at Jagdalpur in Chhattisgarh and

Koraput in Orissa. Selection of personnel forthe remaining four battalions has beencompleted. As per Key Location Plan, these willbe located at Hazaribagh in Jharkhand, Gaya inBihar, Jagdalpur in Chhattisgarh and Bhandarain Maharashtra.

CIAT Schools

2.7.17 20 Counter Insurgency and Anti-Terrorist (CIAT) Schools, four per State, arebeing set up to impart specialised training toState police personnel in respect of counterinsurgency, jungle warfare and terrorism inAssam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Orissa andJharkhand. So far, 15 CIAT schools in 5 LeWing Extremism affected States of Bihar (3),Chhattisgarh (3), Jharkhand (3) and Orissa (3),have been sanctioned and Rs.22.50 crore havebeen released. Scheme for special infrastructure

2.7.18 Based on detailed study and analysis ofthe requirements in the field, a new scheme forLe Wing Extremist affected States has beenimplemented in Le Wing Extremist affectedduring 2008-09. e scheme is aimed at fillingcritical infrastructure gaps not covered undernormal schemes of the Central Governmentincluding MPF and SRE schemes. An outlay ofRs.500 crore has been provided for this purposein the XI plan period, with a provision of Rs.100crore made for 2008-09. An amount ofRs.9,999.92 lakh has been released to the Statesof Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Chhattisgarh,Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra,Uttar Pradesh and Orissa during 2008-09. Rs30 crore has been provided for during 2009-10.

Recruitment in Central Para MilitaryForces

2.7.19 In order to wean away the potentialyouth from the path of militancy or Le Wing

Chapter-II

22

Extremism, recruitment guidelines have beenrevised to permit 40% recruitment in CentralPara Military Forces from the border areas andareas affected by militancy or Le WingExtremism.

Development

2.7.20 Special attention on planning,implementation and monitoring of developmentschemes is being emphasised. Under theBackward Districts Initiative, which covered 147districts, an amount of Rs. 45 crore per districthad been allocated on a non-lapsable basis. ishas now been replaced by the Backward RegionsGrant Fund, in 250 districts. National RuralEmployment Guarantee Programme, which wasoriginally being implemented in 200 districts,and was extended to 330 districts in April 2007,is now being extended to all districts in theCountry, having regard to the need touniversalise this demand-driven programme forwage-employment. ese schemes are inaddition to various income-generating, public-utility and social-security schemes of Ministrieslike Rural Development, Agriculture, Healthand Family Welfare, Youth Affairs and Sports,Panchayati Raj and Tribal Affairs. In totality,these provide ample opportunity to address thedevelopment aspects relevant to Le WingExtremism, provided the implementation isdone in a systematic and qualitative manner.

Backward Districts Initiative (BDI)

2.7.21 Since the Le Wing Extremism menacehas to be addressed on the developmental frontalso, the Central Government has providedfinancial assistance of Rs.2,475 crore for 55 LeWing Extremism affected districts (then) in thenine States of Andhra Pradesh, Bihar,Chhattisgarh, Orissa, Jharkhand, Maharashtra,Madhya Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh & West Bengalunder the Backward Districts Initiative (BDI)component of the Rashtriya Sam Vikas Yojana

(RSVY). Under this Scheme, an amount of Rs.15crore per year was given to each of the districtsfor three years so as to fill in the critical gaps inphysical and social development in the LeWing Extremism affected areas. ese districtswere to migrate to the scheme of BackwardRegions Grant Funds (BRGF) aer fullutilisation of Rs.45 crore.

Backward Regions Grant Funds(BRGF)

2.7.22 Separate funds are provided for capacitybuilding and development. An exercise is on toincrease the amount of assistance for the focuseddistricts.

Focus Area Approach

2.7.23 Aer various high-level deliberationsand interactions with the State Governmentsconcerned, it was agreed that an integratedapproach aimed at the relatively more affectedareas would give positive results. With this inview, a detailed analysis of the spread and trendsin respect of Le Wing Extremism violence hasbeen made and 34 affected districts in eightStates have been taken up for special attentionon planning, implementation and monitoring ofdevelopment schemes. Some of the initiativesfor 34 focus districts are given below:

• Under Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana(PMGSY), 3-year perspective plans are beingprepared for covering all eligible habitationshaving population of 500 and above in plainareas and 250 and above in tribal areas.

• It has been decided to enhance Centralassistance from 50 per cent to 100 per centfor establishment of Ashram schools for girlsand boys in tribal sub-plan areas and hostelsfor scheduled tribe girls and boys (for girls,this relaxed dispensation has been providedfor all districts; for boys, this is restricted tothe identified 33 districts only).

Chapter-II

23

• A road requirement plan has been approvedby the Government for construction ofNational Highways, State Highways andmajor district roads at a cost of Rs 7300 crorein the eleventh Five year plan

2.7.24. e Task Force on Le Wing Extremismis coordinating the effective implementation ofthe following development projects/schemesand activities in the LWE affected districts:-

(i) Improving connectivity through laying ofnew roads, and strengthening of existingroads in these areas;

(ii) Ensuring that people living in the forestareas in these Le Wing Extremismaffected districts fully receive the benefitsas envisaged under the Recognition ofForest Rights Act, 2006;

(iii) Implementation of the National RuralEmployment Guarantee Act (NREGA);

(iv) Rajiv Gandhi Grameen VidyutikaranYojana;

(v) National Rural Drinking Water SupplyProgramme;

(vi) Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan;(vii) Indira Awas Yojana.

2.7.25 Status in respect of the abovedevelopment areas in the 33 Le WingExtremism affected districts in eight States is asbelow:

(i) (a)Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana(PMGSY): Detailed Project Reports(DPRs) for 25,671 km. road length toconnect 10,129 habitations in 33 LeWing Extremism affected districts havebeen cleared till October, 2009. StateGovernments are preparing the DetailedProject Reports for connecting theremaining 5,090 eligible habitations. Anamount of Rs.5,659.39 crore has beenreleased till date for these roads, and theexpenditure so far is Rs.1,436.35 crore.

(b) National Highways (NH) and State Roads:1,202 km of NH and 4,363 km of Stateroads have been identified forstrengthening into two-lane standards ata cost of Rs.7,300 crore. Till date, worksanctions have been given for 1,316 kmcosting Rs.1,400 crore. All the balanceworks are expected to be sanctioned byJune 2010.

( c) One of the major problems in executionof roads in LWE affected areas isinterference with the works by the LeWing Extremisms through acts such asextortion, ransom, destruction of themachinery, etc. GOI has categorized theroads in LWE areas into three categoriesdepending on their security situation.2,530 km of roads are under category IIand III, requiring security forconstruction activity. Construction ofNH-16 (691 km connecting AndhraPradesh and Chhattisgarh) has beenentrusted to Border Roads Organization.

(ii) Forest Rights Act: e Scheduled Tribesand other Traditional Forests Dwellers(Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006recognize and vests forest and occupationrights in forest land to schedule tribes andother traditional forest dwellers who havebeen residing in such forests forgenerations but whose rights could not berecorded. e Rules have been notified onJanuary 01, 2008. As against 4,18,872claims received in the LWE affecteddistricts, 1,66,885 title deeds have beendistributed. In the eight LWE affectedstates, a total of Rs.2,226.27 crore havebeen released for various developmentschemes in the tribal areas by the Ministryof Tribal Affairs, GOI for the years 2007-08 to 2009-10.

(iii) National Rural Employment GuaranteeAct (NREGA): e number of

Chapter-II

24

households provided employment underthe NREGA in the LWE affected districtsas:2006-07: 23,38,023 (Rs. 1,227.75 crore );2007-08: 31,43,927 ( Rs. 1,750.27 crore);2008-09: 31,38,198 (Rs. 2,030.16 crore);2009-10 (up to December 2009): 23,32,265 (Rs. 1439.87 crore).

(iv) Rajiv Gandhi Grameen VidyutikaranYojana (RGGVY): Rs. 2,228.95 crore hasbeen released to 33 LWE districts as onDecember 21, 2009, for electrifying all thevillages and habitations, providing accessto electricity to rural households andproviding electricity connection to BelowPoverty Line (BPL) families free of chargein the LWE affected districts.

(v) National Rural Drinking Water SupplyProgramme (NRDWS): ere are 32,348on-going schemes in the 33 LWE affecteddistricts with an estimated cost of Rs.562.79 core. Expenditure reported is Rs.154.63 crore, as on 21.12.2009. Against atarget of 21,653 habitations, 5,770habitations have been covered with safedrinking water.

2.7.26 In respect of Total Sanitation Campaign,the total project outlay is Rs. 1,121.76 crore,release is Rs. 490.94 crore, and expenditure tillDecember, 2009 is Rs. 338.21 crore.

(i) Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA): Totalbudget sanctioned for the 33 LWE affecteddistricts is Rs. 2,153.14 crore. for 2009-10,and expenditure incurred is Rs. 737.65crore up to November, 2009.

(ii) Indira Awas Yojana: In 2009-10, Rs.412.91 crore was released as a specialpackage for construction of 3.15 lakhhouses under IAY for 33 LWE districts. Sofar 150,369 houses have been sanctioned,67,729 have been allotted, 99,298 are

under construction, and 26,318 houseshave been completed. An expenditure ofRs. 314.14 crore has been incurred byStates.

Tribal and Forest related issues

2.7.27 Another step has been the ScheduledTribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers(Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006, whichseeks to recognise and vest the forest rights andoccupation in forest land in forest dwellingscheduled tribes and other traditional forestdwellers who have been residing in such forestsfor generations but whose rights could not berecorded. e Rules have been notified on01.01.2008. Special attention is given so that theimplementation of this Act is effectivelyundertaken in the States, so that its aims andobjects are fully achieved. Further, to facilitatesocial and physical infrastructure in the forestareas, Ministry of Environment and Forests hasissued general approval to allow suchinfrastructure by utilising upto 1 hectare offorest land for non-forest purposes. atMinistry has also permitted upgradation ofkutcha roads constructed prior to September 01,1980 into pucca roads. More than one lakhforest related petty cases against tribalswithdrawn in Jharkhand.

Surrender and Rehabilitation Policy

2.7.28 Guidelines for surrender-cum-rehabilitation of Le Wing Extremists has beenput in place. e rehabilitation package inter aliaincludes a stipend of Rs.2,000 for three years,vocational training, immediate grant of Rs. 1.5lakh and incentives for surrender of weapons.

Central Scheme for Assistance toVictims/Family of Victims of Terroristand Communal violence

2.7.29 e broad aim of the Scheme is to assist

Chapter-II

25

victims of Terrorist violence (including Naxals)and Communal violence. An amount of Rs.ree lakh would be given to the affected familyunder the scheme, irrespective of the number ofdeaths in a family in a particular incident.However, if the bread-winner and thehouseholder of a family die/are permanentlyincapacitated in separate incidents/occasions thefamily would be entitled to get assistance oneach occasion. Recently, the benefits under thescheme have been extended to victims of LeWing Extremism violence. e beneficiary,thus, would be provided assistance of Rs. onelakh under Security Related Expenditure andRs.3 lakh as per the schematic guidelines ofassistance to Victims/Family of Victims ofTerrorist and Communal violence.

MEASURES TAKEN TOSTRENGTHEN THE INTERNALSECURITY APPARATUS

2.8.1 As part of an ongoing exercise severalsteps have been taken to strengthen and upgradethe capabilities of intelligence and securityagencies both at the Central level and the Statelevel, as well as to enhance information sharingand operational coordination between theCentral agencies and the State governments.ese measures include augmenting thestrength of Central Para-Military Forces; theamendment of CISF Act to enable deploymentof CISF in joint venture or private industrialundertakings; establishment of NSG hubs atChennai, Kolkata, Hyderabad and Mumbai;empowering DG, NSG to requisition aircra formovement of NSG personnel in the event of anyemergency; online and secure connectivitybetween Multi-Agency Centre, SubsidiaryMulti-Agency Centres and State SpecialBranches. A Scheme aimed at strengtheningState Special Branches (SSBs) by way of supportfor monitoring, security, surveillance and otherrelated equipments, has recently been approved.Support would be given in this scheme for

networking, computers and data management.

Matters relating to Unlawful Activities(Prevention) Act, 1967

2.8.2 e Central Government hasconstituted a Review Committee in terms ofSection 45 of the Unlawful Activities(Prevention) Act. Further, the CentralGovernment has issued an order detailingelaborate procedure for effectiveimplementation of Section 51-A of the Act, sothat the mandates arising out of theinternational commitments are met in a legallyfail-safe manner.

National Investigation Agency (NIA)

2.8.3 e National Investigation Agency Acthas been enacted and notified on 31.12.2008 andthe National Investigation Agency has beenconstituted. e Director General has beenappointed and 217 additional posts have beencreated at various levels in the Agency. eagency is mandated to investigate and prosecuteoffences under the Acts mentioned in theSchedule which, inter-alia, includes offencesunder the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act,1967 that have inter-state and/or internationallinkages, which are assigned to it by theGovernment and would function under thesuperintendence of the Central Government.NIA Hqrs in Delhi has been notified as ‘PoliceStation’. 14 cases have been assigned to theAgency for investigation and prosecution. Outof these 14 cases, chargesheets have been filed in2 cases.Special Courts have been notified inAssam, Delhi, Kerala and Maharashtra. Further,Recruitment Rules for Group C posts in NIAhave been notified. One time method ofrecruitment for filling up posts of group A andB, has been finalized in consultation with theUPSC

2.8.4 e Agency held a familiarization

Chapter-II

26 Chapter-II

Workshop of State DGPs on June 12, 2009.

Strengthening of Intelligence Mahinery– MAC/SMAC

2.8.5 Multi-Agency Centre (MAC) in theIntelligence Bureau (IB) has been functioningon 24X7 basis. An executive order has beenissued on December 31, 2008 under whichMAC, under the IB, has been obliged to shareintelligence with all other agencies, includingagencies of the State Governments/UnionTerritories. Likewise, all other agencies havebeen obliged to share intelligence with MAC. Toensure on-line and secure connectivity of MACwith SMACs and State Special Branches,hardware is being procured and is likely to beinstalled and commissioned by April, 2010.

Ban of pre-paid mobile services in J&K

2.8.6 In the interest of national security, theGovernment decided to ban pre-paid mobileconnections in J&K with effect from 01.11.2009.e ban was imposed on the ground that pre-paid SIMs were being issued without properverification and forged/fake documents werebeing used to issue pre-paid connections. Aera series of discussions with the service providers,Department of Telecommunication (DoT) andofficials of the Government of J&K, guidelinesfor strict re-verification of mobile subscribers inJ&K have been prepared and forwarded to DoTfor notification. DoT, restoring the pre-paidmobile services, accordingly notified theguidelines for re-verification of mobilesubscribers in J&K on January 20, 2010.

Setting up of NATGRID

2.8.7 e Government have, in principle,agreed to set up National Intelligence Grid(NATGRID).

GORKHALAND ISSUE

2.9.1 e Gorkha Janmukti Morcha has beendemanding grant of separate Statehood for thearea comprising the Darjeeling district,including the areas of three hill subdivisions andpartially the areas of Siliguri sub-Division andcertain other contiguous areas. A process oftripartite talks has been initiated sinceSeptember 2008 at the instance of the WestBengal Government with the representatives ofthe Gorkha Janmukti Morcha with theGovernment of India acting as facilitator. FourRounds of tripartite talks have been held so far.

2.9.2 e third round of talks were held onAugust 11, 2009, wherein the GorkhalandJanmukti Morcha (GJM) basically requested forrepeal of the Darjeeling Gorkha Hill CouncilAct, 1988 and also dropping the proposed billsfor creation of an autonomous Hill Councilunder the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution topave the way for further talks. A central teamconsisting of representatives of variousMinistries/Departments visited Darjeeling hillarea to review the state of development in thearea. All the Ministries/Departments concernedhave been impressed upon to proactively takeup projects under various developmentalschemes in the hill area of Darjeeling. Lt. Genl.(Retd.) Vijay Madan has been appointed asInterlocutor to continue with the dialogue. Onthe request of the GJM the fourth round of talkswere held at Darjeeling on December 21, 2009.GJM however, isisted that the next round of thetalks may be held at the political level. eGovernment of India have agreed to hold thenext round of talks at the political level and theGJM has been informed of the same. e talksare likely to be held in March 2010.

*****

27Chapter-III

3.1 India has 15,106.7 km. of land borderand a coastline of 7,516.6 km. including islandterritories. e length of our land borders withneighbouring countries is as under :

Name of the Length of the bordercountry (in km.)Bangladesh 4096.7China 3488.0 Pakistan 3323.0 Nepal 1751.0 Myanmar 1643.0 Bhutan 699.0 Afghanistan 106.0 Total 15106.7

3.2 Securing the country’s borders againstinterests hostile to the country and putting in

place systems that are able to interdict suchelements while facilitating legitimate trade andcommerce are among the principal objectives ofborder management. e proper managementof borders, which is vitally important fornational security, presents many challenges andincludes coordination and concerted action byadministrative, diplomatic, security, intelligence,legal, regulatory and economic agencies of thecountry to secure the frontiers and sub serve itsbest interests.

3.3 e Department of Border Managementwas created in the Ministry of Home Affairs inJanuary, 2004 to pay focused attention to theissues relating to management of internationalland and coastal borders, strengthening ofborder policing & guarding, creation ofinfrastructure like roads, fencing & floodlightingof borders and implementation of Border Area

CHAPTER

IIIBORDER MANAGEMENT

28 Chapter-III

Development Programme.

3.4 As a part of the strategy to secure theborders as also to create infrastructure in theborder areas of the country, several initiativeshave been undertaken by the Department ofBorder Management. ese include expeditiousconstruction of fencing, floodlighting & roadsalong Indo-Pakistan and Indo-Bangladeshborders, development of Integrated Check Posts(ICPs) at various locations on the internationalborders of the country, construction of strategicroads along Indo-China border. In addition,various developmental works in the border areashave been undertaken by the Department underthe Border Area Development Programme as apart of the comprehensive approach to bordermanagement.

VIGIL ALONG THEINTERNATIONAL BORDERSFencing and floodlighting of borders

3.5 Fencing and floodlighting of the border

are important constituents of maintainingvigilance along the borders. In order to curbinfiltration, smuggling and other anti-nationalactivities from across Indo-Pakistan and Indo-Bangladesh borders, the Government haveundertaken the work of construction of fencing,floodlighting and roads along these borders.

Indo-Bangladesh Border (IBB)

3.6 e Indian side of the Indo-Bangladeshborder passes through West Bengal (2,216.7km.), Assam (263 km.), Meghalaya (443 km.),Tripura (856 km.) and Mizoram (318 km.). eentire stretch consists of plain, riverine belts,hills, jungles with hardly any natural obstacles.e area is heavily populated and cultivatedright upto the border.

3.7 e Indo-Bangladesh border is markedby a high degree of porosity and checking illegalcross border activities has been a majorchallenge. e main problem is of illegalmigration from Bangladesh into India. In order

Fencing constructed along Indo-Bangladesh Border

29Chapter-III

FENCING(Length in Km.)

Name of State PHASE I PHASE II TOTAL (PH.I + PH.II)Sanctioned Completed Sanctioned Completed Sanctioned Completed

W. Bengal 507 507 1021 712.00 1528 1219.00Assam 152.31 149.29 77.72 72.27 230.03 221.56Meghalaya 198.06 198.06 272.17 182.00 470.23 380.06Tripura - - 856 730.50 856 730.50Mizoram - - 352.33 158.27 352.33 158.27Total 857.37 854.35 2579.22 1855.04 3436.59 2709.39

BORDER ROADS(Length in Km.)

Name of State PHASE I PHASE II TOTAL (PH.I + PH.II)Sanctioned Completed Sanctioned Completed Sanctioned Completed

W. Bengal 1770.16 1616.57 0.00 0.00 1770.00 1616.57Assam 186.33 176.50 138.70 74.56 325.03 251.06Meghalaya 211.29 211.29 327.87 200.85 539.16 412.14Tripura 545.37 480.51 564.12 255.95 1109.49 736.46Mizoram 153.40 153.06 429.16 161.03 582.56 314.09Total 2866.39 2637.93 1459.85 692.39 4326.24 3330.32

to prevent illegal immigration and other anti-national activities from across the border, theGovernment of India had sanctioned theconstruction of border roads and fencing in twophases. e total length of Indo-Bangladeshborder sanctioned to be fenced is 3,436.59 km.;out of which 2,709.39 km. of fencing has so farbeen completed and the work of construction offencing in approximately 727 km. is underimplementation. ere have been someproblems in construction of fencing in certainstretches on this border due to riverine/low lying

areas, population within 150 yards of the border,pending land acquisition cases which has led todelay in completion of the project. ough thescheduled date for completion of the project isMarch, 2010, it is likely to spill over due toground level constraints.

3.8 In addition, 3,330.32 km. of borderroads have also been constructed out ofsanctioned length of 4,326.24 km. e phasewise progress of fencing and roads is as under :

Floodlighting

3.9 277 km. of floodlighting has beencompleted in West Bengal as a pilot project. eGovernment has decided to undertakefloodlighting in the states of West Bengal,

Meghalaya, Assam, Mizoram and Tripura in2,840 km. along Indo-Bangladesh border at anestimate cost of Rs.1,327 crore. e work hasbeen assigned to Central Public WorksDepartment (CPWD), Engineering ProjectIndia Limited and National Project

30

Construction Corporation (NPCC). e workis scheduled to be completed by 2011-12.

3.10 e work of erection of poles in 211 Kmalong with laying of cables in 60 km has beencompleted so far.

Replacement of fencing constructedunder Phase-I

3.11 Most of the fencing constructed underthe Phase-I in West Bengal, Assam andMeghalaya has been damaged due to adverseclimatic conditions, repeated submergence etc.e Government of India has sanctioned aproject named Phase-III for erection of 861 km.of fencing replacing the entire fencingconstructed under Phase-I at an estimated costof Rs.884 crore.

3.12 e work has been assigned to CentralPublic Works Department, National BuildingsConstruction Corporation and National ProjectConstruction Corporation. 532 km. of fencinghas been replaced so far. ough the scheduleddate for completion of the entire project is

March, 2010, it is likely to spill over due toground level constraints.

Indo-Pakistan Border (IPB)

3.13 India shares 3,323 km. [including Lineof Control (LoC) in Jammu & Kashmir (J&K)sector] of its land border with Pakistan. isborder runs along the States of Gujarat,Rajasthan, Punjab and J&K. e Indo-Pakistanborder has varied terrain and distinctgeographical features. is border ischaracterized by attempts at infiltration byterrorists and smuggling of arms, ammunitionand contraband, the LoC being the most activeand live portion of the border.

3.14 A total length of 462.45 km. and 460.72km. has been fenced and flood lit respectively inthe entire Punjab sector, except some gaps inriverine areas. In Rajasthan sector also, the workof construction of fencing and floodlighting in1,048.27 km. and 1,022.80 km. respectively hasbeen completed except certain shiing sanddune areas.

Chapter-III

Fencing constructed along Indo-Bangladesh Border

31

3.15 In Jammu sector, the work ofconstruction of 186 km. of fencing has beencompleted. 176.40 km. of floodlighting workshave also been completed and work on 9.60 km.will be undertaken aer realignment of fencing.

3.16 e Government had approved acomprehensive proposal for erecting fencing,floodlighting and construction of border/linkroads and Border Out-Posts for Border SecurityForce in the Gujarat sector of the Indo-Pak

border. Works of 219 km. of fencing, 202 km. offloodlighting and 241 km. of border roads havebeen completed so far in this sector out of 340km. sanctioned. 35 BOPs have also beenestablished out of 70 BOPs sanctioned.

3.17 ere has been time overrun incompleting the project due to unforeseencircumstances and natural calamities includingdevastating earthquake in 2001, unprecedentedrains and consequential floods in 2003 and 2006.e cost of the project has also increased due toprice escalation, increase in the scope of work,upgradation of specifications for roads andelectrical works etc. In addition, an expenditure

of Rs.224 crore is estimated for upgradation worksas per Central Road Research Institute (CRRI)recommendations aer the floods in 2006.

3.18 e Government have approved theextension of time for completion of the fencingand floodlighting project and revised costamounting to Rs.1,201 crore against originalsanction of Rs.380 crore. e project is targetedto be completed by March, 2012 or three workingseason aer the work is started.

Shiing of fencing close to the border

3.19 It has been decided to shi 38.015 km.of fencing erected on Jammu InternationalBorder and 23.38 km. of fencing andfloodlighting in Punjab sector close to theborder to facilitate the border inhabitants tocultivate their lands without problems.Presently, the work of earth leveling, erection ofpickets and barbed wire is in progress.

3.20 e status of progress of fencing andfloodlighting on the Indo-Pak border as onJanuary 31, 2010 is indicated below :

Chapter-III

Floodlighting along Indo-Pakistan border

32 Chapter-III

Fencing(Length in km.)

Name of the State Total length Total length Length of the Remainingof border of border to border length of the

be fenced fenced so far borderproposed to

be fencedPunjab 553.00 461.00 *462.45 ---Rajasthan 1037.00 1056.63 *1048.27 ---Jammu International 210.00 186.00 186.00 ---BorderGujarat 508.00 340.00 219.00 121.00TOTAL 2308.00 2043.63 1915.72 121.00* Length is more due to topographical factors/alignment of fencing

Floodlighting(Length in km.)

Name of the State Totallength Total length Length of the Remainingof border of border to border length of the

be fenced fenced so far borderproposed to

be fencedPunjab 553.00 460.72 460.72 ---Rajasthan 1037.00 1022.80 1022.80 ---Jammu International 210.00 186.00 176.40 9.60BorderGujarat 508.00 340.00 202.00 138.00TOTAL 2308.00 2009.52 1861.92 147.60

CONSTRUCTION OF ADDITIONALBORDER OUT POSTS (BOPs)ALONG INDO-BANGLADESH ANDINDO-PAKISTAN BORDERS

3.21 ere already exist 802 BOPs on Indo-Bangladesh border and 609 BOPs onIndo-Pakistan border for effective domination ofthese borders. In order to reduce the inter-BOPdistance for effective border management, a

proposal for construction of additional 509 BOPs(383 along Indo-Bangladesh border and 126along Indo-Pakistan border) at an estimated costof Rs.1,832.50 crore has been approved by theGovernment on February 16, 2009.Construction of these additional BOPs willprovide all necessary infrastructures for theaccommodation, logistic support and the combatfunctions of the BSF troops deployed on Indo-Bangladesh and Indo-Pakistan borders. eproject is targetted to be completed by 2013-14.

33Chapter-III

3.22 e work of construction of 129 BOPshas been awarded to Engineering Project IndiaLimited, National Project ConstructionCorporation (NPCC) and Central Public WorksDepartment (CPWD). Cost estimates/DetailedProject Reports (DPRs) of 87 BOPs, prepared bythe executing agencies, have been approved bythe HLEC on August 26, 2009. e work ofconstruction of BOPs has commenced inOctober, 2009.

DEVELOPMENT OF INTEGRATEDCHECK POSTS

3.23 Existing infrastructure available withCustoms, Immigration and other regulatoryagencies at the Land Custom Stations (LCSs) isgenerally inadequate. Support facilities such aswarehouses, parking lots, banks, hotels, fueloutlets etc. are inadequate. Regulatory andsupport functions in an integrated manner arenot available in one complex. ere is no single

agency responsible for co-ordinated functioningof various Government authorities/serviceproviders.

3.24 To redress this situation, Governmenthave decided to set up 13 Integrated Check Posts(ICPs) at identified entry points on theinternational land borders of the countrythrough a Plan Scheme in the 11th Plan at anestimated cost of Rs.635 crore. e ICPs shallbe a sanitized zone with dedicated passengerand cargo terminal providing adequate customsand immigration counters, X-ray scanners,passenger amenities and other related facilitieslike service stations, fuel stations etc. in a singlemodern complex equipped with sate of the artamenities. An institutional framework viz. LandPorts Authoritiy of India (LPAI) will beestablished and charged with the responsibilityto undertake the construction, management andmaintenance of ICPs. A list of 13 ICPs proposedto be set up is as under :

Phase-ISl. Location State Border Estimated Cost

No. including land acquisition(Rupees in crore)

1. Petrapole West Bengal India-Bangladesh 172.00*2. Moreh Manipur India-Myanmar 136.00*3. Raxaul Bihar India-Nepal 120.00*4. Attari (Wagah) Punjab India-Pakistan 150.00*5. Dawki Meghalaya India-Bangladesh 50.006. Akhaura Tripura India-Bangladesh 60.007. Jogbani Bihar India-Nepal 34.00

Phase-II8. Hili West Bengal India-Bangladesh 78.009. Chandrabangha West Bengal India-Bangladesh 64.00

10. Sutarkhandi Assam India-Bangladesh 16.0011. Kawarpuchiah Mizoram India-Bangladesh 27.0012. Sunauli Uttar Pradesh India-Nepal 34.0013. Rupaidiha/Nepalganj Uttar Pradesh India-Nepal 29.00

road

* e project cost of 4 ICPs viz. Petrapole, Moreh, Raxaul & Attari has been approved by the CCS.

34

Progress of Development of ICPs

Status of land acquisition

3.25 Possession of 159.58 acres and 189 acresof land has been taken for Raxaul and JogbaniICPs, respectively. Technical bid for Raxaul ICPhas been opened on 1.2.2010. An amount ofRs.29.82 crore has been released to M/s RITESas a first instalment of deposit money fordevelopment of Raxaul ICP.

• Action has been taken to acquire 68.5 acresof additional land for Raxaul ICP. Rs.6.39crore has been deposited with the DM (EastChamparan), Bihar for this purpose.

• Possession of 120 acres of land has beentaken on February 24, 2009 in respect ofAttari ICP. Rs.33.15 crore as compensationand Rs.33 crore as a first instalment ofdeposit money for development of AttariICP has been released in favour of to theState Government of Punjab and M/s RITESrespectively.

• Financial bid for Attari ICP to the tune ofRs.86,13,57,669/- was accepted andapproved by the 16th Empowered SteeringCommittee ESC in its meeting held onJanuary 14, 2010. Work has been awarded.Environmental clearance for Attari ICP hasbeen obtained. e foundation stone ofAttari ICP was laid on February 20, 2010 byUnion Home Minister in the presence ofChief Minister of Punjab.

• Acquisition of 38.34 acres of land for MorehICP is under way. An amount of Rs.21.47crore has been deposited to the StateGovernment of Manipur for this purpose.

• e process of acquisition of 187 acres and177 acres of land for Sonauli and RupaidihaICPs, respectively, is also underway. An

amount of Rs.6.44 crore for ICP at Rupaidihahas been released in favour of Governmentof Uttar Pradesh. An amount of Rs.9.35crore for Sunauli ICP has been depositedwith the DM, Maharajaganj.

• 107 acres of land has been identified forPetrapole ICP and Notification u/s 4 (1) ofLand Acquisition Act has been issued. Anamount of Rs.13.84 crore has also beenreleased in favour of District Collector, 24North Parganas District, West Bengal.

• Rs.1.6 crore has been released for theacquisition of 8 acres of land for AkhauraICP.

• Joint inspection has been carried out forfinalizing land acquisition details of DawkiICP.

Progress of preparation of DetailedEngineering Report (DER)

3.26 DERs for Raxaul, Attari and JogbaniICPs have been prepared. e EmpoweredSteering Committee has approved these DERs.Preparation of DERs for Moreh, Jogbani andAkhaura ICPs are under progress. Work hasbeen awarded in respect of Attari ICP.

Land Ports Authority of India (LPAI)

3.27 e Land Ports Authority of India(LPAI) would function as a body corporateunder the administrative control of theDepartment of Border Management, Ministryof Home Affairs. e LPAI will provide betteradministration and cohesive management ofentry points/land ports on border and would bevested with the powers on the lines of similarbodies like Airports Authority of India.

3.28 e LPAI Bill was introduced in theParliament (14th Lok Sabha) on December 18,

Chapter-III

35

2008 but could not be passed during the tenureof the 14th Lok Sabha to its dissolution. eLPAI Bill was re-introduced on August 7, 2009and was referred to Department RelatedParliamentary Standing Committee for itsconsideration.

3.29 Five meetings of the ParliamentaryStanding Committee were held on 3rd & 13thNovember 3 & 13 and December 1, 16 & 30,2009. Clause-by-clause examination has beenconcluded. e DRPSC report is awaited.

COASTAL SECURITY

3.30 A supplemental scheme called ‘CoastalSecurity Scheme’ is under implementation in the9 coastal States and 4 coastal Union Territories(UTs) since 2005 for strengtheninginfrastructure for coastal patrolling andsurveillance. Under the scheme, assistance hasbeen/is being given to all the coastal States ofGujarat, Maharashtra, Goa, Karnataka, Kerala,Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Orissa and WestBengal and the Union Territories of Daman &Diu, Lakshadweep, Puducherry and Andaman& Nicobar Islands to set up 73 coastal policestations, 97 check posts, 58 outposts, and 30operational barracks and to equip them with 204boats, 153 jeeps and 312 motorcycles formobility on the coast and in close coastal waters.A lump-sum assistance of Rs.10 lakh per policestation is also given for equipment, computersand furniture.

3.31 e approved outlay of the scheme isRs.400 crore for non-recurring expenditure andRs.151 crore for recurring expenditure for 5years on fuel, repair and maintenance of boatsand training of manpower, which is provided, bythe States and UTs.

Progress of implementation

3.32 64 out of 73 coastal police stations

proposed have been made operational inGujarat (10), Andhra Pradesh (6), West Bengal(4), Goa (3), Tamil Nadu (12), Kerala (1),Maharashtra (12), Karnataka (5), Orissa (5),Puducherry (1), Lakshadweep (4) and Daman& Diu (1).

3.33 e implementation of this scheme isbeing done by the State Governments/UTAdministrations concerned. A statement ofphysical and financial progress under thescheme, as on November 30, 2009, is atAnnexure-VI.

Procurement of boats

3.34 e procurement of the interceptorboats is being done centrally through PublicSector Undertakings (PSUs) viz. M/s GoaShipyard Limited (GSL), Goa and M/s GardenReach Shipbuilders and Engineers Limited(GRSE), Kolkata. MHA has signed a contract inMarch 2008 with these vendors for supply of 84(5 Ton) boats and 110 (12 Ton) boats. So far,funds to the tune of Rs.91.75 crore for stagepayments for the boats and Rs.13.57 crore forreimbursement of Custom Duty for theimported items of these boats have been paid tothe two shipyards.

3.35 As per the contract mentioned above,the original delivery of the boats was scheduledto commence from April 2009 and complete byApril, 2011. However, a need was felt, in thewake of Mumbai incidents, for expeditioussupply of boats to the States/UTs. Accordingly,the delivery schedule of the boats has beencompressed by six month and delivery of all theboats will now be completed by October, 2010.

3.36 e State/UT-wise distribution ofinterceptor boats, approved under the schemeand being manufactured by GSL, Goa andGRSE, Kolkata is as under :

Chapter-III

36 Chapter-III

Goa Shipyard Limited (GSL)

State/UT 12 Ton 5 Ton

Gujarat 20 10Maharashtra 6 22Goa 6 3Karnataka 10 5Kerala 16 8Lakshadweep 2 4Daman & Diu 2 2Total 62 54

Garden Reach Shipbuilders andEngineers Limited (GRSE)

State/UT 12 Ton 5 Ton

Tamil Nadu 12 12

Andhra Pradesh 12 6

Orissa 10 5

West Bengal 12 5

Puducherry 2 1

Total 48 30

Progress of delivery of boats

3.37 e supply of interceptor boats has started since April, 2009. A total of 78 boats have been de-livered by the venders to the coastal States and UTs as per the details given below :

37Chapter-III

Goa Shipyard Limited (GSL)

State/UT Boats supplied12 Ton 5 Ton Total

Gujarat 7 4 11Maharashtra 4 9 13Goa 1 2 3Karnataka 4 2 6Kerala 4 3 7Lakshadweep 0 1 1Daman & Diu 2 1 3Total 22 22 44

Garden Reach Shipbuilders andEngineers Limited (GRSE)

State/UT Boats supplied

12 Ton 5 Ton TotalTamil Nadu 4 7 11Andhra Pradesh 4 4 8Orissa 2 5 7West Bengal 2 4 6Puducherry 1 1 2Total 13 21 34

3.38 Supply of all the 204 boats, including the10 boats for Andaman & Nicobar Islands, underthe scheme is expected to be completed byOctober, 2010.

Initiatives aer Mumbai incidents

3.39 Subsequent to the terrorists attack inMumbai on 26/11, the entire coastal securityscenario of the country has undergone muti-level, inter-Ministerial review by theGovernment of India. Several high-levelmeetings were held in the Ministry of HomeAffairs, Defence, Shipping and Fisheries etc. toreview the coastal security arrangements of the

country and to address various related issues.is included an inter-Ministerial meeting anda video conference taken by the CabinetSecretary on February 28, 2009 and June 26,2009 respectively. e Union Home Secretaryalso reviewed the coastal security of the countryin the meetings taken by him on December 5,2008 and June 10, 2009. During these meetings,several important decisions/initiatives in respectof maritime and coastal security of the countrywere taken. e present status of some of themajor decisions/initiatives is given below :

Formulation of Coastal SecurityScheme (Phase-II)

3.39.1 It has been decided to formulate Phase-II of the Coastal Security Scheme keeping inview the additional requirements of coastalPolice Stations, interceptor boats and otherinfrastructure by the coastal States and UTs. Inthis regard, the coastal States/UTs have carriedout vulnerability/gap analysis in consultationwith Coast Guard to firm up their additionalrequirements for formulation of Phase-II of theCoastal Security. e Coast Guard hasrecommended for an additional 131 coastalpolice stations along the Indian coast line, whichincludes 20 existing Police Stations in A&Nislands being proposed to be upgraded toCoastal Police Stations. Based on the inputsreceived from Coast Guard and the coastalStates/UTs, the Coastal Security Scheme (Phase-II) has been formulated and is under submissionfor necessary approvals.

Registration of boats

3.39.2 It has been decided that all thefishing/non-fishing boats plying in Indianwaters need to get registered under a uniformsystem. e Department of Shipping is thenodal department in this regard. Twonotifications, one for amending the MS

38

(Registration of Fishing Vessels) rules alongwithrevised format for registration and another fornotifying the list of registrars, have been issuedby Ministry of Shipping in consultation withMinistry of Law in June 2009. States/UTs aretaking follow-up actions in this regard.

Installation of transponders on theboats

3.39.3 It has also been decided that all typeof boats would be fitted/provided withnavigational and communication equipments tofacilitate vessel identification and tracking. eDepartment of Shipping is the nodaldepartment for this matter too. e DGShipping has issued the two circulars to ensurethat all types of vessels including fishing vessels,other than fishing vessels of less than 20 Mtrs.categories, are installed with AIS type Btransponders for the purposes of identificationand tracking. A Group under the chairmanshipof Nautical Adviser has worked out thespecifications of the AIS transponders requiredfor installation on fishing vessels, and submittedthe same to Department of Shipping for furtheraction.

3.39.4 A Committee under the DG, CoastGuard, has been constituted to suggest type oftransponders on vessels of less than 20 Mtrs.length. e Committee has decided to carry outNCNC trials of suitable tracking systems forsub-20 Mtrs. boats, which are :

a) Satellite basedb) AIS/VHF based, andc) VHF/GPS based

3.39.5 e reports of these trials are awaited.

Issuance of ID Cards to fishermen

3.39.6 All the fishermen would be issued ID

cards which would be relatable to a singlecentralized data-base. Department of AnimalHusbandry, Dairying & Fisheries (DAHD&F),as nodal agency, is taking necessary actions inthis regard, in consultation with all concerned.e uniform format for data collection for IDcards has been finalised and sent to all theCoastal States/UTs with a request to commencethe data collection process.

3.39.7 A Consortium of Public SectorUndertakings led by Bharat Electronics Limited(BEL), which is also executing the MNICProject, have been offered the task ofdigitization of data, capturing of Biometricdetails and digital photo, designing andmanufacturing of Biometric ID cards for thefishermen. e detailed proposal received fromBEL is being processed in the Department ofFisheries, which is in the process of takingnecessary administrative and financial approvalsfor this project.

3.39.8 DAHD&F had requested for funds tothe tune of Rs.33 crore to initiate the project ofissuance of ID cards to fishermen and anauthorization letter for the same has been issuedto them by RGI, MHA.

Multipurpose National Identity Cardsto coastal population

3.39.9 Registrar General of India (RGI), MHA,is working on a project for issuance ofMultipurpose National Identity cards (MNICs)to the population in the coastal villages, as a partof its project of creation of National PopulationRegister (NPR) in the coastal States/UTs ahead ofCensus 2011. e NPR for coastal areas isproposed to be made ready during the period2009-10. It has been decided to implement thisproject in two phases:-

Chapter-III

39

(i) Phase I – 3331 villages on the coastline (InA& N Islands, all the villages and towns tobe covered in Phase –I)

(ii) Phase II – Towns/cities and other villageson the coastline along with 2011 census

3.39.10 For the first time, direct datacollection methodology has been proposed tobe undertaken for the project. This will be donewith the assistance of central PSUs namelyBEL, ECIL and ITI jointly through the State,District and village level functionaries. Thedata collection in seventy coastal districts hasstarted from July 2009. Biographic details ofaround 66 lakh persons have so far beencollected while biometric capture has beencompleted for about 19 lakh persons. Thebiometric data collection is expected to becompleted by March, 2010. In some of theStates, however, the biometric capture couldspill over till May, 2010.

Constitution of National Committee

3.39.11 A ‘National Committee forstrengthening maritime and coastal securityagainst threats from the sea’ has been constitutedin August, 2009 under the chairmanship ofCabinet Secretary. e Committee comprises ofrepresentatives of all the concerned Ministries/Departments/ Organizations in the Governmentof India as well as Chief Secretaries/Administrators of the coastal States/UTs. eprogress of implementation of all the majordecisions in respect of the coastal security wasreviewed by the National Committee in itsmeeting held on September 4, 2009 and January22, 2010

3.40 e various decisions taken in thesemeetings are being followed up by theconcerned agencies.

Scheme for strengthening joint coastalpatrolling off the coast of Gujarat andMaharashtra

3.41 Keeping in view the vulnerability of theMaharashtra and Gujarat coasts to illegal crossborder activities, Joint Coastal Patrolling hasbeen introduced off the coasts of Maharashtraand Gujarat. Under this arrangement, patrollingof the close coastal water is being undertaken bya joint contingent of Navy, State Police andCustoms. For making the joint coastalpatrolling more effective, a scheme has beenformulated for creating additional infrastructureof Coast Guard to enable the Coast Guard toundertake joint coastal patrolling of the closecoastal waters in Coast Guard vessels. For thispurpose, assistance will be given to Coast Guardto procure 15 interceptor boats suitable forpatrolling of the close coastal waters and forsetting up 3 Coast Guard Stations (2 inMaharashtra and 1 in Gujarat). e scheme isbeing implemented jointly by Ministry of HomeAffairs by meeting the non-recurringexpenditure and Ministry of Defence by meetingthe recurring expenditure.

3.42 Land for the Coast Guard Stations atDhanu, Murud Janjira and Veraval has beenoffered to Coast Guard by the respective StateGovernments. So far, total Rs.254.61 lakh havebeen released to Ministry of Defence for (i)Rs.1.29 crore for one piece of land measuring4,980 sq. mtr. (1.2 acres) for Veraval Station (ii)Rs.2.961 lakh for Murud Janjira Station and (iii)Rs.123.32 lakh for Dhanu Station.

3.43 e Ministry of Defence has signed acontract in March, 2009 for procurement of 15interceptor boats. As provided in the contract,an advance payment of 10% of the contractvalue i.e. Rs.28.12 crore and second stagepayment of same amount has been released to

Chapter-III

40

the Ministry of Defence in March, 2009 andSeptember, 2009, respectively.

CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS OF OP-ERATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE INBORDER AREAS ALONG INDIA-CHINA BORDER

3.44 To redress the situation arising out ofpoor road connectivity which has hampered theoperational capability of the Border GuardingForces deployed along the India-China border,the Government had decided to undertakephase-wise construction of 27 road linkstotaling 804 km. in the border areas along theIndia-China border in the States of Jammu &Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand,Sikkim and Arunachal Pradesh at an estimatedcost of Rs.1,937 crore.

Preparation of Detailed ProjectReports

3.45 e work of construction of 27 ITBProads has been assigned to Border RoadsOrganization (BRO) (15 roads), Central PublicWorks Department (CPWD) (8 roads), NationalProjects Construction Corporation (NPCC) (2roads) and Himachal Pradesh Public WorksDepartment (HP PWD) (2 roads). DetailedProject Reports (DPRs)/cost estimates in respectof 26 roads, submitted by the executing agencies,have been approved by the High LevelEmpowered Committee (HLEC) at a total costof Rs.1,746 crore.

Status of forest/wildlife clearance

3.46 Since large parts of the approved roadswould pass through forest areas, it is mandatoryto obtain the forest clearance under the ForestConservation Act, 1980 before commencing theconstruction. In addition, diversion of land for

non-forestry purposes falling under WildlifeSanctuaries/National Parks requires priorpermission of National Board for Wildlife(NBWL) as well as the Supreme Court beforeseeking forest clearance.

3.47 Forest and wildlife clearance of 24 roadshas been obtained and construction work hasstarted in respect of 11 roads. 60 km. offormation and 9 km. of surfacing works havebeen completed so far. Construction ofremaining roads will commence from the nextworking season i.e. April/May, 2010.

MANAGEMENT OF INDO-NEPALBORDER

3.48 In order to check anti-national activitieson the India-Nepal border which is the openand porous border and to improve the securityalong this border, 27 battalions of SashastraSeema Bal (SSB) have been deployed as theBorder Guarding Force (BGF) on this border.Out of a total 450 Border Out Posts (BOPs)sanctioned, 449 BOPs have been established onIndo-Nepal border so far.

3.49 Bilateral mechanisms in the form ofHome Secretary-level talks and Joint WorkingGroup at the level of Joint Secretaries existbetween the two countries. In addition, there isa mechanism of Border District CoordinationCommittee Meetings between the districtofficials of the two countries. ese mechanismsserve as platforms for discussing issues ofmutual concern like containing cross-bordercrimes, smuggling, situation arising out ofterrorist activities, etc. at national andregional/local levels respectively.

3.50 e last Home Secretary Level Talks

Chapter-III

41

were held on November 6-7, 2009 atKathmandu.

MANAGEMENT OF INDO-BHUTANBORDER

3.51 To improve the security environmentalong this border, 13 battalion of SashastraSeema Bal (SSB) have been deployed as theBorder Guarding Force on this border. Out of a

total 132 BOPs sanctioned, 131 BOPs have beenestablished on Indo-Bhutan border so far.

3.52 A Bilateral mechanism in the shape of anIndia-Bhutan Group on Border Managementand Security has been regularly meeting. ismechanism has proved to be very useful inassessing threat perception to the two countriesfrom groups attempting to take advantage of thisopen border and in discussing ways ofimproving the security environment in borderareas. e last meeting of the Group was held

at impu (Bhutan) on September 8-9, 2009.

MANAGEMENT OF INDO-MYANMAR BORDER

3.53 India shares a 1,643 km. long borderwith Myanmar. Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland,Manipur and Mizoram are the States, whichshare the border with Myanmar.

3.54 Assam Rifles has been deployed forcounter-insurgency and border guarding role onthis border. Out of sanctioned strength of 46battalions, 31 battalions are for counter-insurgency and 15 are for border guarding role.Presently, all 15 border guarding battalions aredeployed along Indo-Myanmar border onCompany Operating Base (COB) approach, notas per the BOP system. e companies aredeployed on all routes of ingress/egress and arechecking infiltration, smuggling of arms,ammunition, drugs, fake currency notes etc.

Chapter-III

His Majesty King of Bhutan Jigme Khesar Namgyel Wangchuck with Indiandelegation at the sixth India-Bhutan Meeting on Border Management and Security

at impu in Bhutan

42 Chapter-III

Border Fencing Between BP No.79 & 81in Moreh (Manipur)

3.55 Government of India has decided toundertake fencing in area between BP No.79 to81 on the Indo-Myanmar Border. ewildlife/forest clearance has been obtained. eDetailed Project Report (DPR)/cost estimates ofthe proposed fencing have been prepared.Approval of the competent authority is beingobtained on the cost estimates. e work ofconstruction of fencing is expected tocommence shortly.

BORDER AREA DEVELOPMENTPROGRAMME

3.56 e Department of BorderManagement, Ministry of Home Affairs hasbeen implementing a Border Area Development

Programme (BADP) through the StateGovernments as a part of a comprehensiveapproach to Border Management with the aimto meet the special developmental needs of thepeople living in remote and inaccessible areas

situated near the international border and tosaturate the border areas with the entire essentialinfrastructure through convergence ofCentral/State/BADP/Local schemes andparticipatory approach and to promote a senseof security and well being among the borderpopulation. e programme covers 349 border blocks of 96 border districts of 17 Stateslocated along the international land border. eprogramme is a 100% centrally sponsoredscheme. Funds are provided to the States as anon-lapsable Special Central Assistance (SCA)for execution of projects relating toinfrastructure, livelihood, education, health,agriculture and allied sectors.

Guidelines of BADP

3.57 e Border Area DevelopmentProgramme (BADP) is being implemented

under the guidelines framed by the PlanningCommission. e funds are allocated by thePlanning Commission annually which are re-allocated to the Border States taking intoconsideration (i) length of International Border

Retaining wall at Noklak Village built under BADP

(km.); (ii) population of the border block and(iii) area of the border block (Sq. km.).Weightage of 15% over and above the totalallocation is also given to States havinghilly/desert/Kutchh areas. e funds areadditive to normal Central assistance and areallocated for addressing the special problemsfaced by the people of the border areas. Fundsare released to the States in two installments i.e.1st installment of 90% amount of total allocationof the State and 2nd installment of 10% amountof the allocation.

3.58 e Schemes under this programme areprepared by State Government and approved bythe State Level Screening Committee headed bythe Chief Secretary of the State and executed bythe agencies of the State Government. Securityrelated schemes can be taken up under BADPbut the expenditure on such schemes should notexceed 10% of the total allocation in a particularyear. e funds under BADP are to be used forschemes in the identified border blocks only.

Empowered Committee

3.59 e policy matters relating to the scopeof the programme, prescription of geographicallimits of areas in the States within whichschemes will be taken up, allocation of funds tothe States and modalities for proper executionof the programme will be laid down by anEmpowered Committee constituted under theChairmanship of the Secretary (BorderManagement) in the Ministry of Home Affairs

Revision of guidelines of BADP

3.60 A Task Force was constituted earlierunder the chairmanship of Shri B.N. Yugandhar,Member, Planning Commission, for revampingthe Border Area Development Programme. Inaccordance with the recommendations of theTask Force, guidelines of BADP were revised inFebruary, 2009 aer due consultation with theState Governments concerned and

43Chapter-III

44 Chapter-III

communicated to the State Governments. erevised guidelines emphasized the need forparticipatory planning, convergence of allCentrally Sponsored Schemes with BADP funds,filling up critical gaps in infrastructure,providing livelihood opportunities. In the newguidelines, emphasis has been given on the needfor organized work selection, effectivemonitoring and review of the programme.

3.61 In order to ensure more qualitativeimplementation of BADP and to ensureimplementation of schemes in those villageswhich are located closer to the border, theemphasis has now been given in the revisedguidelines on specific socio-economic andinfrastructure development of villages fallingbetween ‘0 to 10 km.’ from the border. evillages have been arranged in an order from thezero line to 10 km. e village developmentprofile of each and every village is beingprepared. All the major developmentalinfrastructure facilities like pucca roadconnectivity, electricity, safe drinking water,telephone facilities, primary school building,PDS shop, and community center are beingdeveloped in a planned way. Village plan andblock plan of each and every village are beingprepared. Aer saturating the villages fallingbetween zero to 10 km. from the border, the nextset of villages falling between 10-15 km. and 15-20 km. will be taken up for implementing theschemes under the BADP. e StateGovernments have been directed that ad-hocprojects should not be taken at all. e villageplan should be integrated with district plan forthe proper and sustainable development of theremote villages. e selection of the projects is,therefore, expected to be more organized andresponsive to area needs.

3.62 In the 11th Plan, the emphasis would beon allocation of more resources from the Centreand dove-tailing other on-going schemes andadopting bottom-up area planning approaches,so as to augment the resources and to upgradeinfrastructure and socio-economic services.e review and monitoring of BADP is beingdone at the district level, State level and in theMinistry of Home Affairs. Periodical visits ofthe officers from the State level and Govt. ofIndia are being taken.

Optimal Utilization of Waters ofEastern Rivers of Indus River System

3.63 Given the importance of OptimalUtilization of Waters of the Eastern Rivers ofIndus River System has been taken up under theBorder Area Development Programme (BADP)in States of Punjab (03 projects) and Jammu &Kashmir (06 projects) as a special initiative. Anamount of Rs.5,023.50 lakh [Punjab (Rs.1,994lakh) & J&K (Rs.3,029.50 lakh)] has beenreleased during the year 2005-06; 2006-07, 2007-08 and 2008-09. Work on two projects(Madhopur & Hussainiwala headwork) inPunjab has been completed and work on thirdproject (Harike headwork) is under progresswhereas work on the projects in J&K is going on.

Flow of funds

3.64 An allocation of Rs.635 crore was madeduring 2008-09 which was entirely utilized.During 2009-10, budget allocation of Rs.635 hasbeen made for BADP. e details of fundsallocated and released to the States under BADPduring the year 2006-07, 2007-08, 2008-09 and2009-10 are as under :

45Chapter-III

(Rs. in lakh)Name of States 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10

( As on 31.01.2010)Allocation Release Allocation Release Allocation Release

Arunachal Pradesh 6608.00 6608.00 7965.62 7965.62 5849.00 5658.74Assam 1969.00 1969.00 2106.87 2106.87 2424.00 2395.62Bihar 3172.00 3172.00 3358.80 3358.80 3660.00 3660.00Gujarat 2249.72 2249.72 2144.48 2144.48 2769.00 2769.00Himachal Pradesh 1119.00 1119.00 1297.00 1297.00 1276.00 1276.00Jammu & Kashmir 10583.00 10583.00 10394.88 10394.88 10000.00 8715.18Manipur 1244.63 1244.63 1533.37 1533.37 1336.00 1336.00Meghalaya 1127.80 1127.80 1267.00 1267.00 1247.00 1247.00Mizoram 2086.00 2086.00 2535.00 2535.00 2495.00 2494.42Nagaland 1000.00 1000.00 2674.47 2674.47 1150.00 1150.00Punjab 2173.94 2173.94 2218.00 2218.00 2188.00 2186.50Rajasthan 7659.00 7659.00 8916.23 8916.23 8696.00 8696.00Sikkim 1000.00 1000.00 1150.00 1150.00 1150.00 1150.00Tripura 2282.89 2282.89 2604.11 2604.11 2746.00 2745.89Uttar Pradesh 2369.15 2369.15 2385.52 2385.52 2869.00 2830.23Uttarakhand 1191.82 1191.82 1915.90 1915.90 2261.00 1944.50West Bengal 10164.05 10164.05 9032.75 9032.75 9790.00 5244.67TOTAL 58000.00 58000.00 63500.00 63500.00 61906.00 55449.75

Kept reserve for contingencies etc. 1594.00Grand total 63500.00

*****

46

4.1 In a federal polity, in view of large areasof common interest and shared action betweenthe constituent units, coordination of policiesand their implementation become extremelyimportant. Article 263 of the Constitutionenvisages establishment of an institutionalmechanism to facilitate coordination of policiesand their implementation.

INTER-STATE COUNCIL (ISC)

4.2 In pursuance of the recommendationmade by the Sarkaria Commission on Centre-State Relations, the Inter-State Council (ISC)was set up in 1990.

4.3 e ISC is a recommendatory body andhas been assigned the duties of investigating anddiscussing such subjects, in which some or all ofthe States or the Union and one or more of theStates have a common interest, and makingrecommendations for better coordination ofpolicy and action with respect to that subject. Italso deliberates upon such other matters ofgeneral interest to the States as may be referredto it by the Chairman of the Council.

4.4 e Prime Minister is the Chairman of theCouncil. Chief Ministers of all the States andUnion Territories having Legislative Assemblies,Administrators of Union Territories not havingLegislative Assemblies, Governors of States underPresident’s rule and six Ministers of Cabinet rankin the Union Council of Ministers, nominated bythe Chairman of the Council, are the members ofthe Council. Five Ministers of Cabinetrank/Minister of State (independent Charge)

nominated by the Chairman of the Council arepermanent invitees to the Council. e Inter-StateCouncil was last reconstituted on August 21, 2009.

4.5 e meetings of the Council are held incamera, and all questions, which come up forconsideration of the Council in a meeting, aredecided by consensus, and the decision of theChairman as to the consensus is final. eCouncil has not been assigned the dutyenvisaged in clause (a) of Article 263 of theConstitution namely, inquiring into andadvising upon disputes, which may have arisenbetween States.

4.6 e Standing Committee of the Inter-State Council was constituted in the year 1996for continuous consultation and processing ofmatters for the consideration of the Council.Union Home Minister is the Chairman of theStanding Committee, and has five UnionCabinet Ministers and nine Chief Ministers asmembers. e Standing Committee was lastreconstituted on August 21, 2009.

4.7 e Inter-State Council considered therecommendations of Sarkaria Commission.Out of 247 recommendations, 180 have beenimplemented, 65 have not been accepted by theInter-State Council/Administrative Ministries/Departments concerned, and only 02recommendations are still at different stages ofimplementation.

4.8 e Council has also considered otherpublic policy and governance issues; these are:(a) Contract Labour and Contract

Appointments;

Chapter-IV

CHAPTER

IVCENTRE-STATE RELATIONS

47

(b) Blue Print of an Action Plan on GoodGovernance;

(c) Disaster Management – Preparedness ofStates to cope with disasters;

(d) Atrocities on Scheduled Castes andScheduled Tribes and Status ofImplementation of the ScheduledCastes/Scheduled Tribes (Prevention ofAtrocities) Act, 1989.

4.9 e Council Secretariat closely monitorsthe implementation of the recommendationsmade by the Inter-State Council, and places theAction Taken Report before the StandingCommittee / Council for consideration.

4.10 e Council Secretariat hascommissioned a number of studies on publicpolicy and governance issues:

(i) Compensation to resource bearing Statesin respect of minerals including coal,hydropower and petroleum and naturalgas;

(ii) Sub National Governance;(iii) Creation of a common Indian market on

agricultural goods and commodities;(iv) National Policy for Urban Street Vendors.

4.11 e Council Secretariat has also takensteps in consultation with the UnionMinistries/Departments and the StateGovernments to generate new issues forconsideration of the Council.

4.12 e Framework arrangement betweenthe Forum of Federations, Canada and the Govt.of India (Inter-State Council Secretariat) hasbeen renewed for another period of 3 years fromthe year 2008. e objective of thisarrangement is to create an internationalpartnership that would support the Forum andthe partner government in improvinggovernance and enhancing democracy bypromoting dialogue on the practices, principles

and possibilities of federalism.

ZONAL COUNCIL SECRETARIAT

Role and Functions

4.13 e Zonal Councils, five in number, arestatutory bodies which have been set up underthe States Re-organisation Act, 1956 to providea common meeting ground to the States andUTs in each zone for resolution of inter-Stateand Zonal issues problems, fostering balancedsocio-economic regional development andbuilding harmonious Centre-State relations.ese Councils are high level bodies havingChief Ministers and other Ministers of therespective States as their members. e UnionHome Minister is the Chairman of each of theseCouncils. e office of the Vice Chairman isheld by the Chief Ministers of the member Statesof the respective Zonal Councils, by annualrotation. Each Zonal Council has set up aStanding Committee consisting of ChiefSecretaries of the member States of theirrespective Zonal Councils. ese StandingCommittees meet from time to time to resolvethe issues or to do necessary ground work forfurther meetings of the Zonal Councils. SeniorOfficers of the Planning Commission and otherCentral Ministries are also associated with themeetings depending upon necessity.

Meetings of Zonal Councils

4.14 e Zonal Councils have, so far, met 106times since their inception. 39 meetings ofStanding Committees have also been held.Deliberations of the meetings of ZonalCouncils/Standing Committees have led toimportant initiatives in regard to InternalSecurity, Coastal Security, Mega City Policing,Sharing of information on crime and criminalsby the concerned States, Jail Reforms,Communal Harmony and the resolution of thesocio-economic problems like trafficking in

Chapter-IV

48

women and children, strengthening thepreparedness for disaster management,implementation of Right to Information Act,Implementation of National EmploymentGuarantee Bill, Good Governance etc.

COMMISSION ON CENTRE-STATERELATIONS (CCSR)

4.15 e Commission was constituted inpursuance of the commitment made by theGovernment of India under its CommonMinimum Programme (CMP) considering thevast changes that have taken place in the societyand economy of the country in more than twodecades intervening between the submission ofthe Report by the Sarkaria Commission till date.e Chairman and Members were appointed onApril 27, 2007. Justice (retd.) Madan MohanPunchhi, former Chief Justice of Supreme Courtof India was appointed as Chairperson, and ShriDhirendra Singh, former Secretary to the Govt.of India, Shri Vinod Kumar Duggal, formerSecretary to the Govt. of India and Dr.N.R.Madhava Menon, former Director, NationalJudicial Academy, Bhopal and National LawSchool of India, Bangalore were appointed asMembers. Shri Vijay Shanker, IPS (retd.) hasbeen appointed as a Member of the Commissionin October, 2008 in place of Dr. AmareshBagchi who had been appointed as Member ofthe Commission in July , 2007 but unfortunatelyexpired in February, 2008.

4.16 e Commission has to adopted aparticipatory and consultative approach forseeking responses from CentralMinistries/Departments, State Governments,Political Parties, Constitutional Experts,Universities, Research Institutions andAcademicians. It has categorized its mandateinto 8 subject groupings, namely, ConstitutionalScheme of Centre-State Relations; Economicand Financial Relations; Unified and IntegratedDomestic Market; Local Governments and

Decentralized Governance; Criminal Justice,National Security and Centre-StateCooperation; Natural Resources, Environment,Land and Agriculture; InfrastructureDevelopment and Mega Projects; Socio-PoliticalDevelopments, Public Policy, Governance andSocial Economic & Human Development.

4.17 e Commission has circulated aQuestionnaire to all stakeholders. Parallel tothe formulation and circulation of theQuestionnaire, 8 Task Forces consisting ofexperts and corresponding with 8 subjectgroupings mentioned above have beenconstituted. e Commission organized 4Regional Workshops, one each atiruvananthapuram on ‘Local Governmentsand Decentralized Governance’; at Shillong on‘Criminal Justice, National Security and Centre-State Cooperation’, ‘Decentralized Planning andGovernance with special reference to thefunctioning of Autonomous District/RegionalCouncils under the Sixth Schedule of theConstitution’, and ‘A Curtain-Raiser on Infra-Mega Projects’; at Chandigarh on December10-11, 2008 on ‘Constitutional Scheme ofCentre-State Relations’, ‘Economic & FinancialRelations’, and ‘Unified and Integrated DomesticMarket’; and for the Eastern Region, aWorkshop at Bhubaneswar on 20-21 January2009 on ‘Natural Resources, Environment, Land& Agriculture’, and ‘Problem of Naxalism’.

Research Studies assigned by theCommission on Centre-State Relationsand ISCS

4.18 e Commission has so far awarded tenResearch Studies and received reports in respectof these studies including a study on ‘FiscalFederalism’ to National Institute of PublicFinance and Policy, New Delhi; ‘Impact ofRecommendations of 8th to 12th FinanceCommission on Fiscal Relations between Centreand States’; and ‘Need and Relevance of Goods

Chapter-IV

49

and Services Tax subsequent to introduction ofValue Added Tax Regime’, to Madras School ofEconomics; ‘Functioning of CoalitionGovernments in various Democracies of theWorld’ to Prof. M.P.Singh (Retd.), DelhiUniversity; ‘A Study on Impact of the Legal andJurisprudential Developments in the last 25years on Centre-State Relations’ to West BengalNational University of Juridical Sciences; ‘AStudy on ‘Independent District Level Budgetingand Planning’ to Institute for Social andEconomic Change, Bangalore; ‘A Study on‘Functioning of Structures of Local Governancein the North-Eastern Region with specialreference to Autonomous DistrictCouncils/Autonomous Regional Council’ toNorth-Eastern Hill University (NEHU),‘Preparation of Digest of JudicialPronouncements relating to Centre-StateRelations to Indian Law Institute (ILI), NewDelhi, Study on ‘Causative Factors Behind theContinued Backwardness of Certain States’ toNIRD, Hyderabad and Study on ‘Centre-StateFiscal Relations’ to Prof. Abhijit Dutta.

4.19 e term of the Commission is tillMarch 31, 2010.

CRIME AND CRIMINAL TRACKINGAND NETWORKING SYSTEM(CCTNS)

4.20 With the aims at creating acomprehensive and integrated system forenhancing the efficiency and effectiveness ofpolicing at the Police Station level throughadoption of principles of e-Governance, andcreation of a nationwide networkedinfrastructure for evolution of IT-enabled state-of-the-art tracking system around “investigationof crime and detection of criminals” in the realtime, which is a critical requirement in thecontext of the present day internal securityscenario, a new ‘Crime and Criminal Trackingand Networking and Systems’ (CCTNS) project

has been launched in the 11th Five year planwith an outlay of Rs. 2,000 crore e details ofthis system are given in Chapter –XII (Paras12.16 to 12.18)

HUMAN TRAFFICKING

Project on “Strengthening lawenforcement response in India againsttrafficking in persons through trainingand capacity building”

4.21 A Project on “Strengthening lawenforcement response in India againsttrafficking in persons through training andcapacity building” has been taken up in theMinistry of Home Affairs as a joint initiative ofthe Government of India and the UnitedNations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC),in the five select States (Andhra Pradesh, Goa,Maharashtra, West Bengal and Bihar). eproject initiated in April, 2006 has ended inDecember 2009. It has contributed towardsdeveloping of Protocols and StandardOperating Procedures (SOPs), and set up nineAnti Human Trafficking Units (AHTUs) underthe police departments of the project States. eSteering Committee of the project is chaired byDG, BPR&D and held regular meetings tomonitor the progress of the project. e projecthas had very positive outcomes in some of theStates and the Anti-Human Trafficking Unitmodel has been particularly effective. So far, 396training programmes have been conducted andmore than 13,670 persons (Police andprosecutors) have been trained. Besides, 9 AntiHuman Trafficking Units involving governmentofficials and NGOs have been set up in the Statesof Goa, West Bengal, Andhra Pradesh and Biharunder the project and they are all functional. Inaddition 50 other AHTUs have been establisedby the State Governments in Andhra Pradeshand Tamilnadu. Grants had been given to all theproject states for setting up Nodal Training Cells

Chapter-IV

50

(NTC). Two films have been developed underthe project, one on Anti Human Trafficking andanother on Anti Human Trafficking Units. Twoworkshops have also been organized for judicialofficers for awareness generation on humantrafficking.

Comprehensive Scheme onstrengthening the law enforcementresponse to trafficking through“Training of Trainers” (TOT)programmes and by establishing Anti-Human Trafficking Units (AHTU)

4.22 A National Level TOT Workshop inJune 2008, one International Level (for theofficers of SAARC member countries) from 27to 29 May, 2009 and five regional level TOTworkshops have been organized in 2009through BPR&D in close association withUNODC. e details of TOTs workshops are asunder:

(a) Punjab Police Academy, Phillaur (Punjab)– March, 2009.

(b) Centre for Police Research, MaharashtraPolice, Pune – June’2009.

(c) Dr. B.R. Ambedkar Police Academy,Moradabad – August, 2009.

(d) Police Training College, Ashok Nagar,Chennai – July, 2009.

(e) Guwahat (Assam) – March, 2009.(f) SAARC ToT in Delhi – May, 2009.

Advisory to the State Governments onhuman trafficking

4.23 Government of India has issued anexhaustive and consolidated advisory datedSeptember 9, 2009, in collaboration withMinistry of Women and Child Development(MWCD) enumerating various steps forimproving effectiveness in tackling the criminalaspect of human trafficking and increasing respo

nsiveness of the law enforcement machinery.e Advisory is also available on Ministry ofHome Affair’s website, www.mha.nic.in. Socialaspect of the problem is being dealt by MWCD

A. Some of the specific stepssuggested in the advisory are as under:

• Since Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act(ITPA), 1956 is the main Act that can beused to book the accused for trafficking forcommercial sexual exploitation, itsimplementation is essential for counter-trafficking. (Act is being administered byMWCD).

• Under Section 13, the State Governmentmay appoint ‘Special Police Officers(SPOs)’ and the ‘Non-official advisorybodies’ to advise the SPOs for dealing withoffences under the Act.

• Under Section 21, the State Governmentsmay set-up ‘Protective homes’ and‘Corrective institutions’ for ensuring properimplementation of the provisions of theAct.

• It is generally noticed that sections 8 and 20of ITPA, which focuses on the victims, aremore oen invoked as a result of which thevictim is re-victimized and the exploitersare not punished. It is, therefore, advisedthat sections 3, 6 and 7 which pertains topimps, brothel owners, clients who areactual perpetrators of the crimes need to beinvoked rather than sections 8 and 20.

• Law enforcement agencies need to adopt avictim centric approach in theinvestigations.

B. Implementation of JuvenileJustice Act (JJ Act), 2000: (Act isadministered by MWCD)

• Juvenile Justice Act provides

Chapter-IV

51

comprehensive mechanism for care andprotection of children includingrehabilitation and social integration ofchildren. erefore, its implementation isessential to address trafficking of children.Following provisions of the Act requireaction by the State Governments:

a) Under Section 62-A, the State Governmentshall constitute ‘Child Protection Units’ forthe State and districts to fulfill itsresponsibilities as stipulated under the Act.

b) Under Section 63, in each police station, atleast one police officer may be designatedas the ‘Juvenile or Child Welfare Officer’ tohandle a juvenile or child in coordinationwith the police.

C. Implementation of Prohibitionof Child Marriage Act (PCMA), 2006:(Act is administred by MWCD) • Prohibition of Child Marriage Act (PCMA)

was enacted in 2006 repealing ChildMarriage Restraint Act, 1929. It is reportedthat traffickers in some pockets in thecountry are exploiting evil custom of childmarriage to target innocent girls fortrafficking. erefore, it is essential toimplement the Act to address this modusoperandi of traffickers.

a) On receiving a complaint about childmarriage, police are required to follow theprocedure laid down in the Code ofCriminal Procedure, 1973, which includeregistering an FIR and carrying outinvestigation.

b) e offences under PCMA are cognizableand non-bailable, hence, immediate arrestof offenders is necessary.

c) Extra vigilance should be maintainedduring festivals such as ‘Akshya Tritya’ toensure that no child marriage takes place.

D. Capacity building of the Statemachinery:

• Implementation of the legal provisions inrelation to applicable Acts- Child Labour(Prevention and Regulation) Act (CLPRA),Bonded Labour System (Abolition) Act(BLSA), Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act(IPTA), Juvenile Justice Act (JJA) andIndian Penal Code (IPC) involves not onlypolice but many other officials dealing withthe Criminal Justice System - notably theexecutive magistrates, the labour officials,CWC members and in-charges of Homes.erefore, the State government mayinitiate a time bound action plan to buildthe required capacity of the stateinvestigation and prosecution machineryin this regard by organizing training/workshops/awareness campaigns tosensitize their SHOs/Dy. SP/ACP andother law enforcement officers/agenciestowards the crime, safety and security ofwomen and children.

E. Prevention of Trafficking:

• It has been noticed that people, especiallywomen and children are vulnerable totrafficking during ‘distress migration’ andfrom ‘disaster prone areas’- such as duringfloods, earthquakes, crop failures, riots,terrorist activities etc. erefore, it isimportant to establish extra vigilance inthis regard around transit points and atborders- inter-district/inter-state andinternational.

• Pro-active policing through informationexchange with representatives from thelocal Government, community, NGOswith a view to raise awareness and garneractive support of the community.

• Periodical checks on transporters to

Chapter-IV

52

prevent physical transportation of thetrafficked persons.

• Prevention at the demand area byunderstanding/ addressing new forms ofdemand. For example, placement agenciesproviding domestic child labourers.

• Facilitating inter-State collaboration bysharing data on missing children/kidnappings and suspected offenders.Development of victim and offenderprofiles on an inter-agency basis.

• In case of child trafficking, followingprovisions also need to be kept in view:-

(i) Identification of children at risk, (e.g.following raids on off-street sites,responding to referrals from otheragencies, NGO or members of the public,following up reports of missing children).

(ii) Report instances of children in need ofprotection to relevant child protectionagencies. For this purpose the PoliceStations could be sensitized.

(iii) e development of victim profiling withother agencies.

(iv) Carry out checks on sponsors and peoplewho claim to be the relatives of childrenidentified as being at risk of trafficking.

(v) Participating in local child protectionnetworks with related organizations(immigration, social services, NGOs,health, education) to develop jointapproaches to the issue at local level andcontribute to wider forums as appropriate.

(vi) Ministry of Labour & Employment hasdeveloped a detailed protocol forprevention, rescue, repatriation,rehabilitation and reintegration of migrantand trafficked child labour. e protocolhas been issued to all State Governmentsfor implementation.

F. Investigation & Prosecution:

• Standard operating procedures forInvestigation have been developed under

the pilot project between MHA andUNODC as mentioned in para 4.24above, which can be used for effectiveinvestigation in trafficking related crimes.

• One of the effective means of securingbetter conviction rates of perpetrators ofcrime of trafficking is to base the case ondocumentary, forensic and materialevidence. At present, most of the time,the victim is being used as a witness andmore oen than not, he/she can easily beintimidated. State Governments areadvised to encourage the law enforcementagencies to build fool proof investigationagainst the traffickers, so that, convictionscan be guaranteed.

• Use of fast track courts and videoconferencing to the extent possible.

G. Rescue and Rehabilitation

• Police should work with other agenciesand stakeholders to ensure that those whoare rescued or who choose to return arenot re-trafficked; this should include a riskassessment of the danger to returningvictims (child care authorities wouldprepare risk assessment for children).

• Identifying support services and referringvictims/ potential victims to specialistNGO’s and safe accommodation, wherethese are available. e Ministry ofWomen and Child Development runsshort stay homes Swadhar shelter homesfor women in difficult circumstances(wcd.nic.in/Comscheme.doc)

• A new scheme - UJJAWALA(wcd.nic.in/Comscheme.doc) – acomprehensive scheme for prevention oftrafficking, rescue, rehabilitation,reintegration and repatriation of thevictims of commercial sexual exploitationhas been launched on 04.12.2007 by theMinistry of Women and ChildDevelopment which should be effectively

Chapter-IV

53

used by the State Governments/StatePolice. *

Regional Task Force to implement theSAARC Convention relating toTrafficking in women and children forprostitution

4.25 India has ratified the SAARCConvention on Preventing and CombatingTrafficking in Women and Children forProstitution. The Regional Task Force of

SAARC for implementation of the SAARCConvention on Preventing and CombatingTrafficking in Women and Children forProstitution met for the first time in New Delhion 26th June, 07 in New Delhi, second time inJuly 2008 and third time on 28-29 May 2009 atShimla. The main achievement of thisconference has been the adoption of the SOPon Combating Trafficking in Women andChildren for Prostitution by all SAARCMember States in its third meeting forimplementtion within 18 months. .

Chapter-IV

* Statistics on Trafficking in Human Beings has been covered in para 5.13 and 5.14.

*****

54

5.1 Under the Seventh Schedule to theConstitution of India, ‘Police’ and ‘Public Order’are State subjects and, therefore, the StateGovernments are primarily responsible forprevention, registration, detection andinvestigation of crime and prosecution of theperpetrators of crime within their jurisdiction.However, Ministry of Home Affairs supplementsthe efforts of the State Governments byproviding them financial assistance formodernization of the State Police Forces interms of weaponry, communication, equipment,

mobility, training and other infrastructureunder the Scheme of Modernization of StatePolice Forces.

5.2 All cognizable crimes reported andinvestigated by the police are broadlycategorized as those falling under the IndianPenal Code (IPC) or the Special and Local Laws(SLL). A comparative statement of crimesregistered during the last five years is givenbelow:-

Chapter-V

CHAPTER

VCRIME SCENARIO IN THE COUNTRY

Crime Incidence under Indian Penal Code (IPC) and Special and Local Laws(SLL) during 2004-2008

Year Number of Offences Ratio Rate Per IPC SLL Total (IPC: SLL) (1,00,000

Population)2004 18,32,015 41,96,766 60,28,781 01:02.3 555.32005 18,22,602 32,03,735 50,26,337 01:01.8 455.82006 18,78,293 32,24,167 51,02,460 01:01.7 455.72007 19,89,673 37,43,734 57,33,407 01:01.9 504.52008 20,93,379 38,44,725 59,38,104 01:01.8 515.0

Trend Analysis

5.3 A total of 20,93,379 IPC crimes werereported in the country during the year 2008against 19,89,673 in 2007 recording an increaseof 5.2% in 2008. e share of IPC crimes to totalcognizable crimes in percentage terms increasedfrom 30.4% in 2004 to 36.3% in 2005 and 36.8%in 2006. It declined to 34.7% in 2007 andincreased to 35.3% in 2008, thus showing amixed trend during the five-year period 2004 -2008. Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra each

have accounted for about 9.9% of total IPCcrimes reported in the country during the year2008.

Crime Rate

5.4 e crime rate, defined as the number ofcrimes per 1,00,000 population, is generallytaken as a realistic indicator of crime since ittakes into account the size of population of theplace. e rate of total cognizable crimes in thecountry which showed a decreasing trend

55

during 2004-2006 (from 555.3 in 2004 to 455.7in 2006) rose to 504.5 in 2007 and further to515.0 in 2008. e crime rate has increased by2.1% in 2008 as compared to 2007. Puducherry(461.9) has reported the highest rate of IPCcrimes during the year 2008 as compared to theNational average of 181.5.

CRIME AGAINST WOMEN (CAW)

5.5 Women may be victims of any of thegeneral crimes such as murder, robbery,cheating etc. Only the crimes which are directedspecifically against women are characterized as“crimes against women”. Crime against womenare broadly classified under two categories:-

(A) e Crimes under the Indian PenalCode (IPC)

(i) Rape (Sec. 376 IPC) (ii) Kidnapping & Abduction for specified

purposes (Sec. 363 - 373 IPC) (iii) Homicide for Dowry, Dowry Deaths or

their attempts (Sec. 302/304-B IPC) (iv) Torture - both mental and physical (Sec.

498-A IPC) (v) Molestation (Sec. 354 IPC) (vi) Sexual Harassment (Sec. 509 IPC) (vii) Importation of girls (upto 21 years of age)

(Sec. 366-B IPC) (viii) Cruelty by husband and relative(ix) Immoral Trafficking

Chapter-V

Incidence of Crime against Women during 2004-2008

Sl. Crime Head Year Percen-No. 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 tage

variationin 2008

over 20071 Rape 18,233 18,359 19,348 20,737 21,467 3.52 Kidnapping & 15,578 15,750 17,414 20,416 22,939 12.4

Abduction3 Dowry Death 7,026 6,787 7,618 8,093 8,172 1.04 Torture 58,121 58,319 63,128 75,930 81,344 7.15 Molestation 34,567 34,175 36,617 38,734 40,413 4.36 Sexual Harassment 10,001 9,984 9,966 10,950 12,214 11.57 Importation of Girls 89 149 67 61 67 9.88 Sati Prevention Act 0 1 0 0 1 -9 Immoral Traffic 5,748 5,908 4,541 3,568 2,659 -25.5

(Prevention) Act10 Indecent 1,378 2,917 1,562 1,200 1,025 -14.6

Representationof Women(Prohibition) Act

11 Dowry Prohibition Act 3,592 3,204 4,504 5,623 5,555 -1.2Total 1,54,333 1,55,553 1,64,765 1,85,312 1,95,856 5.7

56

(B) e Crimes under the Special &Local Laws (SLL)

5.6 e gender specific laws for which crimestatistics are recorded throughout the countryare: –

(i) Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act, 1956 (ii) Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961 (iii) e Child Marriage Restraint Act, 1929 (iv) Indecent Representation of Women

(Prohibition) Act, 1986 (v) Commission of Sati (Prevention) Act,

1987

Trend Analysis–CAW

5.7 A total of 1,95,856 incidents of crimeagainst women (both under IPC and SLL) werereported in the country during 2008 ascompared to 1,85,312 during 2007 recording anincrease of 5.7% during 2008. ese crimes havecontinuously increased during 2004 - 2008 with1,54,333 cases in 2004, 1,55,553 in 2005,1,64,765 cases in 2006, 1,85,312 cases in 2007and 1,95,856 cases in 2008. Andhra Pradesh,accounting for nearly 7.1% of the country’spopulation, has accounted for 12.3% of totalincidents of crime against women in the countryby reporting 24,111 cases. Uttar Pradesh, withnearly 16.6% share of country’s population hasaccounted for 12.0% of total crime againstwomen by reporting 23,569 cases in 2008.

Crime Rate–CAW

5.8 e rate of crime has increasedmarginally from 16.3 during the year 2007 to17.0 during 2008. Tripura reported the highestrate of crime against women at 40.2 during 2008.

Administrative measures taken byMinistry of Home Affairs for

combating crime against women

5.9 A detailed advisory, dated September 4,2009 has been sent to all State Governments/UTAdministrations wherein States/UTs have beenadvised to take comprehensive review of theeffectiveness of the machinery for ensuringsafety and security of women and control ofcrimes committed against them in the country.e Advisory is also available on Ministry ofHome Affair’s website, www.mha.nic.in. Someof the specific steps suggested in the advisory areas under:-

(i) Vigorously enforce the existinglegislations and ensure properenforcement of law and convictions incrimes related to women.

(ii) e administration and police should playa more proactive role in detection andinvestigation of crime against women andensuring that there is no under reporting.

(iii) Increasing the overall representation ofwomen in police forces.

(iv) Sensitizing the law enforcementmachinery towards crime against womenby way of well structured training andawareness programmes, meetings andseminars etc., for police personnel at alllevels as well as other functionariesadministering the criminal justice system.

(v) For improving general awareness onlegislations, mechanisms in place forsafety and protection of women, theconcerned department of the StateGovernment must, inter-alia, takefollowing steps:a. Create awareness through print and

electronic media;b. Organize legal literacy and legal

awareness camps;c. Develop a community monitoring

Chapter-V

57

system to check cases of violence,abuse and exploitation and takenecessary steps to curb the same; and

d. Involving the Community at large increating and spreading suchawareness.

(vi) Explore the possibility of associatingNGOs working in the area of combatingcrime against women.

(vii) ere should be no delay whatsoever inregistration of FIR in all cases of crimeagainst women.

(viii)All out efforts should be made toapprehend all the accused named in theFIR immediately so as to generateconfidence in the victims and their familymembers;

(ix) Cases should be thoroughly investigatedand charge sheets against the accusedpersons should be filed within threemonths from the date of occurrence,without compromising on the quality ofinvestigation. Speedy investigationshould be conducted in heinous crimeslike rape. e medical examination ofrape victims should be conducted withoutdelay.

(x) Help-line numbers of the crime againstwomen cells - should be exhibitedprominently in hospitals/schools/collegespremises, and in other suitable places.

(xi) Set up exclusive ‘Crime Against Womenand Children’ desk in each police stationand the Special Women police cells in thepolice stations and all women police thanaas needed.

(xii) e specialized Sexual Assault TreatmentUnits could be developed in governmenthospitals having a large maternity section.

(xiii)For improving the safety conditions onroad, the concerned departments of theState Government must take suitable steps

to: a. Increase the no. of beat constables,

especially on the sensitive roads;b. Increase the number of police help

booth/kiosks, especially in remote andlonely stretches;

c. Increase police patrolling, especiallyduring the night;

d. Increase the number of women policeofficers in the mobile police vans;

e. Set-up telephone booths for easyaccess to police;

f. Install people friendly street lights onall roads, lonely stretches and alleys;and

g. Ensure street lights are properly andefficiently working on all roads, lonelystretches and alleys.

(xiv) Special steps to be taken for security ofwomen working in night shis of callcenters.

(xv) Dowry related cases must be adjudicatedexpeditiously to avoid further harassmentof the women.

(xvi) Appointm77ent of Dowry ProhibitionOfficers and notify the Rules under theDowry Prohibition Act, 1961.

(xvii)All police stations may be advised todisplay the name and other details ofProtection Officers of the area appointedunder the Domestic Violence Act, 2005.

5.10 e Bureau of Police Research andDevelopment (CPR&D) under the Ministry ofHome Affairs has been organizing variousprogrammes and workshops to sensitize policeofficers at various levels in the States towardsprevention of crime against all vulnerablesections of the society, including women andchildren.

Chapter-V

58

Trend Analysis–CAC

5.11 A total of 22,500 cases of crimes againstchildren were reported in the country during2008 as compared to 20,410 cases during 2007,suggesting an increase of 10.2%. Among IPCcrimes, number of Kidnapping & Abductioncases increased from 6,377 in 2007 to 7,650 in2008, registering an increase of 20.0% over 2007.Cases of Selling of Girls for Prostitutiondecreased by 29.0% during the year 2008 (69 to

49 cases). Madhya Pradesh, with 4,259 cases,reported 18.9% of incidence of crime againstchildren in the country during the year 2008.

Crime Rate–CAC

5.12 e rate of crime against children hasmarginally increased from 1.8 in 2007 to 2.0 in2008. e rate was highest in A & N Islands(11.3) followed by Delhi (10.7).

Chapter-V

CRIMES AGAINST CHILDREN–CACIncidents of Crime against Children during 2004-2008

Sl. Crime Head Year Percen-No. 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 tage

variationin 2008

over 20071. Murder 1,304 1,219 1,324 1,377 1,296 -5.92. Infanticide 102 108 126 134 140 4.53. Rape 3,542 4,026 4,721 5,045 5,446 7.94. Kidnapping & 3,196 3,518 5,102 6,377 7,650 20.0

Abduction5. Foeticide 86 86 125 96 73 -24.06. Abetment of Suicide 33 43 45 26 29 11.57. Exposure & 715 933 909 923 864 -6.4

Abandonment8. Prostration of 205 145 231 253 224 -11.5

Minor Girls9. Buying of Girls 21 28 35 40 30 -25.0

for Prostitution10. Selling of Girls 19 50 123 69 49 -29.0

for Prostitution11. Child Marriage 93 122 99 96 104 8.3

Restraint Act12. Other Crimes 5,107 4,697 6,127 5,974 6,595 10.4

Total 14,423 14,975 18,967 20,410 22,500 10.2

59

Trend Analysis–THB

5.13 e incidence of human traffickingincreased in 2005 over 2004 and since 2005, thenumber of cases registered under various headsof human trafficking have shown a consistentdeclining trend. A total of 3,133 cases underdifferent heads of human trafficking werereported during the year 2008 as compared to4,087 during the year 2007, suggesting a declineof 23.3% in 2008 as compared to 2007. e casesregistered under selling of girls for prostitutionshowed a decline of 29.0% in 2008 as comparedto the year 2007. Incidence of importation of

girls showed an increase of 9.8% during thesame period. Tamil Nadu reported 692, out of3,133 cases of human trafficking during 2008.Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh reported 529and 427 respectively of such cases during theyear 2008.

Crime Rate–THB

5.14 e rate of crime under humantrafficking was 0.6 in 2004 and 2005, 0.5 in 2006,0.4 in 2007 and 0.3 in 2008. us, a decliningtrend in rate of crime is observed during 2004 –2008.*

Chapter-V

TRAFFICKING AGAINST HUMAN BEING (THB)

Incidents of Human Trafficking during 2004-2008

Sl. Crime Head Year Percen-No. 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 tage

variationin 2008

over 20071. Procuration of 205 145 231 253 224 -11.5

Minor Girls2. Importation of Girls 89 149 67 61 67 9.83. Selling of Girls for 19 50 123 69 49 -29.0

Prostitution4. Buying of Girls for 21 28 35 40 30 -25.0

Prostitution5. Immoral Traffic 5,748 5,908 4,541 3,568 2,659 -25.5

(Prev) Act6. Child Marriage 93 122 99 96 104 8.3

Restraint Act

TotalTotal 6,1756,175 6,4026,402 5,0965,096 4,0874,087 3,1333,133 -23.3-23.3

* e details on trafficking are also covered under paras 4.22 to 4.24 of Chapter-IV.

60

Trend Analysis–CASC

5.15 The year 2008 has witnessed an increaseof 11.9% in crime against Scheduled Castes as30,031 cases reported in 2007 have increased to33,615 cases in 2008. This increase was observedin all heads except Murder, Robbery and Arson.Cases of Murder in 2008 declined by 7.1% over2007. Arson and Robbery cases showed adecline of 5.5% and 1.2% respectively in 2008over 2007. Cases registered under Protection ofCivil Rights Act showed an increase of 20.4% in

2008 over 2007. Dacoity cases reported anincrease of 121.7% in 2008 over 2007. UttarPradesh, with 8,009 cases, reported 23.8% ofincidence of crime against Scheduled Castes inthe country during the year 2008.

Crime Rate–CASC

5.16 The rate of crime against ScheduledCastes increased from 2.6 in 2007 to 2.9 in 2008.Rajasthan reported the highest crime rate in2008 which stood at 6.6.

Chapter-V

CRIME AGAINST SCHEDULED CASTES (CASC)

Incidents of Crime against Scheduled Castes during 2004-2008

Sl. Crime Head Year Percen-No. 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 tage

variationin 2008

over 20071. Murder 654 669 673 674 626 -7.12. Rape 1,157 1,172 1,217 1,349 1,457 8.03. Kidnapping & 253 258 280 332 482 45.2

Abduction4. Dacoity 26 26 30 23 51 121.75. Robbery 72 80 90 86 85 -1.26. Arson 211 210 226 238 225 -5.57. Hurt 3,824 3,847 3,760 3,814 4,216 10.58. Protection of Civil 364 291 405 206 248 20.4

Rights Act9. SC/ST (Prevention of 8,891 8,497 8,581 9,819 11,602 18.1

Atrocities) Act10. Others 11,435 11,077 11,808 13,490 14,623 8.411. Total 26,887 26,127 27,070 30,031 33,615 11.9

* Protection of Civil Rights Act is applicable in all the above cases accept those at Sl. No. 9, along with IPC and other Acts.

61

Trend Analysis–CAST

5.17 A total of 5,582 cases against ScheduledTribes were reported in the country during 2008as compared to 5,532 cases in 2007 showing anincrease of 0.9% in 2008 over 2007. e increasewas observed in all heads except Murder, Rape,Robbery, Arson and cases under the SC/ST(Prevention of Atrocities) Act. Madhya Pradeshhas reported 19.2% (1,071) followed byRajasthan 18.6% (1,038) of the total cases in thecountry. Madhya Pradesh (1,071) reported thehighest incidence of crime against ScheduledTribes, reporting 19.2% of the National total of5,582 during the year 2008.

Crime Rate–CAST

5.18 e rate of crime against ScheduledTribes was 0.5 in 2008 which remained the sameas that in 2007. Arunachal Pradesh (5.2)reported the highest rate of crime againstScheduled Tribes in the country during the year2008.

Measures taken for combating crimeagainst SC/ST.

5.19 e Protection of Civil Right Act, 1955(PCR Act) and the SCs/STs (Prevention ofAtrocities) Act, 1989 (POA Act) are twoimportant Acts being administered by Ministryof Social Justice and Empowerment for

Chapter-V

CRIME AGAINST SCHEDULED TRIBES–(CAST)

Incidents of Crime against Scheduled Tribes during 2004-2008

Sl. Crime Head Year Percen-No. 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 tage

variationin 2008

over 20071. Murder 156 164 195 140 128 -8.62. Rape 566 640 699 627 585 -6.73. Kidnapping & 79 72 88 89 93 4.5

Abduction4. Dacoity 40 27 12 9 14 55.55. Robbery 50 49 29 21 18 -14.36. Arson 33 38 46 54 49 -9.27. Hurt 767 767 838 855 873 2.18. Protection of 11 162 49 5 6 20

Civil Rights Act9. SC/ST (Prevention 1,175 1,283 1,232 1,104 1,022 -7.4

of Atrocities) Act10. Others 2,658 2,511 2,603 2,628 2,794 6.3

11. Total 5,535 5,713 5,791 5,532 5,582 0.9

* Protection of Civil Rights Act is applicable in all the above cases except those at Sl. No. 9, alongwith IPC and other Acts.

62

safeguarding the interests of SCs/STs. eseenactments have extended positivediscrimination in favour of these weakersections of the society in the field of criminaljustice as they prescribe penalties that are morestringent than corresponding offences under theIPC. Government keeps a constant watch on theenforcement of the PCR Act and the POA Actand rules there-under, and keeps advising StateGovernments/UT Administrations to givenspecial focus on the following:-

• Police to be more sympathetic to SCs/STs,and other weaker sections of the society, intheir approach while dealing with the casesof crime against them;

• Circulations among field officers detailedguidelines indicating the scope andresponsibility of the police personnelinvestigating the offences;

• Recruitment of sufficient number of personsbelonging to SCs/STs as police personnel;

• Programmes for creating awareness amongvulnerable sections of the society and legalrecourse open to them;

• Evaluation of the working of the SpecialCourts, identification of atrocity prone areasfor prevention of crime, measures to betaken for economic and social rehabilitationof victims of atrocities, the scale of relief tobe revised to the families of SC/ST personkilled in a case of atrocity etc.

5.20 In compliance, several StateGovernments have taken, inter-alia, thefollowing steps for combating crimes against theSCs and STs:

(i) Special Cells have been established;(ii) Atrocity prone/sensitive areas have been

identified;(iii) Special Courts and Exclusive Special

Courts have been designated for thepurpose of providing speedy trial ofoffences under the Act;

(iv) Nodal Officers have been nominated forcoordinating the functioning of the

District Magistrates and Superintendentsof Police or other authorized officers; and

(v) State level Vigilance and MonitoringCommittee under the Chairmanship of theChief Minister and District level Vigilanceand Monitoring Committees have been setup.

Violent Crimes against Body

5.21 Violent crimes against body comprisingmurder, attempt to commit murder, culpablehomicide not amounting to murder, kidnappingand abduction, hurt and death due to negligencein the year 2007 stood at 4,50,781 accounting for22.7 percent of total IPC crimes during the year.Crimes against body showed an increase of 4.7percent during 2007 over 2006.

Violent Crime against Property

5.22 A total of 4,03,181 violent crimes againstproperty comprising dacoity, preparation andassembly for dacoity, robbery, burglary and thewere recorded during the year 2007 as comparedto 3,92,352 crimes during 2006, showing anincrease of 2.8 percent. e share of these crimesto total IPC crimes at the national level was 20.3percent during the year.

Violent Crimes against Public Order

5.23 A total of 68,939 violent crimes againstpublic order comprising riots and arson werereported during the year 2007 as compared to65,121 crimes in 2006, showing an increase of5.9 percent.

Crimes under Special and Local Laws(SLL)

5.24 A total of 37,43,734 crimes undervarious Special and Local Laws were reportedduring the year 2007 as against 32,24,167 crimesduring 2006, showing an increase of 16.1percent in 2007.

Chapter-V

*******

63

6.1 e Constitution of India has provisionsand guarantees for safeguarding almost theentire gamut of civil and political rights.Directive Principles of State Policy furtherrequire the States to ensure the promotion andprotection of social, cultural and economicrights, particularly of the weaker sections of thesociety, so as to bring about a just and equitablesocial order, leading to an overall improvementin the quality of life for all sections of the society.e civil and criminal laws of our country havealso in-built mechanism to safeguard the rightsof the individuals and provide special protectionto the most vulnerable sections of the society.

6.2 In this backdrop the Government ofIndia have set up a forum for redressal of humanrights violations by constituting the NationalHuman Rights Commission (NHRC) andprovided for the setting up of State HumanRights commissions (SHRC) under theProtection of Human Rights Act, 1993.

NATIONAL HUMAN RIGHTSCOMMISSION (NHRC)

6.3 e National Human RightsCommission was set up under the Protection ofHuman Rights Act, 1993. It is headed by aformer Chief Justice of Supreme Court. One ofthe primary functions of NHRC is to receivecomplaints and initiate investigations intoviolations of Human Rights by public servantsby acts of commission/omission and throughnegligence on their part, to prevent violation ofhuman rights when brought to its notice withinone year of the commission of such violation.During the year 2009-10 (upto December 31,

2009), 63,542 cases were registered forconsideration and the Commission disposed of63,087 cases including cases brought forwardfrom the previous years. e Commission alsotransferred 4,323 cases to the State HumanRights Commissions for disposal as per theProtection of Human Rights Act, 1993 [asamended by the Protection of Human Rights(Amendment) Act, 2006]. During the saidperiod, the Commission recommendedpayment of interim relief in 266 casesamounting to Rs.4,57,53,000. While in most ofthese cases, decisions were taken based onreports received from authorities, in 109 casesinvestigation teams were sent by theCommission on spot enquiry. Out of which only1 case pertains to custodial death. Investigationhas been completed in 40 spot enquiries. 69 spotenquiries are pending completion.

Custodial Deaths

6.4 From April 01, 2009 to December 31,2009, 1,324 cases of custodial deaths (ie.1,097cases of judicial custodial deaths, 130 cases ofdeath in Children’s Home/Beggars’ Home and95 cases of deaths in police custody, Nil cases ofdeath in the custody of Defence Personnel, and2 cases of death in the custody of Para MilitaryForce) were reported to the Commission by theState Governments. During the period, theCommission recommended interim relief ofRs.1,89,90,000 in 155 cases of custodial deaths.

Human Rights Awareness, Educationand Training

6.5 e Commission has selected 28

Chapter-VI

CHAPTER

VIHUMAN RIGHTS AND NATIONAL

INTEGRATION

64

districts in the country, one in each state, fordirect interaction with their field levelfunctionaries with a view to spread humanrights awareness at cutting edge level and also tofacilitate better assessment of enforcement ofvarious measures related to human rights. Inthis efforts special attention is being paid to (i)food security, (ii) right to education (iii) right tohealth, hygiene and sanitation, (iv) custodialjustice (v) human rights issues of scheduledcastes (SCs) and scheduled tribes (STs), (vi)right to culture and protection of communityassets, and (vii) right to life, living conditionsand nature of responsibility of Government andPanchayats (unit of local self-government). Itgives an opportunity to the Commission to havea first hand idea of situation on the ground leveland will also help it in planning its futurestrategies for better protection and promotionof human rights.

6.6 e Commission has so far conductedprogramme in the twelve districts. During theyear 2009-10 (till December, 2009), awarenessprogrammes were conducted in three districtsnamely Wayanad (Kerala) from September 15-18, 2009; Jamui (Bihar) from November 16-17,2009; Hoshiarpur from November 27,28, 30 andDecember 1, 2009. Apart from the awarenessprogramme at Hoshiarpur the team of NHRCalso visited District Jail, Amritsar to review thefunctioning of Jail.

6.7 In its pursuit of improvement in thetraining procedure, a review was made and itwas observed that there was room forstandardization in the training programmesbeing conducted /sponsored by NHRC. Assuch, to improve the quality of training andawareness programmes, the Secretary Generalinitiated a dialogue with the Indira GandhiNational Open University (IGNOU) forconducting training programmes in distancelearning and electronic mode with theircollaborations. e discussions with IGNOU

authorities also revealed that they have in-housecapability to develop curricula andteaching/training material in narrative form.During discussions with the Vice-Chancellor,IGNOU, the suggestion of developing variouscourses for different target groups amongstpublic servants, like police constables,subordinate officers and staff in district,Panchayat functionaries, etc. was alsoconsidered and aer deliberations at variouslevels, an MOU was signed on December 30,2009 between NHRC and IGNOU. emodalities and contents of the curriculum arebeing finalised. To start with, courses for policepersonnel at the cutting edge level would bedeveloped initially. Once these basic drills arecompleted, NHRC may soon find itself in thedistant learning mode also, which will not onlycover larger groups of people but also cover allparts of the country

Interaction with foreign Delegates inthe Commission

6.8 e National Human RightsCommission exchanges views on protection andpromotion of human rights with various foreigndelegates who visit the Commission. Adelegation of Human Rights Commission ofMalaysia SUHAKAM visited the Commissionfrom April 27-28, 2009. A sixteen memberdelegation from Afghanistan IndependentHuman Rights Commission visited theCommission on May 29, 2009. e visit was apart of the collaboration between NHRIs ofSouth Asian countries in consonance with thedecisions taken at the Conference on `HumanRight Awareness and National CapacityBuilding’. A delegation from Ethiopian HumanRights Commission visited the Commissionfrom July 3-5, 2009. A delegation of NationalCommission for Human Rights, Rwanda visitedthe Commission from July 12-19, 2009 tooversee the functioning of the Commission andfor training/technical assistance in Complaint

Chapter-VI

65

Handling Management System in order toimprove their working related to complaints andtheir day-to-day work. Mr. Arthur Mattli,Charge d’affairs, Embassy of Switzerland visitedthe Commission on August 17, 2009 and metthe Senior Officers of NHRC and discussed theissues viz. rights of the children, ratification ofthe Convention on Torture by the Governmentof India and Prisoners rights. A seven memberdelegation from the U.K. Liberal DemocraticParty Friends of India Group visited theCommission on September 29, 2009. e Boardof Directors of Human Rights Watch, New Yorkvisited the Commission and had a meeting withthe Senior Officers of the Commission onOctober 13, 2009. e participants from Nepalfor the `Workshop on Federal Governance inIndia’ comprising 16 member s drawn frompolitical parties, civil service, civil society, themedia and academia who were actively involvedin the process of making Nepal constitutionvisited the Commission on November 27, 2009and interacted with the Acting Chairperson,Member and Senior Officers of theCommission.

Issue of Female Foeticide

6.9 As per the 2001 Census, India’s decliningchild sex ratio (927 girls per 1,000 boys) is acause of great concern. In order to address theproblem, the Pre-conception & Pre-0natalDiagnostic Techniques (Prohibition of SexSelection) Act, 1994 has been passed but the lawcontinues to be flouted with impunity. eNHRC and the IMFPA have thus undertakes acollaborative research project entitled “Researchand Review to Strengthen Pre-conception andPre-natal Diagnostic Techniques (Prohibition ofSex Selection) Act’s Implementation AcrossKey States”.

Training Division

6.10 Till December, 2009, the Commission

approved 82 training programmes of 64Institutions/NGOs on various issues of humanrights for the year 2009-10 and 47 TrainingProgrammes were conducted.

PROTECTION OF HUMAN RIGHTSIN J&K

6.11 e Government attaches highestimportance to the subject of human rights. eGovernment of India has repeatedly expressedits commitment to protection of human rightsand prevention of human rights violations in theCountry. e Security Forces are underinstructions to respect the human rights of allpeople and work steadfastly with humane facewhile performing their day-to-day operationalduties.

6.12 Every reported case of alleged humanrights violations are taken serious note of,investigations made promptly in a transparentmanner and taken to their logical conclusionand suitable punitive action is taken againstthose found guilty. Since January, 1994 tillDecember, 2009, out of 1,206 complaints ofhuman rights excesses received against thepersonnel of Army and Central Para MilitaryForces, 1,180 have been investigated, 1,147 ofthem found false, in 33 cases where thecomplaints were found genuine, penalties havebeen imposed on 74 personnel of the Army andCentral Para Military Forces, while in 6 casescompensation has been awarded.

COMMUNAL SITUATION IN THECOUNTRY

6.13 During the year 2009, 826 communalincidents took place in the country in which 125persons lost their lives and 2,424 persons wereinjured. During the corresponding period in2008, there were 943 communal incidents in thecountry, including four Hindu-Muslim riots, in

Chapter-VI

66

which 167 persons were killed and 2,354 personswere injured.

Hindu-Muslim Communal Situation

6.14 During 2009, 750 Hindu-Muslimcommunal incidents took place in the country(including one riot in Maharashtra) resulting inthe death of 123 persons and injuries to 2,380persons. In 2008, during the correspondingperiod, 656 communal incidents were reportedin the country, including four riots, leading to123 deaths and injuries to 2,272 persons.

6.15 Majority of such communal incidents in2009 took place in the States of Uttar Pradesh,Maharashtra, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh,Gujarat and Rajasthan. Major issues forcommunal incidents are carrying andslaughtering of cattle, routing religiousprocessions through mixed localities,construction of religious structures on disputedland, playing of provocative CDs/cassettes,dispute over land/property, eve-teasing andpersonal enmity.

6.16 Hindu-Muslim communal riot tookplace in 2009 in Pusad town, Yavatmal district,Maharashtra on April 3, 2009 following stonepelting from the side of a mosque on a sloganshouting Ram Navami procession resulting in aclash between two communities in which fourpersons died and 12 persons were injured. Hindu- Christian Communal Situation

6.17 During 2009, 76 Hindu-Christiancommunal incidents took place in the country,resulting in the death of 2 persons and injuriesto 44 persons. In 2008, during thecorresponding period, 287 communal incidentswere reported in the country in which 44persons were killed and 82 persons sustainedinjuries. e riots in Kandhamal district of

Orissa following the killing of SwamiLaxmanananda Saraswati in August 2008 wasthe main reason for abnormally high incidentsin 2008. In 2009, Tamilnadu has registered themost number of incidents against Christians.

Relief And Rehabilitation To eVictims Of Communal Riots In GujaratOf 2002

6.18 In 2007 the Cabinet approved a proposalfor grant of ex-gratia relief to the victims ofGujarat riots of 2002 on pattern of the packageannounced for the victims of anti-Sikh riots of1984. e proposal includes the following:

• Ex-gratia @ Rs. 3.5 lakh for the 1,169deaths which is in addition to the amountpaid by the State Government.

• Ex-gratia @ Rs. 1.25 lakh minus theamount paid by the State Government forthe 2,548 injury cases.

• Ex-gratia @ ten times the amount paid bythe State Government less the amountalready paid for damage to residential anduninsured industrial/commercialproperties.

6.19 An amount of Rs.332.99 crore has so farbeen released to Gujarat Government fordisbursement to the victims/beneficiaries indeath and injury cases and for damage toresidential properties. e State Governmenthas intimated that it has disbursed the ex-gratiain approximately 99% cases while thedisbursement is held up in rest of the cases dueto factors like succession issues, present addressnot being available, court cases, etc. For paymentof ex-gratia to the victims for damage touninsured commercial/industrial properties, anamount of Rs. 85.75 crore would be required,and a demand has been raised to get budgetarysupport in the next batch of Supplementaries.

Chapter-VI

67

Relief and rehabilitation to the victimsof communal riots in Bhagalpur, Biharof 1989-90.

6.20 e Cabinet approved in 2008 aproposal for grant of ex-gratia relief to thevictims of Bhagalpur riots of 1989-90 on thepattern of the package announced for thevictims of anti-Sikh riots of 1984. e proposalincludes the following:

• Ex-gratia @ Rs. 3.5 lakh for the 844 deathswhich is in addition to the amount paid bythe State Government.

• Ex-gratia @ Rs. 1.25 lakh minus the amountpaid by the State Government for the 22injury cases.

6.21 e total amount of Rs.29.81 crore hasbeen released to Bihar Government fordisbursement among the victims in twoinstalments of Rs.10 crore and Rs. 9.81 crore inthe financial year ending March 2009. e StateGovernment has been asked to furnish thestatus of disbursement.

Enactment of Legislation Titled “eCommunal Violence (Prevention,Control and Rehabilitation of Victims)Bill, 2005”

6.21 A Bill titled ‘e Communal Violence(Prevention, Control and Rehabilitation ofVictims) Bill, 2005’ was introduced in the RajyaSabha on December 5, 2005 to address allaspects of the issue of communal violence in auniform way throughout the country. e Billwas referred to the Department-relatedParliamentary Standing Committee on HomeAffairs and the Committee submitted its Reporton December 13, 2006 to the Parliament. eCommittee made certain observations/recommendations, and aer necessary inter-Ministerial consultations, and the Government

decision thereon, Notices were given in March,2007, December 2008 February, 2009 and againin December 2009 in Rajya Sabha for movingthe official amendments and for considerationand passing of the Bill. However, the Bill couldnot be taken up for consideration on theseoccasions. Fresh notice for consideration andpassing of the Bill will be given in due course.

Monitoring of the activities of religiousfundamental organisation

6.22 e activities of all religiousfundamental organisation or group, having abearing on peace, communal harmony andsecurity of the country are under constant watchof Law Enforcement Agencies and requisiteaction is taken including imposition of ban. Ason December 31, 2009 Students IslamicMovement of India (SIMI) is a bannedassociation.

Kabir Puraskar

6.23 e Kabir Puraskar was instituted in1990 to promote communal harmony byrecognizing acts of physical/moral courage andhumanity exhibited by members of onecommunity, caste or ethnic group in saving livesand properties of the members of anothercommunity, caste or ethnic group. Such courageand promptitude in saving lives and propertiesof member(s) of another community, caste orethnic group should also involve a danger to thelife/body/property of the rescuer himself orherself and or to his or her family members.

6.24 is award is given in three categories-Grade I, Grade-II and Grade-III. Each categorycarries a certificate with suitable citation andcash amount as follows:-

(i) Grade-I Rs.2,00,000(ii) Grade-II Rs.1,00,000(iii) Grade-III Rs. 50,000

Chapter-VI

68

6.25 Presentation ceremony of KabirPuraskar for the years 2007 and 2008 was heldon August 12, 2009 at Vigyan Bhawan, NewDelhi. For the year 2007, Shri Khalifa Gufran ofUttar Pradesh and for the year 2008, Sh. AbdulGani Abdullabhai Qureishi of Gujarat and Shri

Ghulan Ahmed Bhat of Jammu & Kashmir weregiven Kabir Puraskar Grade-III. e awardswere presented by the Hon’ble President of Indiaand the function was attended by the VicePresident, the Prime Minister and otherdignitaries.

National Communal Harmony Awards

6.26 National Communal Harmony Awardsare presented in ‘individual’ and ‘organisation’categories for outstanding contribution in thefield of communal harmony and nationalintegration. e selection is made by a jury

chaired by the Vice President of India. Inaddition to a citation, the Award consists of anamount of Rs. 2 lakh in the individual and Rs. 5lakh in the organization category. e nationalCommunal Harmony Award is announced onthe Republic day. For the year 2009, Dr. Mohd.

Hanif Khan Shastri, Delhi (under individualcategory) and Central for Human Rights andSocial Welfare, Jaipur, Rajasthan (underorganization category) have been selected forthe award.

National Foundation for CommunalHarmony (NFCH)

6.27 e National Foundation for Communalharmony (NFCH), an autonomous body underthe administrative control of this Ministry,promotes communal harmony , fraternity andnational integration. Since its inception, it has

Chapter-VI

69Chapter-VI

extended financial assistance of Rs.32.49 crorefor rehabilitation of 10,073 children up-toDecember 31, 2009 who are victims ofcommunal caste, ethnic or terrorist violence.

National Integration Council

6.28 e process of reconstituting theNational Integration Council is underway.

Sankalp Divas And Qaumi Ekta Week

6.29 Instructions were issued for observance ofSankalp Divas on October 31, 2009 and QaumiEkta week during November 19 - 25, 2009.

LIBERHAN AYODHYACOMMISSION OF INQUIRY (LACI)

6.30 e Liberhan Ayodhya Commission ofInquiry (LACI) was set up on December 16,1992 to inquire, inter-alia, into the sequence ofevents leading to the demolition of Ram JanamBhoomi-Babri Masjid structure at Ayodhya onDecember 6, 1992. e Commission hadsubmitted its report to the Central Governmenton June 30, 2009. Following the submission ofthe report the Liberhan Ayodhya Commissionwas winded up on July 31, 2009. e report ofthe Liberhan Ayodhya Commission of Inquiryalongwith the Memorandum of action takenthereon was laid on the table of both Houses ofParliament on November 24, 2009.

Union Home Minister administering oath of Qaumi Ekta to the personnel of Ministry of HomeAffairs

*****

70 Chapter-VII

INTRODUCTION

7.1 ere are seven Union territories,namely:

i. Andaman and Nicobar Islandsii. Chandigarhiii. Dadra and Nagar Haveliiv. Daman and Diuv. Lakshadweepvi. National Capital Territory of Delhi vii. Puducherry

7.2 Out of the above seven Union territories,National Capital Territory of Delhi andPuducherry have legislatures, Council ofMinisters and Consolidated Funds. e rest ofthe Union territories are without legislature.

7.3 e total area covered by the sevenUnion territories is 10,973 sq. km. and theirpopulation, as per the 2001 census, is1,65,20,983. e UT-wise population and areais at Annexure-VII. e Plan and Non-Planbudget provisions and their utilization in theyear 2008-09 and the provision for the year2009-10 is at Annexure-VIII.

CONSTITUTIONAL STATUS

7.4 e Union territories are specified inSchedule I Part II of the Constitution of India.ese territories are administered in accordancewith the provisions of Article 239 to 241 of theConstitution of India. Under the Governmentof India (Allocation of Business) Rules 1961,Ministry of Home Affairs is the nodal Ministry

for all matters of Union territories relating toLegislation, Finance & Budget, Services andappointment of Lt. Governors andAdministrators. Every Union territory isadministered by an Administrator appointed bythe President under Article 239 of theConstitution of India. In Delhi, Puducherry andAndaman & Nicobar Islands, the Lt. Governorsare designated as Administrators. eGovernor of Punjab is appointed as theAdministrator of Chandigarh. In the otherUnion territories, senior IAS officers of theArunachal Pradesh, Goa, Mizoram and Unionterritories (AGMUT) cadre are appointed asAdministrators.

ADMINISTRATIVE INTERFACEHome Minister’s Advisory Committees(HMAC)

7.5 All the five UTs without legislature –Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Chandigarh,Daman and Diu, Dadra and Nagar Haveli, andLakshadweep - have the forum of HomeMinister’s Advisory Committee, on which,besides the Administrator and Member ofParliament from the respective Union Territory,members from the local elected bodies e.g.District Panchayats and MunicipalCouncil/Committees are nominated asmembers. Meetings of the HMAC are chairedby the Union Home Minister, or, in his absence,by the Minister of State in the Ministry. eCommittee discusses the general issues relatingto social and economic development of theUnion territories.

CHAPTER

VIIUNION TERRITORIES

71

MEETING THE CHALLENGESNCT OF DELHI

7.6 Delhi, being both a city-State and thenational capital, attends to people from all partsof the country and from all walks of life, whocome to work and make Delhi their home. eGovernment of NCT of Delhi seeks to fulfilltheir aspirations through dedicated responseand efforts. It has taken several initiatives toaccelerate the development process, some ofwhich are highlighted below:

• Government of NCT (GNCT) of Delhi isimplementing various projects related tothe forthcoming Commonwealth Games2010. e projects aer completion willresult in better intra city connectivity, hasslefree traffic movement, widening and up-gradation of roads, upgraded publicamenities and modern medical facilitiesduring the Commonwealth Games period.e cost of providing these infrastructuralfacilities is more than Rs.16,000 crore andthey are being implemented with a stricttime schedule to ensure completion itbefore the Games.

• GNCT of Delhi is also constructingTyagraja Stadium, Chhatrasal Stadium andLudlow Castle School as a Training Venuefor the Commonwealth Games. NDMC isrenovating Talkatora Stadium. A newSports Facility Block with undergroundparking facility is being set up as perinternational standards. A state of the artsports facility block with undergroundparking facilities is under construction atShivaji Stadium. Connaught Placeredevelopment work will also be completedbefore the start of the games.

• GNCT of Delhi has set up “Samajik SuvidhaSangam”, a Society to facilitate convergenceof various schemes run by ninedepartments to provide welfareentitlements to vulnerable sections. Gender

Resource centres have been placed underthe supervision and administrative controlof Samajik Suvidha Sangam and areaccountable to the District ResourceCentres.

• In order to bring transparency, reliabilityand responsiveness, the GNCT of Delhi hasrequested the Public Affairs Foundation,Bangalore to carry out the 2nd Social Auditto revisit the benchmarks and track theprogress made. e Social Audit is focusedon services related to Govt. Hospitals, Govt.Schools, Transport Department, Food &Civil Supplies, Sub-Registrar Offices,Offices of SDMs, and Provision of WaterSupply through water tankers to poorlocalities by DJB.

• In the Health sector, the GNCT of Delhi hasconstructed buildings for 8 dispensaries,two in Dwarka, one each in Janakpuri, TikriKalan, Kondli, Hiran Kudna, Bank Enclaveand Basti Vikas Kendra, Prem Nagar in2009-10. One PUHC has been opened inSangam Vihar in South District.Construction of seven more hospitals are inthe pipeline. Four more hospitals areproposed to be taken up on PPP mode.Mobile Health Clinics are likely to beincreased to 90 from 75 with the help ofNGOs. Work for setting up 2 new MedicalColleges under Delhi Govt. is being takenup.

• Construction work of Chaudhary BrahamPrakash Ayurvedic Charak Sansthan atKhera Dabur in Najafgarh Block is in fullswing and hospital facilities are likely tostart functioning this year. Seven newAYUSH dispensaries have already beenstarted. ree more shall be opened byMarch, 2010. A publicity campaign titled“Homeopathy for Healthy Mother andHappy Child” was launched in September,2009. A websitewww.homeo.delhigovt.nic.in on homeoservices has also been introduced.

Chapter-VII

72

• Project for augmentation of ambulancefleet will be implemented on Public PrivatePartnership basis with Fortis EmergencyServices Ltd. A 24x7 state of the artemergency response centre will start with75 Ambulances in January, 2010. eAmbulance Service to BPL, PregnantMothers, Accidents, Multi-Casualtyincidents, disasters and transfers betweenGovt. Hospitals will be free of charge.Citizens can call ‘102’ for AmbulanceService. e Government is alsodeveloping three green field hospitals underPPP, one each in South, West & NorthDelhi. e Health Department has alsoinitiated PPP projects for providingAdvanced Radiology Diagnostic Servicesand Dialysis Services for all hospitals onhub and spoke model. Two Super SpecialtyHospitals with 1000 beds shall soon beopened and managed in PPP mode.

• e Government has launched a QualityAssurance Programme in technicalconsultation with GTZ(German TechnicalGroup) for twenty hospitals of DelhiGovernment.

• Under Delhi State Health Mission,MAMTA and ASHA schemes have beenlaunched. 2260 ASHA’s have been selectedand operationalized across the State.MAMTA scheme will be furtherstrengthened by increasing the scope of thescheme to cover more beneficiaries andcaesarian deliveries.

• In the Transport sector, approximately 120kms of Metro line will be added before theCommonwealth Games with increasedconnectivity to the neighbouring Statesunder Metro Rail Transport System phaseII. 81.21% of the total work on the phase-II of MRTS has been completed up toNovember, 2009.

• DTC has already purchased 919 new LowFloor Buses (AC/Non AC) and 4106 newbuses shall be purchased well before CWG-

2010. us, the total fleet will be 5025before CWG-2010.

• e Government has also decided tocorporatize the private stage carriage (blueline) buses. e whole process of phasingout of blue line buses shall be completed inthe next 2 to 3 years.

• All the 535 pollution checking centres ofDelhi have been connected to the centralserver and pollution checking of vehicles isbeing conducted online.

• e GNCT of Delhi in consultation withthe industry and concerned GovernmentDepartments/agencies, has finalized a newdra industrial policy which envisagesdevelopment of knowledge- based, hi-tech,sophisticated, service sector and IT andITES types of industries in Delhi.

• According to the Doing Business in India-2009 study by World Bank, Delhi ranks 6thamong 17 cities surveyed. In fact, thesurvey ranks Delhi at the top for theparameter “Starting Business” indicatingthat companies wanting to set up businessin Delhi require least number of days andprocedures to do so. e Delhi Cabinet hasapproved a proposal for setting up ofBusiness Facilitation Council in theIndustries Department to facilitateentrepreneurs in obtaining clearances fromvarious departments/ agencies for settingup enterprises in Delhi.

• e Government of Delhi has notified itsSEZ Policy to facilitate setting up of SEZ inHi-tech areas such as IT and ITESindustries in the NCT of Delhi. Twoproposals from DSIIDC for setting up ofSEZs in Gems & Jewellery and InformationTechnology have been referred to theMinistry of Commerce & Industry, GOI forapproval.

• e Government has decided to maintainindustrial areas/estates which are withIndustries Department and DSIIDC, onPublic Private Partnership (PPP) basis.

Chapter-VII

73

Process for selection of Private partner forthe identified project has already beeninitiated.

• e Government of Delhi, in consultationwith Central Government, has decided torehabilitate MRTS Project affectedindustrial units by making them allotmentof alternate industrial plots in approvedindustrial areas at pre-determined rates.

• To minimize the level of pollution in Delhi,10 Common Effluent Treatment Plants(CETPs) have been constructed. Of these,9 CETPs have been handed over foroperation & maintenance to the respectiveCETP Societies. e remaining 1 CETPshall also be handed over to the concernedSociety in due course.

• To meet water requirements fully, DJB isinvesting in construction of Renuka damand getting the parallel lined canal fromMunak to Haiderpur constructed. Based onthe 80 MGD water savings from the canal,new WTPs at Dwaraka, Okhla and Bawanawill be commissioned.

• To meet Delhi’s demand for power, variouspower projects are taken up. Major projectsare (i) 1500 MW coal based power plant inDistt. Jhajjar, Haryana by Aravali PowerCompany Pvt. Ltd for sharing of powerequally by Delhi and Haryana (ii) A 1500MW Gas based Power Project at Bawana, inNorth-West Delhi. A 750 MW Gas basedPower Project has been proposed for settingup at Bamnauli, in South-West Delhi. Landhas been acquired.

• e Department of Forests & Wildlife,Govt. of NCT of Delhi along with 20Greening Agencies have set a plantationtarget of more than 12.07 lakhs saplings inDelhi in the current year. AllDepartments/Agencies have startedplantation to achieve the set target. Duringthe year 2009-10 under the Delhi GreeningAction Plan, the area brought under theplantation is about 75.94 Ha.

• In the Education sector, GNCT of Delhihave introduced Nursery classes in 172Sarvodaya Vidyalayas in 2009-10. 34middle schools have been upgraded tosecondary/senior secondary schools.Further, 25 secondary schools have beenupgraded to senior secondary schools. Newstreams have been introduced in 17 schools(science stream in five schools, commercestream in eleven schools and arts stream inone school). One new school has beenopened at Mandoli Extn. (Distt. North-East) in 2009-10.

• From 2009-10, uniform subsidy shall beprovided to students of nursery classes also.Mid Day Meal scheme has been extendedto upper primary classes of Governmentand aided schools from 2009-10.

• GNCT of Delhi also undertook severalprojects for Information Dissemination,Capacity building and for e-GovernanceInitiatives during the year 2009. eschemes are (i) Delhi Online(JeevanProject) which provide the Governmentservices like billings of MTNL, BSES, NDPLand DJB and others under one roof to thecitizens (ii) Delhi State Wide AreaNetworking – which connects DelhiSecretariat with all major departments (iii)Aap ki Sunwai – which is a call center towork as Grievance ManagementSystem(GMS) wherein citizens can call upone single number 155345 and register thegrievance with regard to any DelhiGovernmentDepartment/Agency/Autonomous Body on24x7 basis (iv) Content ManagementSystem – which gives information regardingvarious services provided by thedepartments at the centralized website apartfrom having the uniform look and feel of allthe websites (v) E-Procurement Projectwhich is aimed to bring transparency andefficiency in the procurement process (vi)Secured Communication Network for

Chapter-VII

74

Delhi(TETRA) for official communicationamongst various departments of DelhiGovernment and (vii) Delhi State SpatialData Infrastructure Project (DSSDI) –which is the first of its kind in the countrythat provides a unique urban managementsystem.

PUDUCHERRY

7.7 The Union territory of Puducherry hasa Legislative Assembly and Consolidated Fundof its own. It comprises of four regions, namely,Puducherry, Karaikal, Mahe and Yanam lyinggeographically separated from one another.The `Government of Puducherry has takenseveral development and post-tsunamirehabilitation initiatives, some of which arehighlighted below :

• e Empowered Group of Ministers, Govt.of India had approved Rs.663.73 crore tothe Union Territory of Puducherry for aperiod of 4 years from 2005-06 to 2008-09under the Tsunami RehabilitationProgramme viz. (i) Rs.185.10 crore underExternally Aided Programme and (ii)Rs.478.63 crore under Additional CentralAssistance including Rajiv GandhiRehabilitation Package. Subject to approvalof EGOM, the Planning Commission, NewDelhi have allocated additional funds ofRs.108 crore under Additional CentralAssistance. Out of Rs.574.01 crorereleased, under TRP, Rs.550.52 crore havebeen spent as on September 2009.

• For construction of houses in all thetsunami affected villages, private lands to anextent of 105.62.46 ha i.e. 36.69.82 ha. inPuducherry region and 68.92.64 ha. inKaraikal region respectively have beenacquired . As against the target of 7,567houses to be constructed, 4,586 houses havebeen completed till November 30, 2009 and

the rest are in various stages of completion. • Connectivity of coastal roads to a length of

65.22 kms and internal roads to a length of40.50 kms in the resettlement colonies havebeen completed. Two bridges and eight beddams have been constructed. Constructionof one 4-lane bridge is under progress.Coastal protection wall covering 17 kms.and 31 community assets like schools,health centre, etc. have been constructed.Bio-fencing of 29 kms. has been completed.

• Various orientations programmes, trainingsand workshops were organized under theUNDP sponsored Disaster RiskManagement programme initiated in theUT w.e.f. November 20, 2007 till June 30,2009.

• In respect of replacement of fishing crasand tackles, 365 mechanised boats, 93 FRPboats, 806 FRP cattamaram, 1147 woodencattamaram with OBM and 5,483cattamaram without OBM have beenrepaired and restored to tsunami affectedfishermen availing the financial assistancefrom Government. Fisheries Livelihoodrestoration works are undertaken by ProjectImplementation Agencey (PIA),Puducherry.

• Government of Puducherry has establishedAgricultural Technology ManagementAgencies (ATMA) in Puducherry andKaraikal Districts separately in order toensure convergence of activities ofagriculture and allied sectors. e StrategicResearch and Extension Plans (SREPs) andthe State Extension Work Plan (SEWP)have been prepared. Capacity building toextension functionaries for effectivedissemination of latest technologies to thefarmers has been taken up. Conduct of on-farm trials and method demonstrations hasbeen done, which includes the developmentof technical skills of the farmers andimprovising the indigenous practices. Out

Chapter-VII

75

of Rs.36.75 lakh released, an amount ofRs.23,73,500 has been spent under thescheme so far.

• Selection of consultant to identify theinvestors for the project “Special TourismZone at Manapet” is in process. e project“Eco beach at Karaikal” has been completedand inaugurated. Riverside and beachdevelopment work at Mahe and Water frontdevelopment at Yanam will be completed byMarch 2010.

• Land to an extent of 19.92 Ha has beenacquired at a cost of Rs.18.67 crore andhanded over to Airports Authority of Indiaduring July 2007 for the first Phase ofdevelopment. Airports Authority of Indiahave completed the work of the extensionof the runway, except a small area where thebroken sewage pipe has stopped thecompletion. e work of repairing brokensewage pipe will be completed by June 2010and the Airport will be operationalised forcommercial flights thereaer. In respect ofPhase-II development which is forextending the runway by an additional1,100 metres to facilitate operating larger jetAircras, action has been initiated toacquire another 85 Ha of adjacent land inthe State of Tamil Nadu.

• Under the Jawaharlal Nehru NationalUrban Renewal Mission, 8 projects worthRs.461.3965 crore have been approved forthe Union territory of Puducherry, 4 eachby the Ministry of Urban Development andthe Ministry of Housing and Urban PovertyAlleviation. 80 per cent of the project costis borne by the Government of India and 20% is borne by the Union Territory ofPuducherry.

ANDAMAN & NICOBAR ISLANDS

7.8 e Union territory of Andaman &Nicobar Islands consists of nearly 307 islands,265 rocks and islets out of which only 38 islands

are inhabited. e devastation caused by thetsunami of December, 2004 severely tested theadministrative capacity of the Union Territoryof Andaman & Nicobar Islands. e UTAdministration has taken several developmentand post-tsunami rehabilitation initiatives,some of which are highlighted below :

• 9,797 permanent shelters are beingconstructed at 70 different locations byCPWD/APWD/ NGOs in A&N Islands.9484 houses have been completed out ofwhich 7799 houses have been allotted to thebeneficiaries till January, 2010. In addition,203 units of common facilities likecommunity hall, birth house, death house,recreation hall etc have been completed outof a total of 247 units to be constructed atpermanent housing sites in 10 islands.

• Shipping is the lifeline for the islands toprovide connectivity to the people for interisland movement. 3 new passenger shipshave been commissioned and 2 newpassenger ferries have been put into service.In addition, 10 pontoons have beenprovided at various jetties in the islands.

• Administration has taken steps to facilitatedevelopment of Port Blair as anInternational Airport. 2.25 hectares ofCoast Guard land is being transferred toAAI for development of a new TerminalBuilding for International Airport. Aircargo complex has been transferred to AAIand will be commissioned by June, 2010.

• UT Administration has signed a MOU withNTPC in November 2009 to prepare DPRfor setting up 5 MW solar photo voltaicpower plant in South Andaman and 1 MWsolar photo voltaic power plan in MiddleAndaman.

• UT Administration has developed aTraining and Residential Complex for theIRBn at a cost of Rs.43 crore, with watersupply for the complex from rainwaterstorage and self operated filtration plant.

Chapter-VII

76

e complex has been put to use fromOctober 1. 2009.

• e UT Administration has launched CarNicobar Coconut Mission with an aim tobring a paradigm shi in the very processof coconut production and its commercialuse thereby improving the economic statusof the Nicobari people. e mission aims toachieve increase in productivity fromexisting 20 nuts to 60 nuts per tree per year,besides providing additional incomethrough intercropping of fruits andvegetables and opening up avenues forunits to produce value added coconutproducts under the brand nameNICONUTS.

• Integrated Housing and SlumDevelopment Project under JNNURM forplanned development of 18 identified slumpockets has been launched on October 2,2009. Project is to be completed in 18months at a cost of Rs.9.88 crore.

• e inhabited islands isolated by deep seahave been provided telemedicineconnectivity between the PHCs, CHCs, andDistrict Hospitals as well between theDistrict Hospitals in the islands with superspecialty hospitals in the mainland.

LAKSHADWEEP

7.9 Lakshadweep Islands is a group of 36islands out of which only 10 are inhabited. Theentire indigenous population has beenclassified as Scheduled Tribe and is Muslim byreligion. The main occupation of the people isfishing, coconut cultivation and coir-twisting.Tourism is an emerging industry. The UTAdministration has taken several developmentinitiatives, some of which are highlightedbelow :

• e administration has been makingefforts to augment/replace the existing oldships to provide better shipping services.

In addition to the 700 passenger allweather ship, M.V. Kavaratti inducted in2008, two 250 passenger all weather shipsare at various stages of completion and areexpected to be delivered by December,2009 and May, 2010. Construction of 200passenger landing barges is at differentstages. With these vessels becomingoperational, the present uncertainty anddifficulties in embarkation anddisembarkation, using smaller cras, couldbe overcome and the people will havefacility of safe landing from the biggerships anchored in the open sea.

• Shipping Corporation of India has beenrequested to float and finalise tenders foracquisition of two more Landing Barges, asapproved by the Government of India.Construction of ‘eastern side jetties’ atAgatti, Amini and Kavaratti are at differentstages of completion. e eastern side jettyat Minicoy although completed in October,2008, has not become functional as severesurging and current during monsoonseason is hampering safe berthing of shipsin the jetty. A committee constituted by theMinistry of Shipping visited the islandsfrom 23rd to 25th June, 2009 and inspectedall the four jetties and made manycorrective suggestions.

• e Second Helicopter has been chartedfrom Pawan Hans Helicopters Limited formeeting the law and order situations andinter-island service during monsoon andthe service commenced on 10th January,2009. e Kingfisher Airlines is operatingan ATR flight and Indian Airlines isoperating a Dornier flight in Kochi-Agattisector.

• Since no surface water is available inLakshadweep and underground water ishighly saline, drinking water is a perpetualproblem in Lakshadweep. With a view tosolve this problem, the Low ermalTemperature Desalination Plant

Chapter-VII

77

functioning successfully at Kavaratti has tobe replicated in other islands. PlanningCommission has given in-principleapproval for establishment of 1 lakh litrecapacity LTTD Plants in phases. e firstphase work of installation of plants inMinicoy, Agatti and Andrott are expectedto be completed by March, 2010.

CHANDIGARH

7.10 Chandigarh city has the uniquedistinction of being a Union Territory and theCapital City of two states - Punjab and Haryana.Spread over an area of 114 square Km., itcomprises of the city of Chandigarh and 13villages and is located between the States ofPunjab and Haryana. e UT Administrationhas taken several development initiatives, someof which are highlighted below :

• A project for upgradation of water supplyinfrastructure with remote computerizedsurveillance system for proper monitoringand automation has been partiallyimplemented and is at advanced stage ofcompletion. e system will provide benefitsby way of saving in manpower, energy andreduction in water losses.

• e Sewage Treatment Plant has beenupgraded from 30 MGD to 45 MGD atDiggian with a cost of Rs.28 crore.

• Manimajra town has been connected withthe canal water supply system.

• e building of Judicial Academy to imparttraining to Judicial Officers has beenconstructed in Sector 43 at the cost ofRs.62.82 crore with a covered area of 2.44lakh square feet.

• A Vocational-cum-Production Centre hasbeen constructed in Sector 46-D.

• Block’D’ of Govt. Medical College &Hospital, Sector-32, Chandigarh has beencompleted with an estimated cost of Rs.6.11crore

• A new lake has been constructed in Sector-42 with an estimated cost of Rs.3.12 crore.

• e construction of 6/4 lane dual carriageway linking NH 21 from Halo Majra side toPanchkula has been completed with anestimated cost of Rs.9.96 crore.

• A 66 KV Sub-Station has been set up inSector-56 at an approximate cost of Rs.14crore.

• 60 CCTV cameras are being installed atvarious locations in the city for round theclock surveillance by Police.

• A Trauma Unit having 22 nos. of beds withEmergency Operation eatres has beenadded to the Govt. Multi Specialty Hospital,Sector-16, Chandigarh.

• A device for Bio-Medical WasteManagement has been installed with theapproval of Pollution Control Board by theHealth Department.

• 100 modern low floor buses purchasedunder JNNURM will be inducted in the fleetof Chandigarh Transport Undertakingshortly. Speed governors have been installedin all the city buses. e Global PositioningSystem is being installed in the city buses.

DAMAN & DIU

7.11 e Union territory of Daman & Diucomprises of two land blocks of Daman and Diu,each forming a separate district, as well as acommunity development block. Daman Districtis located on the southern border of Gujaratstate and Diu District is an island off the coastof Junagarh and is about 763 km. from Daman.e UT Administration has taken severaldevelopment initiatives, some of which arehighlighted below :

• e UT Administration has receivedadditional allocation of 58 MW Power fromKawas & Gandhar Gas Power Plants ofNTPC and 70 MW from NSPCL PowerPlant, Bhilai, improving the power situation

Chapter-VII

78

in the UT. In addition, various activities forestablishment of new Sub-Stations,strengthening of transmission network,renovation of existing power distributionsystems, providing of improved meteringsystems etc have also been taken up by theUT Administration.

• e Government of India approved theconstruction of a new bridge across the riverDamanganga in the city of Daman at a costof Rs.38.84 crore. e bridge has beenopened to the public in February 2009.

• A modern and fully equipped Gynecologyand Pediatric Ward is going to beconstructed in the Govt. Hospital, Marwadby March, 2010. is is going to increase theinstitutional deliveries and ensure betterchild healthcare in Daman.

• Renovation of Government Hospital,Marwad has been completed and dedicatedto the public on 25.01.2010.

• e UT Administration has upgraded 5Secondary Schools as Model Schools toprovide quality education to the students inthe Government set up. e Model Schoolswill be equipped with computers, electronicboards and modern Audio-Visual facilities.

• A multifuncational state of art Auditoriumhas been constructed in GovernmentCollege, Daman.

• In order to increase enrolment of girl

students and to reduce the drop out rateamong SC/ST girl students studying inSecondary Schools, 250 SC and ST girls ofStandard VIII has been provided withbicycles.

• A state of art swimming pool has beenconstructed at Sports Complex, MotiDaman and dedicated to the public. Ajogger’s park is being developed in MotiDaman which is going to be completed anddedicated to the public on December 22,2009. A Jogger’s/Walking Track having alength of 750 mtrs. has also been developedin the Government College.

• A new building for Veterinary Dispensaryhas been constructed at Kathiria, NaniDaman at an amount of Rs.20 lakh. A newScheme “Poultry Demonstration Farm” hasbeen started at Kachigam, Daman.

• Fisheries Department is taking action foronline registration of all fishing vessels inthe UT and will be completed before March31, 2010. Further, for issuing Biometricidentity cards to all fishermen in Daman andDiu, survey of all fishermen has beencompleted. ID cards will be issued by the UTAdministration as soon as the agency isfinalised by the Ministry of Agriculture.

• UT Administration has completed SafetyAudit of all the bridges in Daman & Diu.

• Construction of Coastal Highway, i.e. newbye-pass road from Patalia upto Bhensloreat Nani daman at a cost of Rs.20 crore is

Chapter-VII

Smt. Sonia Gandhi, Chairperson, UPA,inaugurating the new bridge over

Damanganga bridge

Union Minister of State for Homeinaugurating the Auditorium

79

under progress and will be completed byMay, 2010.

• Widening, improvement and resurfacing ofroads from Moti Daman football groundupto Dholar junction at Moti Daman at acost of Rs.125 lakh, from Ambawadi –Patlara upto Bhamti at a cost of Rs.370 lakh,from Somnath Temple to Zari Causeway atNani Daman at a cost of Rs.600 lakh andfrom Bamanpuja utpo Dholar at MotiDaman at a cost of Rs.200 lakh are inprogress and will be completed by March31, 2010.

• Construction of Synthetic floor basketballcourt at Zari High School, Moti Daman at acost of Rs.15 lakh has been completed anddedicated to the public on 25.01.2010.

• Asphalting and Electrification of newfourlane road Kachigam Char Rasta toGujarat Border at Vapi at a cost of Rs.100lakh is in progress and will be completed byDecember 31, 2009.

• Electrification of new fourlane road fromKalaria upto hotel Surichi at Nani Daman ata cost of Rs.75 lakh will be completed byJanuary 31, 2010.

• Up gradation of three schools in DamanDistrict i.e. Govt. High School, Zari Govt.High School, Moti Daman & Govt. HighSchool Bhimpore into model schools at thecost of Rs. 83 lakh is in progress and thework will be completed by May, 2010.

• e Scheme of Coastal Security is beingimplemented under the supervision ofMinistry of Home Affairs. Under thisscheme one 12 tonne boat has beencommissioned for patrolling at Diu. eNew coastal Police Station was inauguratedby Hon’ble Minister of State ShriMullappally Ramachandran, at Damanrecently.

• e Ministry has conveyed the sanction forcreation of 60 posts of different categoriesfor Coastal Security Scheme. Out of theseposts, 56 posts of different categories have

already been filled by this Administration.• Physical survey of all the fishermen in

Daman and Diu has been conducted. eUT Administration is fully geared up forregistration of all the fishing boats and issueof MNIC to all fishermen. Coastal LevelVigilance Committee have been constitutedunder the Chairmanship of Chief of Policealongwith three members of each CoastalVillage in the District of Daman togetherand share intelligence so that the Police cantake urgent action, wherever and wheneverrequired.

• RFQ in respect of the PPP Project ofTourism Infrastructure Development at Diuhas been issued. It is expected that thebidding formalities for the same will becompleted during the current financial year.

DADRA & NAGAR HAVELI

7.12 e Union territory of Dadra & NagarHaveli comprises of one District and one Talukawith 72 villages and two towns, namely Silvassaand Amli. e UT Administration has takenseveral development initiatives, some of whichare highlighted below :

• Medical and Public Health Department isrunning the School Health Programmewherein a team of Paediatrician,

Chapter-VII

Union Minister of State for Homeinaugurating Coastal Police Station at

Daman

80

Ophthalmologist, Dermatologist, ENTSurgeon, Dental Surgeons and MedicalOfficers along with the paramedical staffcarry out a detailed examination of thechild. Every child of Dadra & Nagar Havelihas been provided with an I-Card cumhealth Card. All schools will be covered andmedical check up of students will beconducted during 2009-10. 33,235 studentshave been checked up till November, 2009.

• e Administration has started 24 X 7services in all the PHCs in the territory. Ithas also constructed 22 labor rooms in thehealth Sub centres and is in the process ofconstructing 16 more labor rooms byMarch 31, 2010. is has greatlyencouraged the institutional deliveries asthe facility is now available near the place ofresidence of tribal women.

• During this year TATA Memorial Hospital,Mumbai has selected Shri Vinoba BhaveCivil Hospital, Silvassa for imparting expertopinion in respect of Oncology patients eUT Administration started Telemedicinewing in the Shri Vinoba Bhave CivilHospital which is connected with ISDN andBroadband connection with tie up with theNanavati Hospital Mumbai and TATAMemorial Hospital, Mumbai.

• e Health Department has furtherextended the telemedicine facility to CHC,Khanvel. e department has also startedTele-Education facility throughTelemedicine department with regularCMEs and CNEs.

• Integrated Management InformationSystem has been installed in the hospitaland the details of health check up of all thepatients’ have been computerized. A HealthCard with a unique identification numberis being issued to all the patients.

• Under the scheme to transform Sindoni,one of the farthest and most backwardvillage of Dadra and Nagar Haveli into aModel Village, 1.30 kms road have been

completed; Water Supply Scheme atTornchimal and Sidnipada is in progressand will be completed by December; 2009;renovation of 2 primary schools have beencompleted, renovation of remaining 3primary schools construction of new schoolshall be completed by March, 2010;construction of toilets in all 475 houses havebeen completed; all roads has beenprovided with road signages, all theresidents of Model Village has been issuedHealth Cards, construction of CommunityCentre has been completed,labour/maternity room has beenconstructed in the health sub centre,computer aided hearing centre with 15computer terminals has been started in oneof the Primary Schools at Masyapada,Sindoni and Anganwadi Centre at Sindonihas been upgraded.

• Digitization and updation of land recordsof four patelads viz. Naroli, Kilvani, Randhaand Dadra, out of 11 patelads have alreadybeen completed and uploaded on thewebsite of Dadra & Nagar HaveliAdministration. It is expected thatdigitization and updation of the landrecords of the entire Patelad will becompleted by March, 2010.

• With a view to bring in more transparencyin the various services being provided bythe UT Administration, the UnionTerritory Administration has appointedPublic Affairs Foundation, Bangalore withthe approval of the Planning Commissionfor conducting social audit of variousdepartments providing public services. ewhole process will be completed by March,2010.

• e UT Administration has formulatedMandoni and Dudhani Water SupplySchemes.

• Under the Education Sector, theAdministration has proposed constructionof two Model Schools and the construction

Chapter-VII

81

in respect of one Model School has alreadystarted, 50 new schools are being added thisyear in the Tele Education network;Upgradation of all the primary schools havebeen taken up, one primary school buildingat Galonda has been completed and anotherat Amboli is under construction,construction of Kasturba Gandhi BalikaVidhyalaya is in progress and shall becompleted by February, 2010 , constructionof social welfare hostels at Dudhani,Mandoni, Randha and Kharadpada is inprogress.

• e construction work for CommunityHealth Centre at village Amli has alreadystarted and will be completed by March 31,2010. Govt. of India has sanctioned Rs.20lakh during the current year.

• Corporatisation of Electricity Departmentis under consideration.

• Schemes for establishment of 220/66KV2x160 MVA sub-station at Khadoli,augmentation of 66/11 KV Kharadpadasub-station from 30 MVA to 60 MVAcapacities and augmentation of 66/11 KVSili/Athola sub-station from 30 MVA to 50MVA capacities have been technicallycleared by CEA, New Delhi andexpenditure sanction/revised AA/EE hasbeen obtained. e work will be completedby 31/3/2010.

• Scheme of Integrated Solution for ElectricalNetwork Modeling and DistributionAnalysis Soware with allied study of powersector cleared by the CEA for an amount ofRs.221.35 lakh. AA/ES has been accorded.e work will be taken up during thecurrent financial year 2009-10.

• e Tourism Department has alreadycompleted the acquisition process of landfor development of 18 hole Golf Course toencourage quality tourism for high endtourists. Two new sites for promotion ofrural tourism have been selected andproposal has been submitted to the Ministry

of Tourism for obtaining Central FinancialAssistance for engagement of consultant.e Tourist Trade Rules, 2009 have beenframed under the Goa, Daman and DiuTourist Trade Act and extended to the UTof Dadra & Nagar Haveli for effectiveregulation of Tourism Industry.

• To provide impetus to growth of tourism inthe U.T. a Tourism Development Councilhas been constituted under thechairmanship of Administrator. As a newinitiative for river beautification andtourism promotion, the work ofconstruction of weir at Athal onDamanganga River is being taken up inassociation with the Government ofGujarat.

• e Administration has formed anIndustrial Promotion Council comprisingof all stakeholders under the Chairmanshipof Administrator to promote bettercoordination and solving the variousproblems of the industry.

• A Rozgar Mela was organized on December2-3, 2009 taking advantage of the largeconcentration of industries in the UT witha view to provide 100% employment tolocal tribal population. 639 persons wereprovided instant employment during theMela.

• It has been decided to develop Khadoli asModel Village with 100% individual toiletfacilities, safe drinking water and sanitation,all weather internal pucca roads, streetlights, pucca houses, adequate number ofprimary education centres, Anganwadis,health sub-centres, community center,employment through vocational coursesand 100% literacy, in a phased mannerunder PPP with M/s. Balmier Lawries & Co.Ltd., and Rotary Club of Silvassa. AnM.O.U. has already been signed. All theprojects relating to developing Khadoli asModel village will be completed in five yearsi.e. upto March, 2014.

Chapter-VII

82

• Govt. of India has floated a schemeregarding upgradation of ITI into Centre ofExcellence under PPP. M/s. Alok IndustriesLtd., has been identified as industry partnerfor this purpose.

• Under the Police Modernization Scheme,one police post at village Dhapsa and onepolice station at village Dadra with modernfacilities/equipments have been completed.

POLICE MODERNISATIONSCHEME FOR THE UNIONTERRITORIES

7.13 e Government of India hasintroduced a Police Modernisation Scheme forthe UTs. is was introduced on the basis of therecommendations of the ParliamentaryStanding Committee for the Ministry of HomeAffairs. e Scheme will focus on upgradationof infrastructural facilities, housing, buildingsfor police stations, mobility and equipments.e scheme has a total outlay of Rs.884 crore tobe implemented over a period of five yearsstarting from 2006-07. Funds amounting toRs.40 crore, Rs.167.68 crore and Rs.41.43 crorewere sanctioned to the UTs during 2006-07,2007-08 and 2008-09 respectively. During 2009-10, an amount of Rs.166.85 crore has so far beensanctioned to the UTs under the scheme. edetails of funds released to the UTs(includingDelhi Police) during 2009-10 are at Annexure-IX.

DELHI POLICE

7.14 e total strength of Delhi Police in 1951stood at about 8,000 with three Police Districtsnamely New Delhi, Central and North. In 1978,the Delhi Police Act was passed and theCommissioner of Police system was introducedwith effect from July 1, 1978. Two more policedistricts namely East and West were createdraising the total number of police districts to six.ree more Districts namely, North-East,North-West, South-West, were added in 1988

increasing the number to nine. Two moredistricts namely Outer and South-East havebeen added recently on September 05, 2007 andOctober 01, 2008 respectively raising the totalnumber of districts to 11. e sanctionedstrength of the force has gone up to 83,740which includes 5 I.R. Battalions.

7.15 e Government of India hassanctioned 6,478 additional posts in DelhiPolice for creation of 9 new Sub Divisions and29 new Police Stations.

7.16 During the financial year 2009-10, atotal of 614 vehicles including 14 Vajra Anti-RiotVehicle, 36 Pick-up vans, 20 cranes and 15 BulletProof Cars were sanctioned to the Delhi Policeas new purchase and against the condemnationof old vehicles.

7.17 Delhi Police has proposed to installCCTVs in 58 market places and 27 border checkposts. e approval of the Government hasbeen conveyed. e Delhi Police has installedthe CCTV system at one market place and atone check post on pilot basis.

7.18 Ministry of Home Affairs has approvedthe development of the Police Headquarters anda housing complex for the Delhi Policepersonnel on Public Private Partnership (PPP)basis. is includes (a) Development of amodernized Police Headquarters (PHQ) atParliament Street, New Delhi on a sitecomprising about 3 hectares of Governmentland and (b) development of Police HousingComplex at Dheerpur on a plot area of 60 acres,for Delhi Police personnel. Total 5202 flatsincluding 4256 Type-II, 700 flats of Type-III and246 flats of Type-IV are to be constructed on theplot. In addition to the flats, a primary schooland a senior secondary school, shoppingcomplex, community facilities, recreationalfacilities, dispensary and transportation facilitiesare also proposed to be built on the site.

7.19 Delhi Police lays great emphasis on fair

Chapter-VII

83

recording of complaints. Surprise checks byVigilance Department are being conducted tooversee the free registration. e overallincidence of crime during the period fromJanuary 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009 hasremained under control. While heinous crimehave shown a decline of 6.50% in comparison tolast year, the non-heinous crime shows anincrease of 1.28%.

7.20 As majority of the robberies andsnatchings were committed by motorcycle-borne criminals, a special drive was launched w.e. f. February 18, 2009 to verify whetherownership of motorcycles, particularly in theunderprivileged colonies, was genuine orotherwise. 3,74,159 Motorcycles have beenverified so far. is drive has yielded positiveresults. ere has been a significant down trendin motorcycles used in robberies/snatchings :robberies by 86% and snatchings by 60%.

7.21 Delhi Police has also taken the followingsteps to control crime and improve law andorder in Delhi:

• e implementation of “Eyes and Ears”scheme which involves and encouragesrehriwalas, chowkidars, patriwalas, securityguards, parking attendants, threewheeler/taxi drivers, busdrivers/conductors, porters, shopkeepers,property agents, second hand car dealers,landlords, members of RWA/MTA, cybercafé owners, PCO owners, guest houseowners, any other alert citizen etc. toprovide information regarding suspiciousactivities of individuals and crimes is beingcontinued. 259 cases have so far beenworked out due to information receivedfrom such sources.

• Intensive drive verification for servants andtenants as well survey of Senior Citizens wasinitiated w.e.f February 1, 2009. 8,11,863houses were visited and 105,337 servants werefound to be employed. Out of this, servantswere found to be verified in only 72% cases.

As regards verification of tenants, 928,167houses were visited and only 51% of thetenants were found verified. 6,48,718 houseswere also visited for survey of senior citizensand 627 senior citizens has been registered. ASecurity Audit of Senior Citizens has beenlaunched w.e.f. July 15, 2009.

• Various measures for safety of womencontinue to be taken up. ese includeoperating a helpline 1091, setting up of an“Anti-Obscene Call Cell”, operation of aseparate Police Station at Nanak Pura forcases pertaining to crime against women,deployment of one lady constable to everyPCR Van patrolling prominent colleges,conduct of gender sensitization programmesfor policemen to improve response towardswomen victims, implementation ofPARIVARTAN scheme in the areas affectedwith crimes relating to women by deployingwomen beat constables, organizingprogrammes to impart training in selfdefence in schools/colleges, constitution of around the clock Women Mobile Team toattend to urgent and distress/emergency callsfrom women. Special measures for safety ofcollege students such as setting of “SecurityReview Committees” in Delhi University,installation of “Campus Complaint Boxes” inUniversity areas , launching of a “NewContact Programme” have been taken byDelhi Police.

• ere is sustained focus on collection ofcriminal intelligence through the Divisionand Beat staff of Police Stations, and otherSpecial Teams.

• Checking of guest houses, hotels, CyberCafés etc. is organized on a regular basis inorder to keep an eye for and check theactivities of criminal elements.

• e crime trends are monitored/analyzedregularly and vulnerable areas are identified,timings noted and then effective remedialmeasure are taken. ere is a special focuson parks, bus stands, banks and other suchvulnerable areas.

• Regular surveillance on the activities of

Chapter-VII

84

desperate criminals and other activecriminals, whether residing in the area oroperating in the area, is being done.

• Beat system of patrolling has beenrevamped. Regular Division and Beatpatrolling, motorcycle patrolling andpatrolling by PCR vans is organized underthe close supervision of senior officers.

• Mobile Pickets have been deployed all overDelhi in order to keep a watch on themovement of criminals. Regular checkingof cars, scooters, motorcycles and othervehicles is being done wherever anysuspicious activity is noticed. Police stationswith high crime rate have been identifiedand extra manpower and additionalmotorcycle patrols were provided.

• Special patrolling is organized during darknights in order to prevent any criminalactivity under the cover of darkness.

• Community policing is being emphasizedfor better relations with the public andseeking the citizen’s cooperation in crimeprevention and detection.

7.22 Modernization of Police has alwaysremained a top priority area of Delhi Policeplanning for ensuring professional and effectivepolicing in the National Capital Territory ofDelhi. is has assumed special relevance inview of the forthcoming CommonwealthGames, 2010, for which state of the art gadgetsare being procured. e procurement processhas already been set in motion. As part of thisprocess, Delhi Police has inducted moderngadgets/equipments to upgrade overallfunctioning of the security network and latestweaponry. To improve coverage and reduceresponse time, additional PCR Gypsies havealready been inducted in the PCR unit, underthe Police Modernization Scheme. e CyberLab of Delhi Police is also being upgraded. DelhiPolice has undertaken the project of installationof CCTV systems to cover all important marketsand other strategic areas for up-gradation of theoverall security systems in the city and also tomonitor the movement of traffic and law and

order situations in Delhi. A sanction to incurexpenditure of Rs.3,88,42,761 for procurementof 250 motorcycles, 10 Diesel Jail Vans, 11Pickup Vans and 6 Mini Buses under the PoliceModernisation Scheme was issued to DelhiPolice under the Annual Action Plan 2009-10.

7.23 Delhi Police has also taken up thefollowing new initiatives for TrafficManagement & Regulation :

• A joint strategy has been formulated wherePCR vans and traffic staff perform specialpatrolling and enforcement drive on majortraffic corridors/road stretches in NewDelhi, South and South West Distt. 50Police Control Room vans have been multi-tasked to perform traffic duties as well.

• Plain clothed staff has been deployed in theblue line buses to travel from origin todestination and note down the trafficviolations committed by them. e blue linebuses having tampered/without speedgovernor are being recommended forcancellation of permit. e Delhi HighCourt has also initiated contempt of courtproceedings in such cases.

• Traffic policemen and local police aredeployed at selected bus stands for instillingdiscipline amongst the bus commuters aswell as to ensure that buses halt at the busstops in the bus box.

• Nine traffic patrols have been introduced24x7 to check traffic violations. ere isincrease in mobility and presence of trafficstaff on roads to check the traffic violationsparticularly during night and curb roadaccidents.

• e Delhi Traffic Police introduced ascheme of Chase, Check and Challan againstthose indulging in traffic violationsparticularly over-speeding, lane jumping,red light jumping, riding without helmet,triple riding etc. 410 traffic policemotorcycles have been deployed.

• Special prosecution drive against jay-walking pedestrians at selected intersections

Chapter-VII

85Chapter-VII

has been initiated.• Model intersections have been identified

where strict enforcement of traffic rules andregulations is carried out, regularannouncement on road safety tips to generalpublic through PA equipments and constantpresence of traffic police personnel at thesejunctions is ensured.

• Vigilance Unit of Delhi Police regularlyenquires into complaints relating tocorruption by Traffic Police officials and laystraps and conducts surprise checks indifferent areas frequently.

• A Traffic Helpline in the TrafficManagement Centre is working round theclock to attend to complaints on traffic jams,vehicles breakdowns or non-functionaltraffic signals and also invite suggestions forimprovement in traffic situation throughtraffic helpline.

• Regular encroachment and unauthorizedparking removal driveswere launchedspecifically on 47important trafficCorridors, 5 majorMarkets/ CommercialComplexes, 3 RailwayStations and 3 ISBTs.Other areas/corridorson whichencroachments andunauthorized parkingare taking place are alsotaken up for removal.e inputs receivedfrom the citizens weretaken into account fordeciding areas requiring theimmediate attention of trafficpolice. .

• Process for implementation of IntelligentTransport System (ITS) under which settingof Urban Traffic Control system for realtime traffic management, video surveillance,installation of Variable Message Signs at

important locations for the guidance ofmotorists and general public, installation ofRed Speed Check Camera etc. has beeninitiated. For online monitoring of trafficsituation, the high resolution digital IPCameras shall be set up, which are remotelycontrolled, to capture the flow of traffic andabnormal incidents. Consultant has beenappointed by Delhi Traffic Police to overseethe design and implementation of IntelligentTransport Systems Project in Delhi beforeCommonwealth Games, 2010.

SECURITY OF DELHI METRO

7.24 e Government of India has decidedto hand over security of Delhi Metro RailCorporation (DMRC) from Delhi Police toCentral Industrial Security Force (CISF). Forthis purpose, 1,633 posts were created in CISFand it took over the security of Delhi Metro on

April 15, 2007. e strength of CISF has beenincreased to 3,039 by sanctioning creation of1,406 additional posts. A proposal for providingsecurity- related equipment worth Rs.31 croreto CISF has also been approved.

CISF jawans guarding the station of Delhi Metro RailCorportion

*****

86 Chapter-VII

86 Chapter-VIII

INDIAN POLICE SERVICE

8.1 e Indian Police Service (IPS) is one ofthe three All India Services constituted underArticle 312 of the Constitution of India. e IPSofficers provide senior level leadership to PoliceForces both in the States and at the Centre. eall India character of the Service gives itsmembers a unique advantage of handlingspecific problems in the States within the overallperspective of national unity and integrity. eMinistry of Home Affairs (MHA) is the cadrecontrolling authority in respect of the IPS. It isresponsible for all policy decisions related to theService, including cadre structure, recruitments,trainings, cadre allocations, confirmations,empanelment, deputations, pay & allowances,disciplinary matters, etc.

8.2 e Service is organized in 24 Statecadres/Joint cadres. ere is no separate cadrefor Union Government. In every cadre a‘Central Deputation Reserve’ is built-in forsending the officers on deputations. estructure of each cadre is jointly reviewed byGovernment of India and the concerned StateGovernment ordinarily at intervals of every 5years. In the year 2009, the strength andcomposition of the cadres of Assam- Meghalaya,Rajasthan, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh and WestBengal were reviewed and finalized. Necessarynotifications were also issued.

8.3 e authorized strength of the IndianPolice Service Officers and their in-positionstatus as on 1.1.2010 is tabulated below:-

State/Cadre Authorize Officersstrength in-position

Andhra Pradesh 226 185AGMU 196 168Assam-Meghalaya 172 124Bihar 193 153Chhattisgarh 81 76Gujarat 161 141Haryana 117 109Himachal Pradesh 75 64Jammu & Kashmir 135 107Jharkhand 110 102Karnataka 172 132Kerala 142 115Madhya Pradesh 291 215Maharashtra 236 208Manipur-Tripura 121 102Nagaland 60 37Orissa 159 99Punjab 144 112Rajasthan 193 154Sikkim 32 32Tamil Nadu 236 196Uttarakhand 60 58Uttar Pradesh 404 346West Bengal 297 226IPS Officers of 2009Batch, presentlyunder Training NA 122in NPA.

Total 4013 3382

CHAPTER

VIIIPOLICE FORCES

87

8.4 e Ministry constituted one memberCommittee in the year 2009 to study the reasonsof short-fall in the Indian police Service and torecommend a recruitment plan for the periodfrom 2009 to 2020 duly suggesting the measuresrequired to be taken in the immediate as well aslong term. Shri Kamal Kumar submitted hisreport on September 15, 2009. is Ministry istaking necessary action on therecommendations of Shri Kamal Kumar.

8.5 e one member committee, in it reportspecifically commented upon mechanism of thereview of the strength and composition of acadre of IPS and in specific to the guidelineswhich were followed for revising the strengthand composition of a cadre of IPS. Accordingly,the norms/guidelines, of cadre review have nowbeen revised and based on the newnorms/guidelines, the proposals of cadre reviewof 12 cadres(Bihar, Chhatisgarh, Gujarat, Jammu& Kashmir, Jharkhand, Karnataka, Maharashtra,Manipur-Tripura, Orissa, Punjab, Uttar Pradeshand Uttarakhand) have been finalized in theMinistry and in respect of remaining cadres, thisMinistry has already initiated to undertake anexercise of mid-term cadre review on the basisof revised guidelines.

8.6 e Government of India, inconsultation with the concerned States, decideson the number of vacancies to be filled in aparticular year through regular recruitment andpromotion. Appointments in the Indian PoliceService of the Direct Recruits are made throughthe annual Civil Services Examinationsconducted by the Union Public ServiceCommission (UPSC). ere is a shortage of IPSofficers at the level of SP in all the State cadres.To minimize the shortage of IPS officers at SPlevel, a decision has been taken to increase thebatch-size of Indian Police Service from 130 to150 from CSE, 2009 onwards. e SPS officersare inducted to the IPS by promotion on the

recommendation of Selection Committeeconstituted under the chairmanship ofChairman/Member, UPSC and havingrepresentatives of Government of India andState Governments as members. Aer inductionthey continue working in their own States whilethe regular recruits are allocated to the differentState cadres / joint cadres. e extant ruleprovide for inter cadre transfers in consultationwith the State Governments.

8.7 Another major recommendation of thecommittee is that the UPSC should be movedfor recruiting 70 candidates during 2010 to 2017through Limited Competitive Examinations toovercome the shortage of Direct Recruited IPSOfficers. Accordingly, this Ministry has mooteda proposal to UPSC & DOP&T to introduce the3rd mode of recruitment to IPS. It is proposedto recruit 80 officers through LimitedCompetitive Examinations for a period of 7years, which aer attrition will make availableabout 500 officers.

8.8 e regular recruits before confirmationin the IPS undergo 15 weeks FoundationalCourse training at the Lal Bahadur ShastriNational Academy of Administration, Mussorie,44 weeks basic/professional training at SardarVallabhbhai Patel National Police Academy(SVP NPA), Hyderabad and 34 weeks PracticalTraining in States/Cadres they are allotted to,while the promoted officers undergo inductiontraining of six weeks at SVP NPA, Hyderabad.

8.9 In order to upscale the abilities ofofficers to handle the emerging challenges liketerrorism, white collar crimes etc., a number ofspecialized trainings in fields related to policingare given in the police training centres ofexcellence in India and abroad. Mandatory Mid-Career Training Programmes (MCTP) for theIPS is being introduced from 2010. esetrainings are being organized in selected

Chapter-VIII

88

domestic and foreign institutions of repute inthree phases to prepare the officers forassumption of higher roles of DIG, IG andADG/DG. SVP NPA, Hyderabad would co-ordinate for organizing MCTP for the IPSofficers.

8.10 e IPS officers during their career havean option to serve on deputation with the CentralPolice Organizations aer being empanelled at thelevels of DIG, IG, ADG and DG at the Centre.ese empanelments are processed by theMinistry of Home Affairs. e officersempanelled up to the ADG level are posted inCPOs with the approval of the CompetentAuthority in the Ministry of Home Affairs. Forthe DG level appointments to the CPMFs, thepanels nominating the candidates forconsideration of Competent Authority areproposed by Committee on National Security andCentral Police Personnel Welfare (CNS & CPPW).is Committee was constituted as per thedirections of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in thecase of Shri Prakash Singh and Others Vs. Unionof India & Others [WP(C) No.310 of 1996].

8.11 e IPS officers besides the above-saidMHA-specific deputations can serve ondeputation within the country and abroad at thelevels of Secretary, Additional Secretary, JointSecretary and equivalent posts with the otherMinistries of the Central Government. In orderto be considered for these postings, the officersare empanelled by the DoPT through Ministryof Home Affairs. e IPS officers can also serveas CVOs on deputation with Public SectorUndertakings (PSUs) under the Central StaffingScheme.8.12 e matters related to the IPS officer’sleave, provident fund, group insurance, vigilancestatus, review of performance for continuationin Service on attaining the age of 50/55 years,resignations, voluntary retirement, pension,grant of extension in Service, re-employment/

commercial employment aer retirement aredealt in this Ministry. e Annual PerformanceAppraisal Reports (PAR) are also handled in thisMinistry. Executive Record (ER) Sheets of theIPS officers have been computerized. is isresulting in effective monitoring, timelyprocessing of appointments, deputations anddeployments of the officers.

SARDAR VALLABHBHAI PATELNATIONAL POLICE ACADEMY (SVPNPA), HYDERABAD

8.13 SVP NPA is a premier police traininginstitution in the country. It was established in1948 at Mount Abu and, aer shiing toHyderabad in 1975, is now functioning as a‘Centre of Excellence’. An Advisory Board,headed by the Union Home Secretary andcomprising of senior officers of MHA, seniorpolice officers and eminent persons from otherprofessions as its members, periodically reviewsthe nature of courses, syllabi and trainingmethodologies at the Academy. It advises theAcademy on various measures for improvingstandards taking into account the emergingproblems and present day requirements.

8.14 e Academy conducts the basic coursesfor the regular recruits and induction trainingsfor the SPS officers appointed to IPS bypromotion. e Academy runs special coursesto train the trainers/instructors of policetraining institutions of the States as well asCentral Police Forces, laying special emphasison values of discipline, integrity, character,professional ethics in service. For the in-servicetrainings programmes modules on subjects likecomputers, insurgency, anti-terrorism, disastermanagement, field cra and tactics, simulationexercise investigation, community policing havebeen included. e Academy has startedconducting special course on “TACTICS’. e

Chapter-VIII

89

Cabinet Secretary visited the Academy to deliverthe 24th S.V.P. Memorial lecture on October 30,2009. Mr.Alain Le Roy, UN Under SecretaryGeneral alongwith 05 members of UNpeacekeeping Operations visited the Academyon October 14, 2009.

8.15 e Academy also conducts courses forofficers of Indian Administrative Service (IAS),Indian Revenue Service (IRS), Indian Audit andAccounts Service (IA&AS), Indian ForestService (IFS) and also the officers of the JudicialProbation and Prison departments, PublicSector Undertakings, Banks and InsuranceCompanies, etc. Short duration specialisedthematic courses, seminars and workshops onprofessional subjects, especially related topolicing, have proved to be quite useful.

8.16 In pursuance to the PM’s instruction,Mid-Career training programme for IPSOfficers is being introduced from 2010 and is inits final leg of administrative arrangements.ree Institutes, viz. Charles Sturt University,Australia; Cambridge University, U.K.; andIndian Institute of Management Ahmedabadhave been selected for three phases. Specialtraining efforts have been undertaken by Bureauof Police Research and Development (BPR&D)to train the State Police Forces to combat LWEextremism, terrorism, etc. Collaboration withthe Ministry of Defence for this purpose is alsobeing ventured.

Setting up of Special Tactical Wing inSVP NPA, Hyderabad

8.17 In order to upscale the capabilities ofPolice officers to meet today’s challenges andcounter terrorism a Special Tactics Wing hasbeen established in SVP NPA, Hyderabad. isMinistry released Rs.2 crore for further

strengthening of Special Tactics Wing in theAcademy. e courses provide training toyoung SsP/Dy.SsP to combat anti-naxal, anti-terrorism and also to meet the emergingchallenges to public order management.

NORTH EASTERN POLICEACADEMY, UMSAW, SHILLONG

8.18 e North Eastern Police Academy(NEPA) was first established as Regional PoliceTraining College in 1977 at Barapani nearShillong, to cater to the Police Trainingrequirements of the North-Eastern States. Itwas later renamed as ‘North Eastern PoliceAcademy’ in 1980. Aer creation of theDepartment of DoNER, NEPA was placedunder that Department. With effect from 1stApril 2007, NEPA was transferred to thisMinistry.

8.19 NEPA conducts both induction and in-service courses for the Police Personnel of NEStates at various levels. It also conducts severalworkshops /seminars, etc. on police relatedtopics.

8.20 Consequent upon the transfer ofNEPA to this Ministry, it has been decided toupgrade NEPA to a State-of-the-Art institutecatering to the training needs of NE States whilealso working as a repository of informationrelated to North-East specific issues on policingand internal security.

8.21 A plan with an outlay of Rs. 49.50 croreunder the 11th Plan was approved for theupgradation and strengthening of NEPA.Consequently infrastructure is being upgradedby way of taking up several constructionactivities and providing necessary equipmentsthere.

Chapter-VIII

90

CENTRAL POLICE FORCES

8.22 ere are seven Central Police Forces(CPFs) under the Ministry of Home Affairs,namely Assam Rifles (AR), Border SecurityForce (BSF), Central Industrial Security Force(CISF), Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF),Indo-Tibetan Border Police (ITBP), NationalSecurity Guard (NSG) and Sashastra Seema Bal(SSB). AR, BSF, ITBP and SSB are the borderguarding forces while CRPF assists the States inmatters related to law and order and is trained& equipped for internal security management.e Rapid Action Force (RAF) and CommandoBattalion for Resolute Action (CoBRA) arespecialized wings of the CRPF to deal with riotsand le wing militancy respectively. CISFprovides security and protection to vitalinstallations, Public Sector Undertakings(PSUs), airports, industrial buildings, museumsand Government buildings. NSG is aspecialized force for counter-terrorism and anti-hijacking operations. It is also entrusted with thetask of securing high risk VIPs.

ASSAM RIFLES (AR)

8.23 Known as ‘Friends of the Hill People’,Assam Rifles, raised initially as ‘Cachar Levy’ in1835, is the oldest Police Force in the countrywith headquarters at Shillong. It has 2Inspectorate General Headquarters, 9 SectorHeadquarters, 46 Battalions (Bns.), 1 TrainingCentre & School, 3 Maintenance Groups, 3Workshops, 1 Construction & MaintenanceCompany and a few Ancillary Units. e Forcehas dual role of maintaining internal security inthe States in the North Eastern Region andguarding the Indo-Myanmar Border. e Forceworks under the operational control of theArmy. During the year, action to review,rationalize and strengthen the border guardingarrangements on the Indo-Myanmar border hasbeen initiated. e official web-site of theAssam Rifles is assamrifles.com.

BORDER SECURITY FORCE

8.24 Border Security Force (BSF) was raisedin 1965, with strength of 25 Battalions (Bns.)and 3 Companies (Coys.) to do away withmultiplicity of State forces guarding the Indianborders with the neighboring countries. Overthe years, the Force has grown in size and as ondate, it has 159 Bns. with 7 Coys. each, 5 majortraining institutions, 09 subsidiary trainingcenters and 04 minor training institutions. eForce headquarter is in Delhi. Its fieldformations include 2 Special DirectoratesGeneral, i.e. Spl. DG (East) and Spl. DG (West),10 Frontiers and 39 Sector Headquarters, WaterWing and Air Wing. Its operationalresponsibility is spread over 6,385.36 km. ofInternational Border with Pakistan andBangladesh. BSF is also deployed on Line ofControl (LOC) in J&K under operationalcontrol of the Army.

8.25 e Government have sanctioned theraising of 29 more Bns. of the BSF with 07 Coyspattern over a period of 5 years starting from2009-10. At present 03 Sectors and 01 Frontierare under raising during 2009-10 for furtherstrengthening the deployment on the Indo-Bangladesh border and also to ensure regulartraining, and rest and recuperation of thepersonnel. ree more Frontier Headquartersand 07 more Sector Headquarters are also to becreated for operational command and controlof the additional battalions. e total strengthof the Force is 2,19,560 as on January 1, 2010.Total 1,165 women are working in BSF indifferent groups. In its fight against militancyfrom January 01, 2009 to December 31, 2009,BSF killed 07 militants, apprehended 24militants and got surrender of 37 militants,apart from effecting seizure of 141 arms, 2,852rounds of assorted ammunition and 18 IEDs. In

Chapter-VIII

91

its sustained efforts to prevent trans-bordercrimes, BSF seized contraband goods worthRs.233.63 crore, apprehended 4,322intruders/extruders and killed 89 along theInternational Border. In this period 09 BSFpersonnel laid down their lives and 28 gotinjured in operations. e official web-site ofthe BSF is bsf.nic.in.

CENTRAL INDUSTRIAL SECURITYFORCE (CISF)

8.26 Raised in the year 1969, CISF isproviding security cover to 285 units including57 domestic and international airports and fireprotection cover to 80 Industrial Undertakings.In a span of four decades, the Force has grownseveral fold and crossed 1,20,000 personnel ason January 22, 2010 with a provision for reviewin 2011. With globalization and liberalization ofthe economy, CISF is no longer a PSU-centricorganization. Instead, it has become a premiermulti-skilled security agency of the country,mandated to provide security to major criticalinfrastructure installations of the country in

diverse regions including terrorist and naxalaffected areas. CISF is currently providingsecurity cover to 289 units which includesAtomic Power Plants, Space Installations,Defence Production Units, Mines, Oil Fieldsand Refineries, Major Sea Ports, HeavyEngineering Steel Plants, Fertilizer units,Airports, Hydro electric/thermal power plants,sensitive Government buildings and evenheritage monuments (including the Taj Mahaland Red Fort). Among the importantresponsibilities recently entrusted to the CISFare the Delhi Metro Rail Corporation, VIPSecurity, Disaster Management andestablishment of a Formed Police Unit (FPU) ofthe UN at Haiti. CISF is also one of the largestFire Protection Service providers in the country.It provides fire protection cover to 80 IndustrialUndertakings. e Fire Wing is equipped withthe latest firefighting equipment and in thecurrent year has saved property worth Rs.14.09crore from fire.

8.27 e specialized task of airport securitywas assigned to CISF in the wake of hijacking ofIndian Airlines plane to Kandahar. e Force

Chapter-VIII

Union Home Minister inspection the passing our parade of Mahila Constables of BSF

92

has so far taken over security of all majorairports in the country, which includesinternational airports of Mumbai, Delhi,Chennai and Kolkata. Besides, it has taken oversecurity of 50 Government buildings, whichincludes North Block, part of South Block andCGO Complex at Delhi.CISF provides technicalconsultancy servicesrelating to security andfire protection toindustries in Public andprivate sectors. e CISFAct was amended toenable the Force toprovide security, onpayment basis, toprivate/joint ventureindustrial undertakings,which are vital for thesecurity and economy ofthe country. Aer theMumbai terrorist attackin November 2008, themandate of the force has

been broadened to provide direct security coverto private sector also. More than 102 privatesector installations have already requested forCISF protection and Infosys TechnologiesLimited – a multinational informationtechnology services company’s headquarter in

Chapter-VIII

Union Home Minister inspection the Guard of Honour during his visit at CISF HQ

CISF jawans providing security cover to HQ of Infosys TechnologyLimited

93

Bangalore, became the first Private sectorcompany to get the CISF security cover onAugust 1, 2009. CISF is a cost Re-imbursementForce i.e. it is not a burden on the NationalExchequer. CISF in the month of October, 2009has started a passenger friendly utility on itsofficial website www.cisf.gov.in for the Lost andFound articles at all Airports where CISF hasbeen deployed.

CENTRAL RESERVE POLICE FORCE(CRPF)

8.28 Initially raised as the CrownRepresentative Police on July 27, 1939 atNeemuch, Madhya Pradesh, the Force wasrechristened as Central Reserve Police Force(CRPF) after Independence. Since then, theForce has achieved remarkable growth instrength and capabilities. It has an approvedstrength of 206 Bns. [183 Executive Bns. (2Bns. under raising), 2 Disaster ManagementBns., 3 Mahila Bns. (01 Bn. under raising), 10RAF Bns., 5 Signal Bns., 6 CoBRA Bns. (4 Bns.under raising) and 1 Special Duty Group, 37Group Centres, 14 Training Institutions (1CIAT school under raising), four 100 beddedHospitals, seventeen 50 bedded CompositeHospitals, 7 Arms Workshops and 3 CentralWeapon Stores (01 under raising)]. In additionthe Force also has Command/Supervisoryformations viz 3 Special DG Zones, 1 ADGZone, 17 IG Sectors and 47 DIG Ranges,besides Force HQrs/Directorate General. Inaddition to above, recently, in September 2009,the Government have sanctioned 38 Bns.including 2 Mahila Bns., 7 GCs/R HQrs, 2SHQrs, 1 CIAT School and 1 CWS alongwithdedicated manpower for Intelligence cell,vigilance cell, security platoon, Dog handlers,pioneer unit, CRPF Academy and addl post forsignal Bns. to be raised in a period of 10 yearsstarting from 2009-10. It has become the

largest Central Para Military Force (CPMF).The Force is at present handling a wide rangeof duties covering law and order and counterinsurgency, anti-militancy and anti-terrorismoperations. The Force plays a key role inassisting States in maintaining public orderand countering subversive activities of militantgroups. It plays an important role in peacefulconduct of election in States/at the Centre. TheForce also has ladies contingents organizedinto three Mahila Bns. (one under raising).

8.29 e CRPF personnel are on continuousvigil in various sensitive areas. ey are alsoperforming guarding duties of the vitalinstallations and buildings of religiousimportance. e Force plays an important rolein the arrangements for the annual AmaranthYatra in Jammu and Kashmir.

8.30 Under a well-planned computerizationpolicy for automation of the functionalities ofthe Force, CRPF has established an Intranetnamed “SELO” connecting 114 offices,including 5 Training Laboratories, situated at 65physical locations across the country. e WideArea Network (WAN) connectivity betweendifferent locations is achieved by hiring 64KBPsLeased Lines which is likely to be converted into2 Mbps. Proposal for Computerization ofIntranet SELO as Phase-2 of all remaining staticestablishments i.e. RAF Units/Signal Units,Training/Other Institutions, CompositeHospitals, CWS and all Executive Battalions areunder process. e official web-site of the CRPFis crpf.nic.in.

Rapid Action Force (RAF)

8.31 In 1992, 10 Bns. of CRPF were re-organized and converted into 10 Bns. of 4 Coys.each of RAF. e personnel in RAF are trainedand equipped to be an effective strike force in

Chapter-VIII

94

communal riots or similar situations. ese Bns.are located at 10 communally sensitive locationsacross the country to facilitate quick response incase of such incidents. Commando Battalions for ResoluteAction (CoBRA)

8.32 In 2008 the Government approved theraising of 10 Bns. of a specialized Force namedCoBRA in the CRPF over a period of threeyears, including two in 2008-09 and four each in2009-10 and 2010-11. e CoBRA Bns. will betrained and equipped for commando andguerilla/jungle warfare type of short andintelligence based quick operations, and areproposed to be located mainly in area affectedby Le Wing Extremism. 02 Bns of CoBRAhaving 18 teams each have already beenoperationalised in Jagdalpur (Chhattisgarh) andKoraput (Orissa) Another 4 Bns. areundergoing training and likely to beoperationalised during the year 2009-10. LikeRAF, these Bns. will be organized on unattachedpattern under the supervision of an InspectorGeneral. To facilitate the Force to take spotdecisions, an officer of the rank of AssistantCommandant has been provided at Team leveland an officer of the rank of DeputyCommandant has been provided at the Coylevel. To provide training to the personnel of theCoBRA Bns. as well as commando Coys. of StateGovernments, the existing four Jungle/GuerillaWarfare Schools at Silchar (Assam), Hazaribagh(Jharkhand), Sapri (Himachal Pradesh) andGwaldham (Uttarakhand) are also beingupgraded.

INDO-TIBETAN BORDER POLICEFORCE (ITBP)

8.33 ITBP was raised with 4 Service Bns. inthe wake of India-China conflict in 1962. Atpresent, it has 45 Service Bns. assisted by 4

Specialized Bns. It is deployed from the north-western extremity of the Indo-China Border upto the tri-junction of India, China and Myanmarcovering 3,488 km. of mountainous terrains.is force is deployed at altitudes ranging from9,000 . to 18,600 . e deployment of ITBPinvolves Border Out Posts (BOPs) in the mostinhospitable terrain. Nearly two thirds of theBOPs are not connected by road and many ofthem are air-maintained. ITBP also providessecurity to VVIPs, VIPs and protects vitalinstallations, which include the RastrapatiBhawan, the Vice-President’s House, ParliamentHouse and Raj Bhawan in Sikkim andArunachal Pradesh. Having played a decisiverole in combating militancy in Punjab, J&K andthe North-East, it is now being inducted inChhatisgarh for anti-Naxal operations. ITBPhas been providing security cover to the Yatriesof Kailash Mansarover Yatra since 1981. ITBPhas 4 Frontiers headed by IsG, 13 sectorheadquarters headed by DIsG besides 3 trainingcentres, including mountaineering and skiinginstitute at Auli.

8.34 In view of the continuous deployment ofITBP personnel in high altitude areas, theGovernment of India sanctioned 02 Zones, 06Sector HQrs and 20 new Bns. to be raised inthree financial years (2006-07 to 2008-09) forenabling rotation of troops from high altitude toplain areas and exposure of ITBP personnel tolive action in internal security duties. Out ofthese, 02 Frontier Hqrs, 06 Sector Hqrs and 13Bns. were raised till 2007-08 and are functioningat different locations. e remaining 07 Bns.have been raised during 2008-09 and thepersonnel are undergoing training. e fourMahila coys. recently inducted in the Force, arenow completing their training. e Mahilacomponent will strengthen the VVIP and VIPsecurity functions and help in providing securityto traders in Nathu La (Sikkim) and in escortingKailash Mansarovar yatries. It has been decided

Chapter-VIII

95

to form a Mahila Bn. of 4 Mahila GD Coys.8.35 ITBP has been designated as the FirstResponder in the Himalayas for DisasterManagement operations. A national leveltraining institute in this regard has beenestablished at the Basic Training Centre, Bhanu.e ITBP Academy at Mussoorie has beendeclared as a Centre of Excellence and the ITBPMountaineering & Skiing Institute at Auli is oneof the premier institutes for providing trainingin winter warfare, ice cra and Antarcticabound expeditions. Recently, out of its availableresources, ITBP has established a CounterInsurgency and Jungle Warfare School (CIJW)in Uttarakhand. It has trained 3 coys. which arebeing inducted in anti-Naxal operations. ITBPTeams have carried out major relief and rescueoperations during earthquakes, landslides andfloods. A High Altitude Medical TrainingSchool (HAMTS), has been established at Leh.For the welfare of women and children, Familywelfare centre have been established which caterfor the development of women with a view toaugmenting their family income through

handicra, food processing, cookery, backery,etc. Also a Gender Budgeting Cell has beenestablished at the Directorate General which hasimplemented various schemes for benefiting thewomen employees of the Force.

8.36 ITBP has also contributed significantlyin the UN peace-keeping efforts in strife-torncountries like Angola, Namibia, Bosnia andKosovo etc. Presently, a formed Police unit hasbeen sent to the Democratic Republic of Congo,for peace-keeping, under the aegis of the UnitedNations. A contingent of well trainedcommandos has been providing security to theIndian Embassy and its four Consulates inAfghanistan. e official web-site of the ITBPis itbpolice.nic.in.

NATIONAL SECURITY GUARD(NSG)

8.37 National Security Guard was set up in1984 as a Federal Contingency DeploymentForce for combating terrorist activities with a

Chapter-VIII

Union Home Minister inspection ITBP Raising Day Parade-2009

96

view to protect the States against internaldisturbances and for matters connectedtherewith. It is a task-oriented Force and hastwo complementary elements in the form of theSpecial Action Group (SAG), comprising Armypersonnel, and the Special Rangers Group(SRG), comprising personnel drawn from theCentral Police/State Police Forces. NSGCommandos are trained in high-risk tasks likecounter-hijacking and counter-terroristoperations. ey are also assigned the task ofproviding mobile security protection todesignated high risk VIPs.

8.38 NSG has conducted a number ofimportant operations in the past including theoperation at Akshardham Temple, Ahmedabadand at Hotel Taj, Hotel Oberai-Trident andNariman House in Mumbai during the terroristattack from November 26-29, 2008. NSG hasbeen deployed to provide security cover duringimportant events like Republic Day, ParliamentSessions, Independence Day and visits ofVVIPs and during national importantseminars, conferences, etc. NSG personnelhave rendered assistance on several occasionsin bomb disposal, which saved many innocentlives. The NSG personnel also perform dutiesas Sky Marshals as well. 45 Women/Mahilapersonnel have been inducted in NSG ascommandos/medical staff etc. In accordancewith the decision of the Government of India,NSG commandos are also performing duties asSky Marshals to cover designated domestic andinternational flights. In addition to itsoperational tasks, the Force provides trainingon special commando action, bomb disposal(BD) techniques and VIP security to personnelof the Armed Forces, CPFs/State Police andsecurity force personnel of friendlyneighboring countries. In Delhi, NSGcommandos are kept on alert at fixed locationsto meet any contingency. These commandosare also deployed for special security coverageon occasions of national importance like

Republic Day and Independence Daycelebrations and also during the visit of foreigndignitaries and Heads of State/Government.With the threat of terrorism remainingunchanged throughout the world, NSGcontinues to remain on high alert to ward offterrorist and hijack situations anywhere in thecountry. NSG sky marshals continue to bedeployed on board Indian registered carrierson designated domestic routes andinternational flights.

8.39 Notifications were issued on January 23,2009 under the Aircra Act, 1934, empoweringcertain officers of Central Government notbelow the rank of Joint Secretary of the Ministryof Civil Aviation or Ministry of Home Affairs,and the Director General NSG or any othermember of NSG not below the rank of IG, torequisition aircra to enable quick movement ofNSG Teams. Towards this end, voluntaryagreements have also been entered into betweenNSG and scheduled airlines operators registeredunder DGCA on February 11, 2009. e officialweb-site of the NSG is nsg.gov.in.

NSG Regional Hubs

8.40 In the wake of the terrorist attack inMumbai in November 2008, the Governmenthas announced the setting up of NSG RegionalHubs in various parts of the country with a viewto cut delay in deployment of NSG in a crisissituation. Four Regional Hubs of NationalSecurity Guards with a total strength of 1,086personnel i.e. 241 personnel for each Hub and122 personnel for Administrative support havebeen set up by the Government at Chennai,Hyderabad, Kolkata and Mumbai. ese Hubshave been made operational on June 30/July 1,2009. NSG and State Police Forces wouldmaintain a close liaison. In case of any crisissituation, NSG can be deployed immediately onthe request of concerned State Government. AQuick Reaction Team of NSG has also been set

Chapter-VIII

97

up at IGI Airport, Delhi for quick deploymentin case of an emergent situation. Action is beingtaken to acquire the land required for setting upof Regional Centre at Hyderabad and Kolkataon the lines of existing NSG Centre at Manesar.

8.41. NSG maintains the National Bomb DataCentre (NBDC) at its main Centre at Manesar,Gurgaon, which is one of the six such centres inthe world. is centre conducts Post-BlastStudies in various parts of the country, mostlyon the request from the State authorities. It alsomaintains a data bank on explosives andincidents of explosions, for use by the Defenceand Police Forces. e centre regularly interactswith other Bomb Data Centres of the world.e NBDC organizes an international seminarevery year and publishes a professional journal“Bombshell” on explosion-related subjects.

SASHASTRA SEEMA BAL (SSB)

8.42 e Special Service Bureau (SSB) wasset up in early 1963 in the wake of India-Chinaconflict of 1962 to build up the morale and

capability in the border population againstthreats of subversion, infiltration and sabotagefrom across the border. It became a borderguarding force in 2001 under the Ministry ofHome Affairs and was rechristened ‘SashastraSeema Bal’ with an amended charter. It hasbeen given the border guarding responsibilitiesalong the Indo-Nepal and Indo-BhutanBorders.

8.43 e Force has 41 Bns. on 7 coys patternand 25 areas headed by Area Organizers with 3Frontier and 8 Sector HQrs. SSB is nowfunctioning in 7 Border States covering a stretchof 1,751 km. of the International Border in 20districts along Indo-Nepal Border and about120 km. along the Indo-Bhutan border. SSBBns. have also been deployed for election dutiesand on internal security duties in naxal affectedareas. During the period from April 01, 2009 toDecember 31, 2009, SSB has seized Contrabandsof Rs.12.86 crore, Nepali Currency Rs.60.29lakh, Small Arms 59 Nos., Cartridges 294

Chapter-VIII

Union Home Minister inaugurating NSG Regional Hub at Chennai

98

rounds and Magazine 02 Nos.8.44 SSB has a strong Civic ActionProgramme under which the Force providesmedical aid and medicines, implementsveterinary aid programmes, organizes socialawareness campaigns, vocational training, youthawareness activities and communityinfrastructure development. During the year2009-10, 04 Samajik Chetna Abhiyan including20 Multi Dimensional Mini Campaigns wereorganized in 36 villages. During thesecampaigns, 92,188 patients were treated underMedical Civic Action (MCA), 95,970 Nos. ofanimals were treated under Veterinary CivicAction (VCA). 31 cultural shows, 31 exhibitionshows, 08 Rallies, 16 Games & Sportscompetition, 05 celebration of important days,16 public meetings and study tours, 16Motivational talks on various topics coveringNationalism, Patriotism, National Integration,Communal Harmony, Drug abuse etc wereheld/delivered in which 26,800 villagersparticipated/benefited. e official web-site ofthe SSB is ssb.nic.in.

REVISED RECRUITMENT SCHEME OFCONSTABLES IN CENTRAL POLICEFORCES

8.45 e recruitment scheme of constables inCPFs has been revised in order to make therecruitment process fair, efficient, effective,transparent, to reduce the scope of subjectivityand to maximize the use of technology in therecruitment process. e salient features of therevised recruitment schemes of recruitment ofConstables in CPMFs are as under:-

i. A website will be opened along with thehelp line and complaint line giving thereinlandline telephone numbers, mobiletelephone numbers and SMS base

assistance.ii. Application Form should be designed

centrally in OMR sheet so that it can bescrutinized promptly through computer.

iii. PET will now be only qualifying in natureand it will not carry any mark.

iv. e written test will consist of only OMRbased objective type multiple choice.

v. Question papers may be in different series,which will have the questions in differentorders.

vi. e question papers should be set centrally.vii. Interview may be discontinued.viii.No officer against whom Departmental

Proceedings for major penalty is pendingshould be associated with the recruitmentprocess. Similarly, an officer against whomcharges of bungling in previousrecruitment have been proved should notbe associated with the recruitment processfor next five years.

ix. No officer belonging to the state in whichthe recruitment is being done should be amember of any recruitment board for thatstate.

x. e recruitment process should bepreferably video graphed.

xi. e biometric methods should be used atall stages of the recruitment (In the absenceof computer based biometric equipments,thumb impression digital photograph, andany specific identifying mark in the bodymay be used)

8.46 With a view to providing more jobopportunities to the youth of Border States andmilitancy-affected areas, allocation of vacanciesis now made in the following manner:

• 60% of vacancies are allotted amongstStates/UTs on the basis of population ratio.

• 20% of vacancies in the Border Guarding

Chapter-VIII

99

Forces (BGFs) viz. AR, BSF, ITBP and SSBare allotted to the border districts, which fallwithin the responsibility of the Force.

• 20% of vacancies in BGFs are allotted toareas affected by militancy i.e. J&K, North-Eastern States, and naxal-affected areas.Government from time to time notifies thedistricts/areas affected by militancy.

• In Forces other than BGFs, 40% vacanciesare allotted to militancy-affected areas i.e.J&K, North-Eastern States and naxalaffected areas, as notified from time to time.

Air Support to CPFs

8.47 The Air Wing of the Ministry of HomeAffairs came into existence on May 1, 1969 toprovide air support to CPFs for casualtyevacuations, air maintenance of BOPs locatedat high altitude and inaccessible areas,conveyance of contingents for operationalpurposes and air courier service of CPFspersonnel. It consists of two wings i.e. fixedwing and Rotary wing. Both these wings havebeen expanded in the last few years and furtherexpansion is now underway. 8.48 Action for procurement of 3 fixedwing aircraft through the Ministry of Defencewas initiated during the year. In addition, firmorder for procurement of 8 ALH/Dhruvhelicopters has been placed with HindustanAeronautics Ltd. (HAL. Out of eighthelicopters, 3 ALH/Dhruv helicopters havebeen inducted in the fleet and madeoperational at Ranchi and Raipur. Remainingfive ALH/Dhurv helicopters are likely to beinducted in fleet of BSF by March 31, 2010.

MODERNIZATION OF CPFS

8.49 In order to meet the challenges posedby militancy, insurgency and terrorist

activities in various parts of the country, theGovernment had approved a 5 year plan(2002-07) for modernization of 6 CPFs viz.Assam Rifles, BSF, CRPF, CISF, ITBP andNSG with an outlay of Rs.3,740.71 crore.The period of implementation of the Schemewas later extended by 3 years i.e. up to 2009-10. NSG has incurred expenditure to thetune of Rs.405.51 lakh for procurement ofitems under modernization plan andprocurement to the tune of Rs.713.38 lakhare in pipeline.

8.50 e Government had separatelyapproved a modernization plan for the SSBinvolving an expenditure of Rs.444.33 croreover a period of 3 years starting from 2005-06.Against it, expenditure to the tune of Rs.281.31crore has been utilized. is plan was due toend in March 2008. However, this period hasbeen extended till March 31, 2010 and will nowco-terminate with the scheme pertaining toother CPMFs.

8.51 e provisions made under the Schemefor modernization of the CPFs are in additionto the normal provisions being made forweaponry, equipment, communications,mobility, clothing, tentage, etc. in the normalbudget.

Expenditure on CPFs

8.52 In keeping with increasingly importantand high risk roles being performed by the CPFsin maintaining internal security and guarding ofthe borders of the country, there has beencorresponding increase in budget provisions asmay be seen from figures of actual expenditurefor the last 10 financial years in the followingtable:

Chapter-VIII

100 Chapter-VIII

Training of Police Personnel

8.53 e Government of India attaches greatimportance to police training. Apart from theSVP NPA, Hyderabad, there are number oftraining institutes of the CPFs, designated asCentres of Excellence, which impart training inspecialized skills, not only to the personnel ofthe CPFs, but also to personnel from the StatePolice Forces.

8.54 e police personnel ofStates/UTs/CPOs are also sent abroad fortraining to acquaint themselves with moderntechniques of crime prevention, detection,investigation, anti-terrorism combats, etc.ese courses have been organized in countrieslike Japan, Singapore, USA, Italy, etc. With thehelp of the officers receiving training abroad,courses are being replicated in India to have amultiplier effect.

Counter Insurgency and AntiTerrorism (CIAT) Schools

8.55 With a view to provide training topolice personnel on tackling the menace of le

wing extremism /terrorism, the Governmenthas decided to set up Counter Insurgency andAnti Terrorism (CIAT) temporary schools, tobegin with, in the States of Assam, Bihar,Jharkhand, Chattisgarh and Orissa. Twentysuch schools (four CIAT schools in each of thefive States) would be set up under a centrallysponsored scheme during the 11th Five YearPlan with an outlay of Rs. 52.40 crore. Anamount of Rs. 22.50 crore (Rs. 4.5 crore to eachof the five States) released so far forestablishment of 15 CIAT schools. e firstbatch of 105 Orissa police personnel are gettingtraining in one such CIAT school in Orissa .

Central Academy for Police Training

8.56 It has been decided to establish aCentral Academy for Police training(CAPT)at Bhopal as a Centre of Excellence fortraining of Police trainers, across the country,as also to provide training for direct recruitdeputy Superintendents of Police and in-service and specialized training to State Policeofficers. An outlay of Rs. 47.14 crore has beenapproved for setting up of the Academy(first

Actual Expenditure on CPFs during the period from 2000-2001 to 2009-10

(Rupees in crore)YEAR AR BSF CISF CRPF ITBP NSG SSB TOTAL

2000-2001 635.32 2157.78 802.30 1653.25 416.06 90.34 322.28 6077.332001-2002 776.25 2399.02 860.55 1894.42 417.08 82.79 327.03 6757.142002-2003 711.20 2668.41 936.65 961.13 470.25 95.90 325.77 6169.312003-2004 929.15 2970.24 982.19 2087.78 468.32 113.81 315.92 7867.412004-2005 1005.64 2635.76 1061.24 2516.96 552.72 128.00 381.84 8282.162005-2006 1314.17 3560.45 1134.07 3228.03 576.25 140.28 581.97 10535.222006-2007 1478.29 3398.85 1225.59 3642.40 707.99 151.19 779.92 11384.232007-2008 1541.81 3879.00 1376.23 3911.69 1000.73 163.90 943.70 12817.062008-2009 2016.27 5398.50 2169.28 5557.82 1433.24 210.52 1241.63 18027.262009-2010 1599.02 4472.66 1978.88 5262.33 1134.05 231.70 801.31 15479.95

101

phase), 400 acres of land has been obtainedfree of cost for the CAPT from the StateGovernment of Madhya Pradesh, and workon setting up of the academy will commenceduring the current year.

Central Detective TrainingSchools(CDTS).

8.57 Presently three Central Detective trainingSchools (CDTS) are functioning under the aegisof BPR&D in Chandigarh, Hyderabad andKolkata. It has been decided to establish twomore CDTSs during the 11th Plan and these aretentatively proposed to be established atAhmedabad, Gujarat and Lucknow, UttarPradesh. Action is underway foridentification/procurement of land and work onthe above CDTSs is expected to commenceduring the current year.

OTHER MATTERS RELATING TOCPFs

CPMF Housing Project on PPP Basis

8.58 To address the issue of housing shortagein Para Military Forces, a Mega Housing Projecthas been launched for creation of 1 lakh housesacross the country of CPMFs personnel under‘PPP’ scheme. e project is also being giventechnical and consultancy support from AsianDevelopment Bank and Ministry of Finance.For the project, Transaction Advisor has beenappointed for inviting competitive bids througha transparent process under the PPP modelwhich is expected to improve the housingsatisfaction level in the forces to the authorizedlevel of 25%. e project will be completed intime bound manner and is aimed to acceleratethe existing pace of construction of houses for

force personnel.

Pension and allowances

8.59 Following the introduction of the NewPension Scheme with effect from 2004, a varietyof benefits, particularly those relating toextraordinary pension, etc., in the event of deathand disability in action, etc., had becomeunavailable to the personnel of the CPFs. ematter was placed before the GoM and aerdetailed deliberation by this Ministry,DOP&PW has restored the additional relief ondeath/disability to the government servantcovered under New Pension Scheme. Adecision has also been taken to provide Risk andHardship Allowances to personnel of the CPFsdeployed in the border areas, and in internalsecurity duties in different theatres, in line withallowances admissible to army personneldeployed on similar duties.

Welfare and Rehabilitation Board(WARB)

8.60 e CPFs personnel are renderingvaluable service in maintenance of internalsecurity and guarding of international borders.Sometimes, while being a part of antiterrorist/naxal combats or some other internalsecurity operations they either lose their limbsor perform supreme sacrifice of their lives.Considering these hard realities, CPFs haveraised their own contributory welfare schemes.Under these Schemes, Welfare Fund, ReliefFund, Insurance Fund and Education Fundhave been created. In addition to that theGovernment sanctions substantial funds for thewelfare of Force personnel and grants ex-gratiaand family pension to the next of kin (NoK). AWelfare and Rehabilitation Board (WARB) hasalso been established to provide aninstitutionalized mechanism to look into the

Chapter-VIII

102

welfare and rehabilitation requirements of CPFspersonnel. e task of the WARB initially is tolend an immediate helping hand to thedependents of the personnel dying in harnessand those disabled by extending help to resolvepersonal problems relating to children’seducation, land/property’s issues, seriousmedical problems, etc. An amount of Rs.700lakh has been released to all CPMFs as SpecialWelfare Grant for the welfare of Jawans.

Central Police Forces Canteen System(CPFCS)

8.61 A Central Police Forces Canteen System(CPFCS) has been launched by the Governmentbased on market model and envisages ownregional depot in remote areas, to provide awide range of consumer goods to personnel ofthe forces including ex-personnel and theirfamilies at convenient locations on leastpossible rates without compromising on quality.As on date, 131 Master Canteen and 694 unitcanteen are functioning. Efforts are being madeto persuade the States to grant VAT exemptionto the CPFCs as has been done for the ArmyCanteens and at present six States- Meghalaya,Chhattisgarh, West Bengal, Jharkhand, Biharand Manipur have granted VAT exemption toCPC.

Prime Minister’s Scholarship Scheme

8.62 e CPMF personnel while performingtheir extremely tough and peculiar duties stayaway from their families for years and are not ina position to fulfill their family commitments.eir children get deprived of requisite paternalsupport. Considering this, Prime Minister’sMerit Scholarship Scheme has been introducedto encourage higher technical and professionaleducation for the wards and widows of in-service and ex-CPMF personnel. Under this

Scheme, the scholarships for pursuingeducation in the field of Medicine, Engineering,Information Technology, etc. are beingawarded. An amount of Rs.70.56 lakh has beensent to WARB for distribution of scholarship to435 (177 girls and 258 boys) candidates.

8.63 In another scheme the wards of CPMFpersonnel are nominated for admissions to themedical/dental colleges in the State against theseats allocated for the purpose to this Ministryby the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare.

Prevention of HIV/AIDS

8.64 CPMF personnel are generallyperforming their duties in a difficultenvironment. While guarding the borders, theyhave to be posted at the highest altitudes andhave to face hostile conditions while combatingnaxals and terrorists. To meet all thesechallenges, the CPMF personnel have to behighly mentally alert and physically fit. In orderto ensure the fitness of physical and mentalhealth of the CPMF personnel and forprevention of stress, the Government of Indiahas organized courses of Vyakti Vikas Kendra,Art of Living and Yoga camps. For preventionof epidemic like HIV AIDS amongst the Forcepersonnel, several educational and awarenessgenerating steps have been taken. e Statepolice are also being involved inimplementation of strategy for containing thedisease within the uniformed services. e Statenodal officers for the purpose have beenappointed and in order to sensitize themtowards AIDS control with the support ofNGOs and the State authorities, four regionallevel conferences have been organized.

Women in Police Services

8.65 A number of steps like re-orienting the

Chapter-VIII

103

training programmes to include topics likegender sensitization, combat training; re-orientation of syllabi; assigning operationalduties to more and more women are beingtaken to bring the woman police officers into themainstream of policing. In order to check crimeagainst women, a conscious decision has beentaken to increase the representation of womenboth in States Police Forces as well as in CPFs.States have also been requested to take stepssuch as increased maternity leave, to facilitateenvironment more compatible to women policepersonnel.

8.66 At present total 3,290 women in variousgroups are working in CRPF. Similarly BSF hasrecruited 642 female constables (GD) and 03Sub-Inspectors (GD) during the said period.Total 45 women employees including 18commandos are serving in the NSG. Total 1,164 women employees are serving in BSF.

Deployment of Central Police Forces(CPFs)

8.67 CPMFs are made available in aid of theState Governments and Union territories tomaintain public order. ese Forces have beenplaying a key role in the overall management ofthe internal security situation in the country.ey have also assisted in smooth conduct offree, fair and peaceful Assembly Elections aswell as Bye-Elections in the country.

8.68 During the year 2009-10, the CPMFscontinued to assist the States of J&K, NorthEastern States and Naxal affected States incombating terrorism and militancy. A largenumber of CPMFs were mobilized anddeployed for General Elections 2009 in theCountry as well as Assembly Elections inArunachal Pradesh, Haryana, Maharashtra andJharkhand. During the year CPMFs were also

mobilized and deployed for Election duties invarious States in the country for Bye-Elections.CPMFs/RAF were also deployed in the Statesfor maintaining peace and communal harmony,especially in the States of Assam, Orissa andWest Bengal during communal disturbances inthese States during the year. During the year,CPMFs have also been mobilized and deployedfor Anti Naxal Operations in LWE states.

Raising of India Reserve Battalions(IRBs) in States

8.69 With a view to strengthening thecapabilities of the States, and reducing theirdependence upon CPFs to deal with varioustypes of Law and Order and internal securitysituations, a Scheme of raising India ReserveBattalions in the States was introduced in theearly 1970s. e Scheme provides for assistanceto the States by way of raising cost, includingone year’s salary, and some element ofInfrastructure/Capital Cost. e objective,apart from creating a well trained armed Policeforce in the States, is also that, in the event ofrequirements elsewhere, IRBs could be deployedoutside the State also. Considering the responseof the States in terms of actual raising ofsanctioned battalions, the level of financialassistance has been progressively stepped up.Presently, 75% of the standard Raising cost ofRs.17 crore and assistance for Infrastructure andCapital costs with a ceiling of Rs.15 crore isbeing provided to the State Governments forraising IRBs. So far, 145 IRBs have beensanctioned, including 60 in the last 5 years, and105 battalions have been raised. e progressof raising is being closely monitored.

8.70 e Government has also approved theprovision of additional assistance @ Rs.3 croreper Coy for raising 2 Coys in each IRB sanctioned(and yet to be raised) aer 2007-08 as

Chapter-VIII

104 Chapter-VIII

Commando Coys. is is aimed to enable theStates to raise forces equipped with specializedskills and equipment to deal with various types ofchallenges posed by extremists and terrorists, etc.

Global Peace-keeping

8.71 is Ministry is also cooperatinginternationally by contributing in the UN effortsfor global peacekeeping. Officers at variouslevels are sent on secondment whenever asked

by the UN and regular deployments of FormedPolice Units too are made on request. Duringthe period from April, 2009 to December 31,2009, total 64 Indian CIVPOL (Civilian Police)officers from different States, UTs, CPOs andCPFs have been deployed with UNPeacekeeping Missions in Sudan, Timor, Haiti,Cyprus and Liberia. e following Formed

Police Units (FPUs) are presently deployed withUN Peace Keeping Missions:-

• One each from BSF & ITBP at Congo • Two FPUs from CRPF (01 Male and 01

Female) at Liberia • One FPU from CISF at Haiti • Now GOI has agreed for the deployment of

two additional FPUs one each from BSF andAssam Rifles with UN Mission in Haiti. BothFPUs will be deployed shortly.

Awards and Medals

8.72 During the year 2009-2010 in recognitionto the Service rendered by the police personneland to boost the morale of the Forces followingGallantry/Service Medals were awarded:

FFPU on UN Peacekeeping Mission in Liberia

105Chapter-VIII

Sl. Name of President’s Police President’s Police MedalNo. State/UT Police Medal for Medal for Police Medal for

Organisation/ Gallantry Gallantry for Distinguished meritorious / Ministry service service

(PPMG) (PMG) (PPMDS) (PMMS)

1. Andhra Pradesh - 22 04 382. Arunachal Pradesh - - - 033. Assam - 05 01 084. Bihar - 07 04 275. Chhattisgarh - 05 03 146. Delhi - 26 05 267. Goa - - 02 018. Gujarat - 01 02 239. Haryana - 03 15

10. Jharkhand - 17 01 1011. Himachal Pradesh - - 02 0612. Jammu &Kashmir 02 31 02 2513. Karnataka - - 05 2914. Kerala - - 02 1915. Madhya Pradesh - 12 05 3216. Maharashtra 01 01 05 6517. Manipur 74 01 0318. Meghalaya - 08 01 0319. Mizoram - - 01 0420. Nagaland - - 01 0321. Orissa 03 1622. Punjab 04 2923. Rajasthan 04 3024. Sikkim - - - 0225. Tamilnadu - - 04 2626. Tripura - 03 02 0627. Uttar Pradesh 19 06 6828. Uttarakhand - 02 0729. West Bengal - - 04 3230. UTs

106 Chapter-VIII

Sl. Name of President’s Police President’s Police MedalNo. State/UT Police Medal for Medal for Police Medal for

Organisation/ Gallantry Gallantry for Distinguished meritorious / Ministry service service

(PPMG) (PMG) (PPMDS) (PMMS)

a) A & N Islands - 01 02b) Chandigarh - - 02 02c) Lakshadweep - - - 02d) Puducherry - - 0331. CPO’sa) ASSAM RIFLES - 08 - 26b) BSF 06 10 08 84c) CISF 06 16 04 36d) CRPF 01 43 10 99e) ITBP 01 - 05 16f) SSB - - 02 20h CBI - - 08 30I NSG 01 10

32 Cabinet Sectt.a) SPG - - 01 1233 M/o Home Affairs. - - 15 40a) N.E.PA. - - 01 02b) BPR&D - - 02 04c) D.C.P.W. - - - 03d) N.C.R.B. - - 02 02e) N.H.R.C. - 01f) SVPNPA -- - - 0634 M/o Civil Aviation - - 0135 M/o Railways 01 02 03 2936 M/o External Affairs - - - 0137 National Investigation - - 01 01

Agency(NIA)38 M/o Parliamentary Affairs - - - 0139 M/o Urban Development - - - 01

Total 18 310 145 1004

* e above figures pertain to Independence Day 2009 and Republic Day 2010. However, thesame are yet to be published by way of Gazette Notification.

********

107Chapter-IX

BUREAU OF POLICE RESEARCHAND DEVELOPMENT (BPR&D)

9.1 BPR&D was set up in 1970 to identifythe needs and problems of police in the country,undertake appropriate research project andstudies and to suggest modalities to overcomethe same. It was also mandated to keep abreastof latest developments in the fields of scienceand technology, both in India and abroad, witha view to promote the use of appropriatetechnology in police work. Over the years, thisorganization has been entrusted with theresponsibility of monitoring the training needsand quality of training in States and CentralGovernment, assisting States in modernizationof police forces and correctional administration.

9.2 In order to strengthen the functioning ofBPR&D to enable it to discharge itsresponsibilities as per their charter, arestructuring exercise has been undertaken. isexercise includes augmentation of manpower,provision of a separate building, enhancementof its budget for various activities, etc.Additional activities are also entrusted toBPR&D to meet modern day challenges.BPR&D has also been brought, for the first time,under the Plan with an outlay of Rs.150 crore forthe 11th Five Year Plan. ere are fivecomponents for strengthening of BPR&Dnamely:

• Setting up of a Central Academy for PoliceTraining (CAPT) at Bhopal for providingtraining to the Police Trainers across thecountry and to the direct recruit Dy. SPs ofall States and in-service and specialized

training to Dy. SP of the States. e totaloutlay for the Academy is Rs.47.14 crore inthe 11th Five Year Plan.

• Setting up of BPR&D and National PoliceMission Headquarters.

• Setting up of two Central DetectiveTraining Schools(CDTS)

• e third scheme is for TrainingIntervention to identify the gaps betweenneeds & potentials of policing vis-a-vis theactual position and make appropriatetraining interventions for bridging the gapsso that the police personnel are able todischarge their duties more effectively.

• e fourth scheme is for Research &Development Scheme with an outlay ofRs.10 crore provides for projects to beundertaken for Research & Development inthe area of Police and CorrectionalAdministration.

9.3 BPR&D prepared a Country Paper andpresented it in 29th Asian and PacificConference of Correctional Administrators heldat Perth, Australia from November 15-20, 2009.Research studies completed during the year areas under:

• Rising Crimes against elderly people &responsibilities of Police in metros

• Indian Copyright Act-1957- State ofDisposal of Copyright cases in UttarPradesh

• Model Police Manual, volume-I, II & III.• Project Report on induction of Women in

the Central Police forces- their impact onthe Forces and the early retirement scheme.

• Project Report on International Study on

CHAPTER

IXOTHER POLICE

ORGANISATIONS AND

INSTITUTIONS

108

Crimes against Women and death ofWomen in custody.

Augmentation of the strength ofBPR&D

9.4 BPR&D has launched the first phase ofrestructuring towards rendering multifacetedservices to the society through the betterment ofactivities of police fraternity. A true picture oftheir responsibilities may better be realized inthe context of meeting the training andmodernisation requirement of 28 States, 640police districts, 13,000 police stations and 2.2.million policemen spread across more than 50organisations. To achieve this goal, 72 postshave been created in BPR&D which includes 7DIGs, 7 Pr. Scientific Officers, 6 SPs/AssistantDirectors and 4 Sr. Scientific Officers.

Counter Insurgency and AntiTerrorism (CIAT) Schools

9.5 With a view to provide training to policepersonnel on tackling the menace of le wingextremism /terrorism, the Govt. has decided toset up four Counter Insurgency and AntiTerrorism (CIAT) temporary schools, in eachof the five States of Assam, Bihar, Jharkhand,Chattisgarh and Orissa. Twenty such schoolswould be set up under a centrally sponsoredscheme during the 11th Five Year Plan with anoutlay of Rs.52.40 crore.

NATIONAL CRIME RECORDSBUREAUAN ISO 9001: 2000 Organisation

9.6 National Crime Records Bureau was setup in 1986 to function as a clearing house ofinformation on crime and criminals includingthose operating at national and internationallevels so as to assist the investigators and othersby linking crime to the perpetrators, collection

and processing of crime statistics and fingerprints, coordinate, guide and assist the StateCrime Record Bureaux and provide training topolice officers. NCRB endeavours to empowerIndian Police with Information Technology andCriminal Intelligence to enable them toeffectively and efficiently enforce the law &improve public service delivery. is isachieved through coordination with Policeforces at national & international levels,upgradation of crime analysis technology anddeveloping IT capability and IT enabledsolutions.

NATIONAL PROJECTS

Colour Portrait Building System(CPBS)

9.7 Windows based Black & White PortraitBuilding System was made available up toDistrict level in all States/ UTs for preparingportraits of suspected criminals on the basis ofinformation provided by eyewitnesses. It wasfelt that colour portraits should be prepared forbetter recognition. A project to develop sowarefor drawing colour portraits was awarded toDharmsinh Desai Institute of Technology (nowDharmsinh Desai University), Nadiad, Gujarat.e system is likely to become functional by thisyear.

Counterfeit Currency InformationManagement System (CCIMS)

9.8 Counterfeit Currency InformationManagement System (CCIMS) maintains datarelating to Fake Indian Currency Notes (FICN)on parameters like Denomination, Series andNumber.

9.9 is information is furnished to the CBI(Nodal Agency for FICN), Central EconomicIntelligence Bureau (CEIB), etc. A database of

Chapter-IX

109

5,07,432 (Seized) and 2,89,105 (Recovered)records is available at NCRB as on October 29,2009.

PUBLIC SERVICE DELIVERYSYSTEM

9.10 NCRB has also developed the followingsystems with a view to provide public servicesrelating to the stolen and recovered properties,missing, kidnapped and arrested persons, etc.on the basis of available crime data from theStates:-

(i) Motor Vehicle CoordinationSystem (MVCS)

Motor Vehicle Coordination System(MVCS) is designed for coordination of stolenand recovered motor vehicles It provides thestatus of a used vehicle before entering into anytransaction whether it is stolen or otherwise. 33Counters across the country including one atNCRB, New Delhi provides this information tovarious users. A database of 6,85,724Stolen/Recovered vehicles exists.

Web-based on-line MVCS soware isunder development and will be available toStates/UTs by the end of the year 2009-10 .

(ii) Talash Information System

Talash System has also been designedwith a database of 3,41,282 records at presentfor matching of missing, kidnapped, wanted,traced, arrested, unidentified persons and deadbodies, which is mainly used by police. e datahas also been uploaded on NCRB website.

(iii) Fire Arms Coordination System

e system provides for coordination ofstolen and recovered Fire Arms and is used

mainly by law enforcement agencies. A totalof 94,585 firearms have been reportedStolen/Recovered by the States/UTs Police.

Training

9.11 NCRB is running a number ofspecialized courses on Information Technologyand Fingerprint Science for Indian and ForeignPolice officers. NCRB also assists the StatePolice Computer Training Centres (PCTCs) inan effort to prepare an enabling I.T.environment and computer trained personnelright down to Police Station level. Number ofCourses run and persons trained at NCRB andState PCTCs during 2009 (April, 2009 toOctober, 2009) is as under :

AT NCRB ATPCTCs TotalNo. of Progra- 8 7 15mes conductedNo. of Officers 159 214 373Attended

9.12 NCRB also conducts two prestigioustraining programmes for police officers fromforeign countries namely, ‘InformationTechnology in Law Enforcement’ and‘Advanced Finger-Print Science andComputers’ under the ‘Indian Technical andEconomic Cooperation (ITEC) and ‘SpecialCommonwealth African Assistance Plan’(SCAAP) schemes of Ministry of ExternalAffairs as well as Technical Cooperation schemeof ‘Colombo Plan’ (TCS) every year . NCRB hastrained 551 foreign police officers from 70countries since the inception of foreign trainingprogrammes in the year 1990.

CENTRAL FINGER PRINT BUREAU(CFPB)

9.13 e CFPB is an apex body in the countrywhich co-ordinates, guides, monitors andprovides technical support to the State Finger

Chapter-IX

110

Print Bureaux, as well as investigating agenciesand international organizations in mattersrelating to the Finger Print Science. e Bureauprovides expert opinion on references receivedfrom various agencies. e CFPB conducted anAll India Conference of Directors of FingerPrint Bureaux on October 5-6 2009 at Jaipur,Rajasthan. e Bureau conducts the All IndiaBoard Examination for Finger Print Expertsannually. is year this was held duringNovember 21-23, 2009.

9.14 CFPB has done pioneering work inautomation of finger prints at national levelusing "Automated Fingerprint IdentificationSystem" (AFIS). It is a computerized system ofmatching fingerprints on the basis of ridge-characteristics. e current version of AFIS atCFPB is FACTS Version 5.0. e AFIS databaseof CFPB contains 6,91,631 records as on date.

9.15 e Bureau conducts one AdvancedCourse in Finger Print Science for ForeignPolice officers, and one Training of Trainerscourse for Finger Print Experts at New Delhi.e Bureau also conducts a Proficiency Coursein Finger Print Science at its Kolkata Unit. iscourse was of one-year duration earlier, now, itis conducted over 6 months. e Bureau bringsout an annual publication entitled `Finger Printin India', which is an in-depth study on theperformance and activities of State Finger PrintBureaux, CFPB, and other allied matters relatedto Finger Print Science.

DIRECTORATE OF FORENSICSCIENCE (DFS)

9.16 Directorate of Forensic Science headedby the Director-cum-Chief Forensic Scientistunder the Ministry of Home Affairs came intoexistence with effect from January 01, 2003.ree Central Forensic Science Laboratories atKolkata, Hyderabad, Chandigarh and threeLaboratories of Government Examiner of

Questioned Documents, Kolkata, Hyderabadand Shimla are functioning under theDirectorate.

Statistics on Crime Case Analysis

9.17 e three Central Forensic ScienceLaboratories had examined 1,716 cases,containing 9,351 exhibits, and 3 GovernmentExaminer of Questioned Documents examined1,254 cases, containing 1,67,036 exhibitsincluding 148 cases of Computer Forensics with32 Tera Bytes, during the period under review.

Training courses conducted by DFSlaboratories

9.18 47 specialized training courses, in thearea of White Collar Crimes, DNAFingerprinting techniques, Forensic Explosives,Crime Scene Management, R & D Management,Questioned Documents, Forensic Auditing,Credit Card Frauds, Forensic Toxicology, NAAtechniques, Detection of metallic poisons infood articles, handling of NBC agents, BallisticsGSR Analysis, Fire Arms Experts TrainingProgramme, Audio Video Examination, Crimeagainst Women and Computer Forensics, havebeen conducted so far, which were attended byabout 622 Forensic Scientists, Police Officers,officers from other Law Enforcement agencies.

Formulation of the R&D schemes ofXITH five year plan

9.19 e outlay under XI plan is Rupees 300crore for two ambitious major plan projects viz(i) composite schemes on Modernisation ofForensic Science applications for DFS and itsoutlying Units and (ii) Composite CentrallySponsored Plan Scheme of ‘Creation of RegionalForensic Science Laboratories and DistrictMobile Forensic Units. 9.20 e first scheme has an outlay of Rupees200 crore which have 26 Plan Schemes covering

Chapter-IX

111

Research and Development Schemes,Developmental schemes, and opening of threenew hi-tech Central Forensic scienceLaboratories and three Government Examinerof Questioned Documents. Under the secondscheme an outlay of Rs. 100 crore is earmarkedfor modernization of forensic facilities at Stateslevel and during this plan period 6 new RegionalForensic Science Laboratories and 52 DistrictMobile Forensic Units will be created atState/UT level. e work relating to the R&DSchemes are under progress.

Accreditation of Forensic Services

9.21 Under the Quality Control/ QualityAssurance Programme, all the laboratories vizCFSLs and GEQDs under the Directorate ofForensic Science are duly accredited throughNational Accreditation Board for Testing andCalibration Laboratories (NABL).

Extra-mural Research andDevelopment Schemes

9.22 e Plan scheme has been approved bythe Ministry of Home Affairs and PlanningCommission with an outlay of Rs.5 crore topromote Forensic science in Academic andResearch Institutions and other R&Dlaboratories. A high powered project evaluationcommittee constituted by this Directorate hasevaluated and approved 7 schemes.

20th All India Forensic ScienceConference

9.23 e 20th All India Forensic ScienceConference was organized by the Directorate ofForensic Science, New Delhi at Jaipur, Rajasthanin collaboration with the Government ofRajasthan during 15-17 November 2009. etheme of the Conference was “Crime Scene toCourt Room”. e Conference was inauguratedby Union Home Minister and presided over bythe Chief Minister of Rajasthan. During theConference, the Excellence Awards for the years2008 and Meritorious Awards for the year 2009were conferred in the Valedictory function.

Chapter-IX

Inauguration of souvenir of 20th All India Forensic Science Conference 2009 at Jaipur by UnionHome Minister

112

About 300 delegates from India and abroadincluding police officers and Judges haveparticipated in the Conference. During thetechnical sessions 175 scientific papers werepresented by the Forensic Scientists.

Junior Research Fellow Scheme

9.24 40 bright students are undergoing Ph.Dprogrammes in six forensic science laboratoriesunder Directorate of Forensic Science.

Modernization of State ForensicScience Laboratories

9.25 e Directorate has given assistance inupgradation of forensic science practices in thecountry and undertook technical evaluation forall the scientific equipments and other itemsrequired for State Forensic Science Laboratoriesunder the Police Modernization Plan for theyear 2009-10.

Acquisition of Land in Kolkata forcreation of ultra modern laboratory

9.26 A piece of land measuring six acres inNew Town, Kolkata at a total cost of Rs.9.46crore has been acquired from the Governmentof West Bengal. A proposal for construction ofa State-of-Art High-Tech Laboratory at the costof Rs. 25 crore under the current five year plan,has already been approved.

LNJN NATIONAL INSTITUTE OFCRIMINOLOGY AND FORENSICSCIENCE

9.27 e National Institute of Criminologyand Forensic Science (NICFS), a pioneeringInstitution for advancement of Criminology andForensic Science through training and researchwas set up in 1972. It is renamed as “LoknayakJayaprakash Narayan National Institute of

Criminology and Forensic Science”. It is apremier institution for training of seniorfunctionaries of the Criminal Justice system inthe twin fields of Criminology and ForensicScience, as well as for research related to thesefields.

Teaching programmes

9.28 e Institute offers M.A./M.Sc.programmes in Criminology and ForensicScience. ese courses started with effect fromacademic session 2004-05 under the affiliationfrom Guru Gobind Singh IndraprasthaUniversity, Delhi.

9.29 During the year, 452 officers participatedin 18 different training courses organised by theInstitute. e Institute has also impartedtraining to the foreign nationals of Mauritius,Afghanistan, Sudan, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Bhutan,Fiji, Phillippines, Maldives, etc. from 1972 to tilldate. e Institute in collaboration with CBIorganised a 2 days National seminar on “fightingcrimes related to corruption which was attendedby over 125 delegates from all over India.

9.30 Four projects started during the previous5 years and one new project has been taken upin 11th five year plan. e projects are:

• Studies on identification andcharacterization of drug, fibres, paint andpoisons etc. - database generation with thehelp of UMA-600 Microscope attached withFTIR.

• Creation of Computer Forensic Divisionusing DRAC 2000 and Mini DRAC.

• Creation of Forensic Serology and DNAdivision” in the Institute.

• Upgradation and Modernisation of Library.• Analysis of various poisons in biological

fluids/tissues- up gradation of ForensicToxicology Division”.(new project).

Chapter-IX

113

CENTRAL FORENSIC SCIENCELABORATORY (CFSL), CBI

9.31 CFSL, CBI, New Delhi is a scientificdepartment under the administrative control ofCBI and overall control of the Ministry of HomeAffairs. CFSL undertakes the scientific analysisof crime exhibits referred by CBI, Delhi Police,Judiciary and Vigilance Departments ofMinistries & Undertakings & State/CentralGovt. Departments. e experts of CFSLexamine the exhibits forwarded by theInvestigating Agencies and render expertopinion and substantiate their opinions in theCourt of Law through court testimony andevidence. Services of the scientific experts of thisLaboratory are also utilized at the scene of crimethroughout India by CBI for detection ofphysical clues. Scientists/experts also imparttraining to the CBI Investigating Officers and toother trainees of Forensic Science. elaboratory also undertakes R & D work relatedto art & skill developments in forensic science.

9.32 e Laboratory has a sanctionedstrength of 119 Scientific Staff and was allocatedRs.7.17 crore for the year 2009-2010 (R.E.)

9.33 e Laboratory scientists gave experttestimony in 275 Courts in Delhi and otherparts of India and examined 66 scenes of crimesat Delhi and outside for scientific investigationof crimes. During the year 2008 in addition tothese, regular support service in forensic sciencewas provided to Delhi Police, CBI and JudicialCourts. Forensic assistance was also providedto Directorate of Revenue Intelligence, Banks,Cabinet Secretariat Board and other publicundertakings.

9.34 During the year 2009 CFSL, CBI, NewDelhi carried out scientific examination ofapproximately 3,50,000 crime exhibits referredin 1,512 fresh cases and 433 cases were pendingon December 31, 2009.

9.35 Central Forensic Science Laboratory,CBI, New Delhi is committed to quality workfor all its functional disciplines. e CFSL (CBI),New Delhi has been accredited by NationalAccreditation Board for Test & CalibrationLaboratories (NABL) under Department ofScience & Technology, Govt. of India, NewDelhi as per Quality System conforming to ISOIEC 17025 and National Accreditation Boardfor Test & Calibration Laboratories (NABL)113. e Laboratory has preparedComprehensive Quality Manual and WorkingProcedures Manuals for analytical and scientifictest to be carried out in respect of varieties ofcrime exhibits referred to each of its Division.During the year congruency checks were madein 1,328 cases(approximately).e QualityManual was revised as per the requirement ofNABL. e new standard proforma i.e. ISO IEC17025 – 2005 has been introduced in thelaboratory. e instruments used for analysiswork of the crime exhibits have been calibratedthrough a NABL accredited agencies. Internalauditing was carried out by nominated internalauditors in all the divisions of CFSL to check thequality system, laboratory management as wellas the documentation processes.

FUTURE GROWTH

9.36 e laboratory is concentrating onupdating the technology and infrastructure bynew state-of- the- art technology. eprocurement of new technology for the divisionnamely (1) Brain Finger printing (2) Toxicology(3) Analog/Digital Audio/Video analysis is inprocess. Initiatives have been taken for Qualitymanagement system, Technical upgradations,calibration systems, etc.

9.37 A proposal under 11th Five Year Planhas been mooted in respect of CFSL (CBI) toestablish Scientific Aids Units (SAUs) in twometropolitan cities i.e. Kolkata and Mumbaiand to strengthen the existing SAU at Chennai.

Chapter-IX

114

Similarly a supplementary plan proposal under11th Five Year Plan has been mooted to redesignthe whole laboratory to meet the futurechallenges. e modernization programme ofCFSL is in progress.

DIRECTORATE OFCOORDINATION, POLICEWIRELESS (DCPW)

9.38 e Directorate of Coordination PoliceWireless is a nodal agency for coordinatingvarious police communication services in thecountry. DCPW not only acted as a technicaladviser to Ministry of Home Affairs andState/Central Police Organizations in all PoliceCommunication related matters but alsooperates Inter State Police Wireless Networkwith its offices at all State and UT capitals. Apartfrom providing the Police Wireless services forInter State and Inter Organizationalrequirement, a satellite based all India PoliceTelecommunications network namely POLNEThas been established which is being fundedpartly by MPF Scheme. e POLNET providesconnectivity to all District, State Hqrs and theNational Capital.

9.39 is organization also shoulders theresponsibility for modernizing the policetelecommunications, training the police radiofrequency distribution, formulating technicalspecifications for communication equipment,testing/evaluating instruments for induction etc.Directorate of Coordination Police Wireless isthe Central Distributing Authority appointed byMinistry of Home Affairs for the purpose ofCipher Documents/Devices being used by StatePolice Radio Organizations & Inter State Police.Total strength of DCPW is 1,129 including 82Gazetted Officers.

Communication and Maintenance

9.40 e Communication wing of DCPW isresponsible for maintaining network of InterState Police wireless stations. Maintenancesection provides the necessary maintenancecover to all equipments including modern andsophisticated VSAT Equipments installed atheadquarters and 31 Inter-State Police WirelessStations located across the country. ecommunication facilities of Inter-State PoliceWireless Stations network are also utilized forhandling emergency messages during naturalcalamities like floods, earthquakes, disasters etc.Communication facilities are also extended toother organizations like Tata Institute ofFundamental Research, Union Public ServiceCommission, Food Corporation of India,Census Department, flood control agencies etc.to cater to their exigencies as per their demands.

Cipher Wing

9.41 e Cipher wing of Directorate ofCoordination Police Wireless provides ciphercover to classified messages of Ministry of HomeAffairs and other Departments. Effective liaisonand association was established with JointCipher Bureau, under the Ministry of Defencefor updating of Cryptographic systems beingused in State Police Radio Organization andInter State Police Wireless Stations. Evaluationof new Cryptosystems to be inducted inDirectorate of Coordination Police Wireless &State Police Crypto network is undertaken incollaboration with SAG (Ministry of Defence).HRD was also achieved by conducting 43Cipher Oriented Courses training 610 personsat Cipher Wing. e Control Cryptocentre hasbeen connected with POLNET VSATs forspeedy clearance of cipher traffic. SECFAXCipher System has also been inducted intoDirectorate of Coordination Police Wireless fortransmitting secure fax messages over channels.

Chapter-IX

115

Training and Human ResourceDevelopment

9.42 e Central Police Radio TrainingInstitutes (CRPTIs) at New Delhi andGhaziabad (Uttar Pradesh) are the two trainingInstutitue of the DCPW wherein varioustraining programmes are conducted for Policepersonnel of various ranks ontelecommunication. A special arrangement offour batches has been arranged at CRPTIs formaintenance of POLNET Course to meet theurgent requirement of technical manpower forPOLNET. Training Institute has been gearedup to cater to train a targeted strength of 520Police personnel through 37 special courses.e Institute also extends its training facilitiesfor the Police Personnel of the neighboringcountries i.e. Nepal, Bhutan, Mauritius,Maldives, Afghanistan, etc.

Central Workshop

9.43 e Central Workshop is entrusted withthe responsibility of evaluation of HighFrequency/Very High Frequency Radiocommunication sets along with their accessoriesfor rate contract for DGS&D. e WorkshopSection has successfully met the requirementsof various State UTs and Central PoliceOrganization’s by testing the Radio setsrequired for election and other emergencies.

Procurement of Equipment

9.44 DCPW also deal with procurement ofdifferent type of equipments and accessories forStates/CPOs requirements during election &natural calamities etc. During the year 2008-09,5,000 Wireless Equipments and accessories havebeen procured through DGS&D rate contract.e said equipment were issued to theStates/CPOs during General Lok Sabha

Chapter-IX

A practical session in progress at the Central Police Radio Training Institute, New Delhi

116 Chapter-IX

Election, April, 2009 to maintain Law and Orderin their States, which is a special achievementduring the year. Despite the insufficient quantityof wireless equipments, DCPW has fulfilled thedemand raised by the States/CPOs with theexisting stock by rotating sets from one State toother State.

NARCOTICS CONTROL BUREAU

9.45 e Narcotics Control Bureau (NCB) isthe national nodal agency created under theNarcotics Drugs and Psychotropic SubstancesAct, 1985 for combating illicit trafficking innarcotic drugs and psychotropic substances.NCB is also responsible for coordination withvarious Ministries, other offices & State/CentralEnforcement Agencies. e NCB is alsoresponsible for implementation of theinternational obligations under various UNConventions 1961, 1971, 1988 (to which Indiais a signatory) against illicit trafficking of

narcotics drugs and psychotropic substances. Italso provides assistance to concerned authoritiesin various countries to facilitate universal actionfor prevention and suppression of illicittrafficking in narcotics drugs and psychotropicsubstances.9.46 NCB has eleven Zonal Units at Delhi,Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, Jodhpur,Chandigarh, Jammu , Ahmedabad, Guwahati &Indore , one Regional Unit at Imphal and tenIntelligence Cells at iruvananthpuram,Hyderabad, Goa, Mandsaur, Muzaffarpur,Amritsar, Ajmer, Ranchi, International Co-ordination Cell & Precursor Cell at NCB Hqrs.

Enforcement Efforts

9.47 Seizures of various drugs made byvarious agencies in the country and the NCBduring the period 2009-10 (April to December,2009) are mentioned in the table below :-

Name of Drug Drugs seized Drug seized by % of drugs seized by NCB all over NCB (in Kg.) as compared to all

India (in kg) India seizuresNarcotic Drugs

Heroin 561 103 18%Opium 1102 133 12%Morphine 25 01 4%Ganja 135,922 1869 1%Hashish 2321 113 5%Cocaine 11 01 9%Methaqualone 33 33 100%Amphetamines 11 11 100%

Psychotropic SubstancePsychotropic Substance 185471 Tablets 157911 85% tablets +100%+17.264 Kg tablets+17.264 Kg +17.264 Kg

Precursor ChemicalsEphedrine 606 123 20%Acetic Anhydride 478 340 71%(in ltrs.)

117

9.48 Some of the major seizures made byNCB during 2009-10 ( April to December,2009) are given below :

(i) On April 6, 2009 officers of NCB Kolkataintercepted a vehicle at Bongaon, 24Parganas (N), West Bengal and seized8.175 kg of heroin. One person wasarrested.

(ii) On April 10, 2009, officers of the NCBMumbai searched a godown at Mumbaiand seized 40 kg of pseudo ephedrine.Four persons were arrested.

(iii) On April 14, 2009, officers of the NCBDelhi searched residential premises atDelhi and seized 7 kg of heroin. Eightpersons (five Nigerian nationals, twoMozambique nationals and one ailandnational) were arrested.

(iv) On June 8, 2009, officers of the NCBMumbai seized 2.8 kg of Heroin from aparcel booked in courier services atMumbai. e destination of the seizeddrug was South Africa.

(v) On July 7, 2009, officers of the NCBKolkata searched residential premises/farm house at Kolkata and seized 39.750kg of acetic anhydride and 3.83 kg ofheroin. ree persons were arrested.

(vi) On July 8, 2009 officers of NCB Delhiapprehended one Nigerian national at IGIAirport, New Delhi and seized 1.86 kg ofheroin from his possession. He wasarrested.

vii) On July 18, 2009, officers of the NCBLucknow/Kolkata searched a residentialpremise at Asansol, West Bengal andseized 100 kg of acetic anhydride and 8.5.kg of heroin. One person was arrested.

(viii) On July 23, 2009, officers of the NCB

Chennai apprehended one person atChennai Railway Station and seized 2.15kg of Heroin from his possession. He wasarrested. e destination of the seizeddrug was Sri Lanka.

(ix) On August 18, 2009, officers of the NCBMumbai apprehended one person atMumbai and seized 2 kg of heroin fromhis possession. He was arrested. edestination of the seized drug wasNairobi, Kenya.

(x) On September 15, 2009, officers of theNCB Mumbai , seized 32,700 tablets ofpsychotropic substance (10,000 tablets ofZolab (Zolpidem), 20,000 tablets ofPhentermine, 900 tablets of Diazepamand 1800 tablets of Oxycodone) from aparcel booked in courier services atMumbai.

(xi) During the month of October, 2009officers of the NCB, Lucknow arrested twopersons and seized 120 liters of aceticanhydride from their possession.

(xii) On November 26, 2009, officers of NCB,Mumbai raided the factory premises ofDrug Manufacturing Company at Nasikand seized 82.55 kg of ephedrine(precursor used for manufacture ofMandrax). ree persons were arrested.

(xiii) On December 27-28, 2009, officers ofNCB, Ahmedabad intercepted a truck aSabarkantha District, Gujarat and seized89.447 kg of Charas. Two persons werearrested.

Destruction of Illicit Cultivation ofPoppy and Cannabis

9.49 During the period May 11-15, 2009,NCB Jammu along with State ExciseDepartment, Crime Branch of J&K Police

Chapter-IX

118

detected and destroyed illicit opium poppycultivation in 2,210 Kanals (276 acres) in thedistricts of Pulwama, Anantnag and Budgamof Jammu & Kashmir.

9.50 Besides, NCB coordinated thedestruction of illicit poppy cultivation in thestates of J&K, HP, Arunachal Pradesh, Bihar,Jharkhand and West Bengal. As a result, illicitcultivation in 5,238.87 acres area was destroyedby the States and Central GovernmentAgencies.

Satellite Imagery for Detection OfIllicit Cultivation Of Opium/Poppy :

9.51 It was decided in the Meeting ofEconomic Intelligence Council held onSeptember 7, 2009 under the Chairmanship ofRevenue Secretary that Central EconomicIntelligence Bureau (CEIB) will take up projectof Satellite Imagery for destruction of illicitpoppy crop in ten States, namely Jharkhand,Bihar, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir,Uttarakhand, Manipur, Arunachal Pradesh,Orissa, Karnataka and West Bengal. A meetingof the Nodal Officers of these 10 States was heldin NCB Hqrs on September 8, 2009 . NCBformulated and circulated an Action Plan for theidentification and destruction of illicit poppycultivation in consultation with Central Bureauof Narcotics (CBN) and the nodal officers of the10 affected States.Conviction

9.52 On the basis of complaints filed beforethe designated Court by NCB, 41 persons wereconvicted during the period from April 1-December 31, 2009 .

Drug Disposal

9.53 Heroin 261.21 kg, Opium 426.573 kg,Ganja 5,152.39 kg, Morphine 1.06 kg andHashish 126.99 kg were disposed of during April1- December 31, 2009,

Assistance to States

9.54 e NCB being the national nodalagency for drug law enforcement supports theState Governments by providing CentralAssistance to procure necessary infrastructureand equipments to improve their enforcementcapabilities in combating drug trafficking.During the year 2009-10, Central grant ofRs.1.42 lakh has been sanctioned to 12 StatesDrug Law Enforcement Agencies of MadhyaPradesh, Nagaland, Jammu & Kashmir,Rajasthan, Andhra Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh,Jharkhand, Goa, Punjab, Gujarat and Manipur.e Scheme was initially sanctioned for a periodof 5 years i.e. till March 31, 2009. eGovernment of India has decided to extend thisScheme for a further period of 5 years i.e. from2009-10 to 2013-14 with an estimated budget ofRs.15 crore. e existing guidelines on“Assistance to States” have been revised byextending the Scheme to Union Territories alsoand nomenclature of the Scheme has beenchanged as “ Assistance to States and UTs”.

Training

9.55 e NCB provides financial assistance tovarious training Academies and Drug LawEnforcement Agencies for organizing trainingcourses on Drug Law Enforcement. 70 suchcourses were organized in the States of Jammu& Kashmir, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan,Gujarat, Assam, & Tamil Nadu during the year

Chapter-IX

119Chapter-IX

2009-10(from April 1 - December 31, 2009)wherein approximately 2,333 personnel of StatePolice & Central Excise were trained.

InternationalObligations/Cooperation

9.56 NCB is mandated to extend all possibleassistance to the concerned authorities inforeign countries and international organizationfor the prevention and suppression of illicittraffic in narcotics drugs and psychotropicsubstances. To further bilateral cooperation,NCB/Govt of India has entered into bilateralagreements on Narcotics related matters with 22

countries and has signed MOUs with 4countries. India has also established JointWorking Groups on Counter Terrorism with 27countries, wherein bilateral drug issues havingbearing on terrorism are discussed.

9.57 To meet the international obligationsunder the Single Convention on NarcoticsDrugs, 1961 and Convention on PsychotropicSubstances of 1971 & 1988 UN Conventionagainst illicit traffic in Narcotic Drugs andPsychotropic Substances, NCB submits variousreports to International Narcotics Control Board(INCB) Vienna on quarterly, half-yearly andyearly basis.

*****

120 Chapter-X

10.1 Due to its geo-climatic conditions, Indiahas been vulnerable to various natural disasters.About 58.6% of its landmass is prone toearthquakes; over 40 million hectares (12% ofland) is prone to floods; of 7,516 kilometer (km.)of coast line close to 5,700 km. is prone tocyclones and 68% of the cultivable area isvulnerable to drought. e Tsunami disaster,which struck five coastal States/UnionTerritories (UTs) in India in December 2004, hasfurther highlighted the vulnerability of coastalareas. Fire incidents, industrial accidents andother manmade disasters involving chemical,biological and radioactive materials areadditional hazards, which have underscored theneed for strengthening mitigation, preparednessand response measures.

Role of Central and State Governments

10.2 e basic responsibility for undertakingrescue, relief and rehabilitation measures in theevent of a disaster rests with the concerned StateGovernment. e Central Governmentsupplements the efforts of the StateGovernments by providing logistic and financialsupport in case of severe natural calamities. elogistic support includes deployment of aircrasand boats, specialist teams of Armed Forces,Central Para-military Forces and personnel ofNational Disaster Response Force (NDRF),arrangements for relief materials & essentialcommodities including medical stores,restoration of critical infrastructure facilitiesincluding communication network and suchother assistance as may be required by theaffected States to meet the situation effectively.

Change of approach

10.3 e Government has brought about achange in the approach to disaster management.e change is from a relief-centric approach toa holistic and integrated approach covering theentire cycle of disaster managementencompassing prevention, mitigation,preparedness, response, relief, reconstructionand rehabilitation. e approach proceeds fromthe conviction that development cannot besustainable unless disaster mitigation is built inthe developmental processes.

Disaster Management Act, 2005

10.4 e Government have enacted andnotified the Disaster Management Act, 2005 onDecember 26, 2005 to provide for the effectivemanagement of disasters and for mattersconnected therewith or incidental thereto. Itprovides institutional mechanisms for drawingup and monitoring the implementation of thedisaster management plans, ensuring measuresby various wings of the Government forprevention and mitigation of the effects ofdisasters and prompt response to any disastersituation. e Act also provides for setting up ofNational Disaster Management Authority(NDMA) under the Chairmanship of the PrimeMinister, State Disaster ManagementAuthorities (SDMAs) under the Chairmanshipof the Chief Ministers and District DisasterManagement Authorities (DDMAs) under theChairmanship of Collectors/DistrictMagistrates/Deputy Commissioners. e Actfurther provides for constitution of NationalExecutive Committee (NEC), headed by the

CHAPTER

XDISASTER MANAGEMENT

121

Home Secretary, National Institute of DisasterManagement (NIDM) and National DisasterResponse Force (NDRF). It also provides for theconcerned Ministries and Departments to drawup their own Plans in accordance with theNational Plan.

10.5 In addition, the Act contains provisionsfor constitution of National Disaster ResponseFund and National Disaster Mitigation Fundand similar Funds at the State and District levels.e Act also provides for specific role for localbodies in disaster management. Relevantprovisions of the Act concerning the StateGovernments have already been brought intoforce w.e.f. August 1, 2007.

Constitution of State DisasterManagement Authorities (SDMAs)and District Disaster ManagementAuthorities (DDMAs)

10.6 e DM Act, 2005 provides forconstitution of SDMAs and DDMAs in all theStates and UTs. As per the information receivedfrom the States/UTs, Andhra Pradesh,Andaman & Nicobar Islands, ArunachalPradesh, Assam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Dadra andNagar Haveli, Delhi, Goa, Haryana, HimachalPradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, Karnataka, Kerala,Lakshadweep, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra,Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Puducherry,Punjab, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Tamil Nadu, Tripura,Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand and West Bengalhave constituted SDMAs as per the provisionsof the Act. Gujarat State has already constitutedSDMA as per their Gujarat State DisasterManagement Act. DDMAs have also beenconstituted in the States of Andhra Pradesh,Andaman & Nicobar Islands, Assam, Bihar,Chandigarh, Chhattisgarh, Dadra and NagarHaveli, Delhi, Goa, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh,Jammu & Kashmir, Karnataka, Kerala,Lakshadweep, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra,Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Punjab,

Puducherry, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Tripura, UttarPradesh, Uttarakhand and West Bengal. e Actalso envisages establishment of State ExecutiveCommittees to be headed by Chief Secretary ofthe State/ UT. Accordingly, 28 StateGovernments/UT Administrations have takenaction in this regard.

10.7 e Rules relating to NDMA, NEC,NIDM, laying of Annual Report of NDMA inthe Parliament and Notice of Alleged Offencehave also been notified by the Government ofIndia. e Recruitment Rules for variousGroup-‘A’ and Group-‘C’ posts of NationalDisaster Management Authority have beenframed, notified and also laid before both theHouses of Parliament. e Annual Report ofNDMA for the year 2007-08 has been laid beforeboth the Houses of Parliament.

National Policy on DisasterManagement (NPDM)

10.8 e National Policy on DisasterManagement (NPDM) has been prepared intune with and in pursuance of DisasterManagement Act, 2005 with a vision to build asafe and disaster resilient India by developing aholistic, proactive, multi-disaster oriented andtechnology driven strategy through a culture ofprevention, mitigation, preparedness andresponse. e Policy covers all aspects ofdisaster management including coveringinstitutional, legal and financial arrangements;disaster prevention, mitigation andpreparedness, techno-legal regime; response,relief and rehabilitation; reconstruction andrecovery; capacity development; knowledgemanagement and research and development. Itfocuses on the areas where action is needed andthe institutional mechanism through whichsuch action can be channelized.

10.9 e NPDM addresses the concerns of allthe sections of the society including differently

Chapter-X

122

abled persons, women, children and otherdisadvantaged groups. In terms of grant of reliefand formulating measures for rehabilitation ofthe affected persons due to disasters, the issue ofequity/inclusiveness has been accorded dueconsideration.

10.10 e NPDM aims to bring intransparency and accountability in all aspects ofdisaster management through involvement ofcommunity, community based organizations,Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs), local bodiesand civil society.

10.11 e National Policy on DisasterManagement has been approved by theGovernment on October 22, 2009 andcirculated.

National Disaster ManagementAuthority (NDMA)

10.12 e NDMA was initially constituted onMay 30, 2005 under the Chairmanship of thePrime Minister by an executive order. Followingenactment of the Disaster Management Act2005, the NDMA has been constituted inaccordance with the provisions of the Act onSeptember 27, 2006 with nine members, one ofwhom has been designated as the ViceChairperson.

10.13 At national level, the NDMA has theresponsibility, inter alia, of laying down policieson disaster management and guidelines to befollowed by different Ministries or Departmentsof the Government of India for the purpose ofintegrating the measures for prevention ofdisaster or mitigation of its effects in theirdevelopment plans and projects. It has also to laydown guidelines to be followed by the StateAuthorities in drawing up State Plans and takesuch measures for the prevention of disasters ormitigation or preparedness and capacitybuilding for dealing with the threatening

disaster situation or disaster as it may considernecessary.

Financial Mechanism

10.14 e Scheme of financing the reliefexpenditure is based on the recommendationsof the successive Finance Commissions. epresent scheme, which is in operation from2005-06 to 2009-10, is based on therecommendations of the Twelh FinanceCommission (TFC). e Twelh FinanceCommission has recommended continuation ofthe Schemes of Calamity Relief Fund (CRF) andNational Calamity Contingency Fund (NCCF).e TFC has recommended that avalanches,cyclone, cloud burst, drought, earthquake, fire,flood, hailstorm, landslides and pest attacks areto be considered as natural calamities forproviding assistance from CRF/NCCF.

Calamity Relief Fund (CRF)/NationalCalamity Contingency Fund (NCCF)

10.15 To ensure ready availability of funds withthe States, a CRF has been constituted for eachState with an allocated amount, based on therecommendations of the TFC. e CRF iscontributed by the Government of India and theState Government in the ratio of 3:1. eCentral share is released in two equalinstallments: first in the month of June andsecond in the month of December. Under theScheme of CRF/NCCF, the State LevelCommittee headed by the Chief Secretary isfully authorized to decide on all matters relatingto the financing of the relief expenditure fromthe CRF, in accordance with the items andnorms approved by the Government of India.

10.16 In the event of a calamity of a severenature, in which the requirement of funds forrelief operations is beyond the funds available inthe State’s CRF account, additional Centralassistance is provided from NCCF, aer

Chapter-X

123

following the laid down procedure. As per thisprocedure, the State Government is required tosubmit a memorandum indicating the sector-wise damage and requirement of funds. Onreceipt of memorandum, an Inter-MinisterialCentral Team is constituted and deputed for anon the spot assessment of damage andrequirement of funds for relief operations, asper the exiting items and norms of CRF/ NCCF.e report of the Central Team is considered bythe Inter-Ministerial Group (IMG) headed bythe Home Secretary. ereaer, the High LevelCommittee, comprising of the Finance Minister,the Agriculture Minister, the Home Ministerand the Deputy Chairman, PlanningCommission considers the request of the StateGovernment in the light of the report of theCentral Team, recommendations of the IMGthereon, norms of assistance and balanceavailable in the State’s CRF and approves thequantum of assistance to be released fromNCCF.

10.17 As per the recommendations of the 12thFinance Commission, cumulative totalallocation of Rs.21,333.33 crore has been madeto all the States for the period from 2005-2010.For the year 2009-10, the allocation in CRF isRs.4,604.32 crore out of which 75% amountingto Rs.3,453.23 crore is share of Government ofIndia and 25% amounting to Rs.1,339.94 croreis share of State Governments. During the year2009-10, an amount of Rs. 2,065.25 crore(including Rs.485.27 crore arrears of previousyear) has been released as 1st installment ofCentral share of CRF to 28 States. In addition,the 2nd installment of Central share of CRF forthe year 2009-10, amounting to Rs. 1,569.99crore has been released, to the 24 States.

Beside, financial assistance of Rs.2,994.039crore has also been provided to various Statesfrom NCCF during 2009-10. is includes an‘on account’ release of NCCF to the State of Goa(Rs.4.04 crore), Andhra Pradesh (Rs.500 crore),and Karnataka (Rs.500 crore). A statement

showing State-wise releases of funds fromCRF/NCCF during 2009-10 is at Annexure-X.

Strengthening the monitoringmechanism for CRF/NCCF

10.18 e Ministry of Home Affairs hadconstituted an Inter Ministerial Committee onimplementation of Schemes of CRF/NCCF. eCommittee aer considering the views fromvarious States/UTs and detailed discussionsamong the Members and representatives ofsome State Governments formulated andfinalized the format/guidelines relating to (i)monitoring of relief expenditure (ii) preparationof Annual Report on management of naturalcalamities by the States/UTs (iii) preparation ofMemoranda by the affected States/UTs seekingadditional financial assistance in the wake of acalamity of a severe natural and (iv) preparationof report by the Central Team deputed to theaffected States/UTs for assessment of thesituation caused by natural calamities andrequirement of funds. ese guidelines/formatshave been compiled in the form of a manual,which has been circulated to all the States onMay 28, 2008 and has also been uploaded on thewebsite “ndmindia.nic.in”.

10.19 In order to have improvement in theexisting mechanism of monitoring the reliefexpenditure, a web-based computerizedtracking system has also been developed. esystem will facilitate the concerned StateGovernment to feed necessary information inthe prescribed format. is system, apart fromstrengthening monitoring of financial/ physicalachievements will also assist in generation ofvarious query based reports.

10.20 A practical training to the officers of theall states on the operation of web basedcomputerized monitoring system for the Reliefexpenditure was organized in association withthe NIC by this Ministry.

Chapter-X

124

Financing Mechanism as per DM Act-2005

Constitution of National Disaster ResponseFund and National Disaster Mitigation Fund

10.21 Sections 46 and 47 of the DisasterManagement Act, 2005 provide for constitutionof National Disaster Response Fund (NDRF)and National Disaster Mitigation Fund (NDMF)by the Central Government. While NDRF shallbe applied by the NEC towards meeting theexpenditure for emergency response, relief andrehabilitation, NDMF shall be applied byNDMA for projects exclusively for the purposeof mitigation.

10.22 A proposal for constitution of NDRFwith an initial corpus of Rs.100 crore has beenapproved by the Government. e existingscheme NCCF will remain in parallel operationwith this Fund till the duration of the Award ofthe 12th Finance Commission i.e. up to March31, 2010. ereaer, NCCF is expected to mergewith the NDRF with the concurrence of the 13thFinance Commission for which a suitablereference has been included in the Terms of

Reference of the Commission.

10.23 e modality for constitution of NDMFwas considered. As the huge funds are requiredfor mitigation activities, a reference has beenmade to the 13th Finance Commission in thisregard. e Ministry of Finance has advised thatthe financing arrangements relating to NationalDisaster Response Fund (NDRF) and NationalDisaster Mitigation Fund (NDMF) may not beconsidered for the present and the final decisionmay be taken on the final recommendations ofthe 13th Finance Commission, which has beenrequested in the Terms of Refernece tospecifically recommend aer reviewing thefinance arrangements for disaster management.As such further action will be taken on the basisof the recommendations of the 13th FinanceCommission.

Monsoon Behaviour in 2009

10.24 e southwest monsoon rainfall figuresfor the period June 1 to September 30, 2009 forthe country as a whole and the four broadhomogeneous regions are as follows:

Chapter-X

Region Forecast ActualAll India 93% of LPA + 4% 77% of LPANorthwest India (Jammu & Kashmir, 81% of LPA + 8% 64% of LPAHimachal Pradesh, Punjab, Rajasthan,Haryana, Chandigarh, Delhi, Uttaranchaland Uttar Pradesh) Northeast India (Arunachal Pradesh, 92% of LPA + 8% 73% of LPAMeghalaya, Assam, Nagaland, Manipur,Mizoram, Tripura, Sikkim, West Bengal,Bihar and Jharkhand)Central India (Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, 99% of LPA + 8% 80% of LPAChattisgarh, Maharashtra, Goa and Orissa)South Peninsula (Andhra Pradesh, 93% of LPA + 8% 96% of LPAKarnataka, Tamil Nadu, Kerala,Lakshadweep and Andaman and NicobarIslands)

125

10.25 e cumulative seasonal rainfall for thecountry as a whole was near normal. Rainfallfor the season (June 1 to September 30, 2009)was 77% of LPA. Out of 36, 10 meteorologicalsubdivisions recorded normal rainfall (+19% to– 19%). 03 subdivisions viz. Saurashtra &Kutch, North Interior Karnataka and SouthInterior Karnataka recorded excess (+20% ormore) rainfall and 23 meteorologicalsubdivisions recorded deficient rainfall (-20% to-59%). Out of 526 meteorological districts forwhich data are available, 215 districts (41%) ofthe meteorological districts receivedexcess/normal rainfall and the remaining 311districts (59%) received deficient/scanty rainfallduring the season.

Natural calamities in 2009

10.26 During the Southwest Monsoon andpost monsoon 2009, in total 20 States and 01 UThave reported damage due to cyclonicstorms/heavy rains/floods rain orientedcalamities etc. in varying degrees. ese are (i)Andhra Pradesh, (ii) Assam, (iii) Bihar, (iv)Chhattisgarh, (v) Goa, (vi) Gujarat, (vii)Haryana (viii) Himachal Pradesh (ix)Karnataka, (x) Kerala, (xi) Madhya Pradesh,(xii) Maharashtra, (xiii) Orissa, (xiv) Punjab,(xv) Rajasthan, (xvi) Sikkim (xvii) Tamil Nadu,(xviii) Uttar Pradesh, (xix) Uttarakhand, (xx)West Bengal and (xxi) Puducherry.

Extent of damage in the country(provisional)

No. of human lives lost 1676No. of cattle perished 128452Houses damaged 1359726Cropped area affected 47.134

Lakh Hectares

10.27 State-wise details of extent of damagedue to heavy rains/flash floods/floods/landslides during the year 2009 is at Annexure-XI.

Monitoring of the situation by theMinistry of Home Affairs

10.28 e National Crisis ManagementCommittee (NCMC), under chairmanship ofCabinet Secretary and the National ExecutiveCommittee (NEC), headed by the Union HomeSecretary, monitored the progress of reliefoperations particularly in West Bengal.

10.29 e Control Room of the Ministry,which functions on 24x7 basis, apart fromcoordinating assistance from GOI, issuedadvisories to the State Governments to takenecessary preparatory measures and prepareddaily situation reports which were forwarded toall concerned and also uploaded on the website“ndmindia.nic.in” on a daily basis. Seniorofficers of this Ministry remained in constanttouch with the Chief Secretaries and ReliefCommissioners of the affected States. Being thenodal Ministry, Ministry of Home Affairsmonitored the flood situation continuouslythrough close interaction with IndiaMeteorological Department (IMD), CentralWater Commission (CWC), Control Rooms ofStates and districts and other concerned lineMinistries.

Logistic Support provided byGovernment of India

10.30 e concerned State Governments, asthe first responders, reacted promptly to theflood situation and undertook immediate rescueand relief operations. ese included evacuationand shiing of the people to safer places, settingup of relief camps, providing gratuitous relief,distribution of essential commodities, provisionof safe drinking water, health and hygienemeasures, etc. is effort was suitablyreinforced, with swi alacrity, by theGovernment of India, which rendered thenecessary financial and logistic support to theaffected State Governments to enable them to

Chapter-X

126

deal effectively with the flood situation.

10.31 e Ministry of Home Affairscoordinated with the Ministries/ Departments/Agencies rendering Emergency SupportFunctions to ensure convergence of efforts todeal effectively with the situation caused by thefloods during the South-West monsoon. eGovernment of India supplemented the effortsof the State Governments by providing logisticsupport which inter alia included Deploymentof Air Force helicopters, Aircras, Army Boats,Army Columns, Naval personnel and NationalDisaster Response Force (NDRF) personnel.e Regional Directors of Ministry of Health &Family Welfare coordinated the efforts of StateHealth Authorities in preventing outbreak ofepidemics and maintaining public health andhygiene. Similarly the availability of stocks ofessential commodities and petroleum productsin the affected areas were also monitored by therespective Central Ministries. e concernedMinistries also took necessary steps to repair thedamaged infrastructure of an immediate nature.

10.32 e NDRF Bns actively engagedthemselves in cyclone/cyclonic storms/Flood/landslides etc., Rescue and Relief operations inAndhra Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Karnataka andOrissa. e swi and highly skilled flood rescueoperations of NDRF Bns saved about 21,801

Chapter-X

NDRF Personnel shiing School Children during CycloneAila, May 2009

NDRF Team clearing debris aer Landslides in Darjeelingin May 2009

NDRF Team rescuing people during Floods in Karnatakain October 2009

NDRF Personnel in action during Floods in Bihar in Au-gust 2009

127

human lives in these states. Relief supplyincluding medical aid, medicines and drinkingwater were also distributed by NDRF Bnsamong the stranded flood victims in these states.In addition to search & rescue NDRF wasdeployed on Amarnath Yatra route, on theKailash Manasarovar Yatra route and electionduties during the year 2009 to assist the civilauthorities in various States.

National Institute of DisasterManagement (NIDM)

10.33 e NIDM came into existence inOctober, 2003 and was inaugurated by theUnion Home Minister on August 11, 2004. eInstitute has achieved the status of a statutoryorganization under the DM Act, 2005. eNIDM has been entrusted with theresponsibility to develop training modules;undertake research and documentation indisaster management; organize trainingprogrammes; undertake and organize studycourses, conferences, lectures and seminars topromote and institutionalize disastermanagement; and undertake and provide forpublication of journals, research papers andbooks.

10.34 NIDM has the mandate to 'provideassistance in national level policy formulation'and 'state level policies, strategies andframeworks'. In furtherance of thisresponsibility, NIDM has been organizingvarious policy workshops and conferences andgiving inputs on policy formulation. NIDM wasinvolved in the development of the NationalPolicy on Disaster Management; it is in theprocess of preparing the National HumanResource Development and Capacity BuildingPlan on Disaster Management. NIDM hasassisted the Planning Commission informulating the chapters on disastermanagement, the Administrative ReformsCommission for its recommendations on Crisis

Management and the irteenth FinanceCommission with a study on Financing DisasterManagement.

National Capacity BuildingProgrammes for Engineers andArchitects

10.35 NIDM is responsible for implementingtwo National Programmes for CapacityBuilding of Engineers and Architects inEarthquake Risk Mitigation (NPCBEERM andNPCBAERM).e programmes target trainingof 10,000 practicing engineers and 10,000practicing architects in structural safety, byMarch, 2010. Beyond that, to reach out to lakhsof professionals, the institute is developing web-based programmes that would cut downface-to-face interaction of the practicingengineers/architects enabling flexi-time andflexi-space learning. e programmes are beingconducted in collaboration with IITs and otherinstitutions of national repute and more than200 engineering and architectural collegesthroughout the country.

SAARC Disaster Management Centre

10.36 NIDM hosts the SAARC DisasterManagement Centre that works for capacitybuilding in the 8 member countries of SAARC,namely Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India,Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri Lanka. eExecutive Director of the NIDM is also theDirector of the SAARC Centre.

Second India Disaster ManagementCongress

10.37 e NIDM organised the Second IndiaDisaster Management Congress (IDMC 2) fromNovember 4-6, 2009 at Vigyan Bhavan, NewDelhi. It provided a platform for interactionamongst scientists, researchers and practitioners

Chapter-X

128

from various disciplines and sectors. eCongress was inaugurated by Gen. N. C. Vij(retd.), Vice Chairperson of National DisasterManagement Authority. e Congress hadtwelve different ematic Clusters and twentysix ematic Sessions, where over 300 paperswere presented. Hon’ble Shri APJ Abdul Kalam,former President of India graced the occasionand delivered the Valedictory address.

MITIGATION MEASURESNational Emergent Reserve

10.38 In disasters of severe nature, therequirements far outmatch the resources andcapabilities of the States. Moreover, the localadministration is also adversely affected andtherefore, assistance from the CentralGovernment is required. Effective responserequires both a trained force for timely searchand rescue operations and also the wherewithalrequired to supplement the efforts of StateGovernments for providing immediate reliefand rehabilitation to the survivors of disaster inthe first phase.

10.39 Government of India has sanctioned aScheme for creation of National EmergentReserve (NER) by procuring emergent materialand pre-positioning the essential items requiredfor providing immediate emergency relief to

victims of major natural or man made disastersfor about 75,000 people in plain area and forabout 25,000 people in high altitude at a cost ofRs.24.60 crore. ese emergent reserves are tobe primarily utilized to render relief in theaermath of severe disasters i.e. those disasterswhose magnitude and spread cause destructionbeyond the immediate coping capabilities of theStates. Availability of ready stocks of relief stores,which can be delivered expeditiously in bulk, iscritical to the timely and effective response todisasters. Such stocks are similarly maintainedby all international agencies that are called uponto provide immediate relief.

Disaster Risk Reduction Programme(DRRP) 2009-2012

10.40 Disaster Risk Management Programme(DRMP) 2002-2009 which was underimplementation in 176 most hazard pronedistricts in 17 States with assistance from UnitedNations Development Programme (UNDP),United States Agency for InternationalDevelopment (USAID), European Union andsome other international agencies wasconcluded on June 30, 2009. e Programmeaimed at putting in place sustainable initiativeswith the involvement of local self-governmentinstitutions and communities. e States wereassisted to draw up State, District, Block level,and Village level disaster management Plans inconjunction with Panchayati Raj Institutions(PRIs). Disaster Management Teams consistingof village volunteers were trained inpreparedness and response functions such assearch and rescue, first-aid, relief coordination,shelter management plans etc. e State andDistrict level multi-hazard resistant EmergencyOperation Centres (EOCs) were also set upunder this programme including provision ofequipment for EOCs.

10.41 In order to sustain benefits reapedduring the implementation of the DRM

Chapter-X

129

programme, it has been decided to implementGOI-UNDP Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR)Programme during 2009-2012 with an externalassistance of US $20 million of which US $ 10million will be contributed by UNDP andanother US $ 10 million will be mobilized bythem from other external donors inconsultation with Department of EconomicAffairs and Ministry of Home Affairs. eDRRP (2009-2012) consists of two separate out-puts viz. (a) Institutional Strengthening andCapacity Building for Disaster Risk Reduction;and (b) Urban disaster Risk Reduction. WhileProject (a) will be implemented by NationalDisaster Management Authority, project (b) willbe implemented by Disaster ManagementDivision in this Ministry under the overallsupervision of Programme Management Boardheaded by Secretary (Border Management). emodalities of implementation of these twoprojects are being finalized.

Mitigation Projects

10.42 Preparation of National level MitigationProjects related to Cyclones, Earthquakes,Information and Communication Network,Landslides, School Safety and Floods etc. areunder finalization. e methodology forimplementation of the mitigation projects hasinvolved the conceptualization and fixing of thecontours of the projects and architecture ofdesign by NDMA in consultation with the nodalMinistries and concerned Governmentagencies. Detailed Project Reports (DPRs) arebeing formulated through multi-disciplinaryteams describing all support systems likefinancial, technical and managerial resourcesand techno-legal regimes required. eexecution of the projects will be entrusted tovarious nodal agencies responsible for specificdisasters and/or thematic interventions.Periodic monitoring will be carried out througha multi-sectoral group consisting ofrepresentatives of the Central Ministries, State

Governments and technical experts in theNDMA.

National Cyclone Risk MitigationProject (NCRMP)

10.43 It is a World Bank assisted project andduring the first phase of this project AndhraPradesh and Orissa are joining. e other Sateswill join as and when they are reqady forimplementation. e Phase-I is estimated at atotal size of Rs.1,496.71 crore – US $ 308.60million (with international DevelopmentAssociation (IDA) credit of Rs.1,198.44 crore –US $ 247.10).

Mainstreaming of DM concerns intoDevelopmental Projects

10.44 At the initiative of NDMA, the Ministryof Finance, Government of India has revised theformat for both Plan and Non-Plan projectproposals for consideration of ExpenditureFinance Committee (EFC) and Committee onNon-Plan Expenditure (CNE) to includedisaster prevention and mitigation measuresthat would need to be addressed while framingthe project proposals. e additionalinformation to be incorporated in a projectproposal interalia, include compliance with theguidelines issued by the NDMA , risk analysis,structural & non-structural mitigationmeasures, compliance with National BuildingCode 2005 and inclusion of cost for disastermitigation etc. All the project authorities havebeen advised to attach a self certificationregarding the correctness of the responses tothese issues.

10.45 NDMA has recommended to the StateGovernments to implement similar kind ofDisaster Management audit forprojects/programmes under their purview. estage is thus set, with the enabling environmentin place, for the State Governments to join the

Chapter-X

130

national campaign towards holistic andcoordinated management of disasters.

Annual Conference of ReliefCommissioners/ Secretaries,Department of Disaster Managementof States/ UTs held on April 22, 2009

10.46 Annual Conference of ReliefCommissioners/ Secretaries, Department ofDisaster Management of States/ UTs was heldon April 22, 2009 in New Delhi to review thestatus of preparedness for the South-westMonsoon, 2009 and to discuss other disastermanagement related issues. e representativesof various Central Ministries/ Organizationsrendering Emergency Support Functions alsoparticipated besides representatives of CentralPara-Military Forces.

10.47 During the conference the emphasis waslaid on the crucial roles of States/ UTs andCentral Government during natural calamitiesand also for need of close coordination withIMD, CWC, Armed Forces and otherconcerned agencies of the State & CentralGovernment.

10.48 India Metrological Department (IMD)and Central Water Commission (CWC), whichare the national agencies for forecasting anddissemination of information on rainfall andFloods elaborated their plans for strengtheningand modernization of their network in thecountry

GoI-USAID assisted DisasterManagement Support (DMS) Project

10.49 e bilateral agreement on the DisasterManagement Support (DMS) Project signedbetween the Government of India and theUnited States Agency for InternationalDevelopment (USAID) in September, 2003 with

the objective to reduce vulnerability to disasters;build capacity of key Indian institutions is underimplementation. However a final agreementwas signed on April 4, 2007. e scope of theProject broadly includes three activities viz.Incident Command System (ICS), procurementof Equipment and Capacity building. eProject period is upto March 31, 2010.

10.50 Under the activity of ICS, the keyprogress include undertaking training for ICS;Study Tours to US and Australia; further ICS insix pilot districts through the LAB to LANDconcept and demonstrate use throughsimulations in Gujarat, Andhra Pradesh andAssam; and developed a drainstitutionalization plan.

10.51 e entire equipment for advance search& rescue have been procured and supplied tothe designated institute i.e. National IndustrialSecurity Academy Hyderabad. e process ofprocurement of remaining equipment forEmergency Operation Centres in Ministry ofHome Affairs, LBSNAA and NIDM are in thefinal stages.

10.52 Under the activities of Capacity buildingof Indian disaster institutions, 472 officers ofLBSNAA, NDMA, NIDM, NDRF, NCDC andDistrict officials of four districts havebeen trained in ICS. Further, under FacultyDevelopment Initiatives component, 49Faculties from RTI’s and ATI’s have beentrained on ICS through TOT programme.

10.53 e major activities undertaken outsidethe Bilateral Agreement, broadly include,forecasting and early warning systems[Working with US institutions, IMD and CWChave developed improved systems for severeweather detection and flood forecasting(Mahanadi and Sutlej river basin)]. Training ofover 200 scientists, engineers and researchers ondata assimilation, improved computer modeling

Chapter-X

131

and better use of radar data, Designing anddemonstrating earthquake retrofitting of 5public buildings in Delhi, support to the GOI-UNDP multi donor Disaster Risk Management(DRM) project, mobilizing the expertise fromthe US Forest Service (USFS) on ICS and fromthe Federal Emergency Management Agency(FEMA) to Indian institutions, LBSNAA andNIDM.

Crisis Management Plan (CMP)

10.54 Crisis Management Plan of thisMinistry, which has been issued in 2007 forimplementation, envisages preparation of theirrespective CMP by all State Governments andUT Administrations. e revised CrisisManagement Plan -2009 (Part-I) of the Ministryhas already been circulated to all concernedMinistries/Departments/Agencies as well asState Governments and UT Administrations forimplementation. All concernedMinistries/Departments /Agencies as well asState Governments and UT Administrationshave been requested to formulate/update theirrespective CMPs/SOPs under intimation to thisMinistry as already two training workshopshave been organized at NIDM to facilitate StateGovernments and UT Administrations toformulate their respective CMPs/SOPs.

ree years training programme inIndo-Swiss Collaboration forspecialized training of NationalDisaster Response Force

10.55 A 3 year’s training programme in UrbanSearch & Rescue under Indo-SwissCollaboration for specialized training ofNational Disaster Response Force is underimplementation. e programme envisagestrainings of one NDRF Search and RescueBattalion (including canine training) by the endof 2010. Till date 6 training workshops havebeen organized by the SDC at various NDRF

training institutions. e programme will alsofacilitate development of infrastructure ofINSARAG standard and capacities to replicateit further.

CIVIL DEFENCE

10.56 Civil Defence includes any measures notamounting to actual combat, for affordingprotection to any person, property, place orthing in India or any part of the territory thereofagainst any hostile attack whether from air,land, sea or other places or fordepriving/mitigating the effect of any suchattack: whether such measures are taken before,during or aer the time of such attack. It is tobe organized as an integral part of the defenceof the country.

Role

10.57 During times of war and emergencies,the Civil Defence organization has the vitalrole of guarding the hinterland, supportingthe Armed forces, mobilizing the citizens andhelping civil administration for:

• saving life and property;• minimising damage;• maintaining continuity in production

centers; and• Raising public morale.

10.58 e concept of Civil Defence over theyears has shied from management of damageagainst conventional weapons to also includethreat perceptions against Nuclear weapons,Biological & Chemical Warfare and naturaldisasters.

Policy and Civil Defence Act

10.59 e Civil Defence Act, 1968 is applicablethroughout the country, but the Civil DefenceOrganization is raised only in such areas andzones which are considered vulnerable to enemy

Chapter-X

132

attacks. e revision and renewal of categorizedCivil Defence towns is being done at regularintervals, with the level of perceived threat withregards to external aggression or hostile attacksby anti national elements or terrorists to vitalinstallations, remaining the fundamentalcriterion for categorization. At present, CivilDefence activities are restricted to 225categorized towns, spread over the States/UnionTerritories.

Organisation

10.60 Civil Defence is primarily organized ona voluntary basis except for a small nucleus ofpermanent staff and establishment, which isaugmented during emergencies. e presenttarget of Civil Defence volunteers is 13.20 lakh,out of which 5.51 lakh volunteers have alreadybeen raised and 4.61 lakh have been trained.ese volunteers are supervised and trained by110 Deputy Controllers, 32 Medical Officers and425 Civil Defence Instructors, who holdpermanent posts.

Training

10.61 Apart from carrying out training andrehearsal/demonstration of Civil Defencemeasures during peace time, Civil Defencevolunteers are also deployed, on a voluntarybasis, in various constructive and nationbuilding activities, which include providingassistance to the administration in undertakingsocial and welfare services and in theprevention/mitigation of natural/man-madedisasters as well as in post- disaster response andrelief operations. Civil Defence training isconducted by the State Government/UTAdministrations in three tiers, i.e. at theLocal/Town level, State level and National level.

Central Financial Assistance

10.62 Central financial assistance to the States

for undertaking Civil Defence measures forraising, training and equipping of Civil Defencevolunteers is presently confined to categorizedtowns only. With the launch of RevampingScheme in the current financial year the multihazard prone districts will be added to the list ofcategorized Civil Defence districts.

Civil Defence and DisasterManagement

10.63 e Group of Ministers (GoM)constituted to look into the issues of reformingthe National Security System in aermath ofKargil war, emphasized the need for revampingand strengthening Civil Defence set up andMinistry of Home Affairs was advised to evolvean action plan to revamp it in consultation withState Governments.

10.64 Based on recommendation of GOM, aNational Policy Approach paper on CivilDefence containing recommendations forRevamping of Civil Defence in the Country wasprepared by a Committee under theChairmanship of Shri. K.M. Singh, Member,NDMA. Recommendations of the Committeewere discussed in the meeting of the UnionHome Minister’s Civil Defence AdvisoryCommittee held in April 2, 2008. In the meeting,it was decided that the Civil Defence Act, 1968may be amended to cater to the needs of disastermanagement so as to utilize the services of CivilDefence volunteers effectively for enhancementof public participation in disaster managementrelated activities in the country.

10.65 As follow up action, a CentrallySponsored Scheme with an outlay of Rs.100crore has been launched in 2009 for revampingCivil Defence set up in the country during the11th Five Year Plan. Rs. 15 Crore have beenallocated in the current financial year and thefunds have been disbursed to the States in

Chapter-X

133

November, 2009 to commence the scheme. 10.66 With the aim to give a statutory back-upto the role of Civil Defence organization indisaster management, the Civil Defence(Amendment) Bill, 2009 has been passed by LokSabha and Rajya Sabha during December, 2009.

Civil Defence – Mechanism forinvolvement of community with thePolice for handling Internal Securityand Law and Order situation

10.67 Over a period of time our country hasbeen experiencing a variety of situations whichhave posed serious threat to internal securityand public order. Of particular concern is thephenomenon of terrorism and certain otherforms of social and communal discord, wheremembers of the community are unsuspectingvictims, which require both a great degree ofvigilance at the level of the people for their ownprotection, as well as their close cooperationwith the law enforcement agencies. In copingwith such situations, the traditionalGovernment machinery, due to its limitednumber and outreach, faces considerabledifficulties and constraints and, therefore,involvement of the community/ communitybased organizations is considered both desirableand necessary. Civil Defence being acommunity based organization presents aunique opportunity for involvement of thecommunity in the spheres of internal securityand policing, as its volunteers are embeddedwithin the community and have been raisedwith a spirit of volunteerism. erefore, theCivil Defence Organization can be used as aneffective instrument to assist the police intackling threats to internal security and publicorder at the grassroots level.

10.68 e Scheme for Revamping the CivilDefence set-up which is being implemented bythis Ministry has a Pilot project involving anexpenditure of Rs. 3.25 crore, focuses on the

training of Civil Defence volunteers in thefollowing areas:-

• Intelligence gathering, maintenance ofcommunal harmony, prevention of rumourmongering, reporting of suspiciousactivities and maintaining general vigil inthe area of their operation.

• Assisting Police in law & order situationsetc.

• Rescue and relief operation duringmanmade disasters.

• Evacuation of casualties and providing firstaid.

10.69 e Pilot project basically envisagestraining of Master Trainers at National CivilDefence College (NCDC), Nagpur, training ofCivil Defence volunteers by the Master Trainersat the State and District levels and periodicactivities by such trained volunteers at the fieldlevel in close coordination with the localpolice/administration. Under the proposedproject, 17 Major towns and 23 Minor townshave been identified for training andidentification of Civil Defence volunteers. 122trainers are proposed to be trained from majortowns and 92 from 23 minor towns, who will betrained for 10 days duration at NCDC, Nagpurin batches. Aer completion of training, theMaster Trainers, with the help of guest faculties,will train 4,280 Civil Defence volunteers whowill be selected from the identified Major andMinor towns.

10.70 Training of 212 Master Trainers wascompleted who in turn have trained 4,280 Civ ilDefence volunteers in the Stat es.

NATIONAL CIVIL DEFENCECOLLEGE, NAGPUR

10.71 e first Disaster Management TrainingInstitution of the country was founded on April29, 1957 at Nagpur as the Central Emergency

Chapter-X

134

Relief Training Institute (CERTI) to support theEmergency Relief Organization of theGovernment of India. is Central Instituteorganized advanced and specialist training forRevenue officials responsible for Disaster Reliefoperations against any natural or manmadedisaster. e conflicts of 1962 and 1965compelled the Government of India to reorientits emergency training activities from naturaldisasters to those relating to protection of lifeand property, reducing damage and raisingpublic morale during any war emergency.Hence, CERTI was renamed as National CivilDefence College (NCDC) on April 1, 1968.

10.72 e devastating Andhra Pradesh cyclonein 1977 once again vested the responsibility oftraining Disaster Response & Relief Officersupon NCDC. Skill enhancing Training ofTrainers in the field of Search and Rescue, Fire-fighting, First-aid, Communications, Welfareservices, Disaster Management, Incidentmanagement, etc., are being organized till date.

10.73 e college has been recognized byMinistry of Home Affairs as one of the mainCenters for Disaster Management Training anda nodal Center for Radiological, Nuclear,Biological and Chemical Emergency ResponseTraining. It has also been recognized as apremier training establishment in ChemicalDisaster Response Training by the Ministry ofEnvironment & Forests.

10.74 e Institute has been regularly trainingTrainers of NDRF and other Central Para-Military Forces for developing skills to handleterrorist threats that may comprise use ofWeapons of Mass Destruction andconsequences of any natural disaster.

10.75 In the year 2009, the Institute conducted27 regular Training of Trainer (TOT) Programsincluding 6 Special TOT’s, training 2,354trainers. e special training programme

include Emergency Response Capacity BuildingTraining for Nagpur Municipal Corporation &Maharashtra Police; Special Fire FightingCourse for New Delhi Municipal Council FireGuards; Capacity Building Training for Studentsof Marathi Vigyan Parishad, Nagpur; TOT inDisaster Management for MBA Students ofInstitute of management studies, Indore;Avahan-2009 Disaster Relief Training for NCCCadets of Maharashtra at Aurangabad, TwoSpecial Capacity Building Training Programs onDisaster Response Management for NCCOfficers, Kamptte Nagpur.

10.76 e Institute conducted a Mass CasualtyManagement Exercise at Government MedicalCollege and Hospital, Nagpur with theparticipation of Medical Officers undergoing 6thMedical Operations against WMD for Doctorsat NCDC and 30 Doctor Interns of the GMCH.

10.77 e NCDC conducted for the first timea TOT on Disaster Psychosocial InterventionTraining Program in collaboration withNIMHANS, Bangalore.

Chapter-X

135

HOME GUARDS

10.78 Home Guards is a voluntary force, firstraised in India in December, 1946, to assist thepolice in controlling civil disturbance andcommunal riots. Subsequently, the concept ofthe voluntary citizen’s force was adopted byseveral States. In the wake of Chineseaggression in 1962, the Centre advised the Statesand Union Territories to merge their existingvoluntary organisation into one uniformvoluntary force known as Home Guards. erole of Home Guards is to serve as an auxiliaryto the police in the maintenance of law & orderand internal security situation, help thecommunity in any kind of emergency such asan air-raid, fire, cyclone, earthquake, epidemicetc., help in maintenance of essential services,promote communal harmony and assist theadministration in protecting weaker sections,participate in socio-economic and welfareactivities and perform civil Defence duties.Home Guards are of two types – rural andurban. In border States, Border Wing HomeGuards Bns. have also been raised, which serveas an auxiliary to the Border Security Force. etotal strength of Home Guards in the country is5,73,793 against which the raised strength is5,04,621 Home Guards. e organisation isspread over in all States and Union Territoriesexcept in Kerala.

10.79 Eighteen Border Wing Home Guards(BWHG) Battalions have been raised in theborder States viz. Punjab (6 Bns.), Rajasthan (4Bns.), Gujarat (4 Bns.) and one each Bn. forAssam, Meghalaya, Tripura and West Bengal toserve as an auxiliary to Border Security Force forpreventing infiltration on the internationalborder/coastal areas, guarding of VA/VPs andlines of communication in vulnerable areas atthe time of external aggression.

10.80 Home Guards are raised under theHome Guards Act and Rules of the

States/Union Territories. ey are recruitedfrom various cross sections of the people suchas doctors, engineers, lawyers, private sectororganisations, college and University students,agricultural and industrial workers, etc. whogive their spare time to the organisation forbetterment of the community. All citizens ofIndia, who are in the age group of 18-50, areeligible to become members of Home Guards.Normal tenure of membership in Home Guardsis 3 to 5 years. Amenities and facilities given toHome Guards include free uniform, dutyallowances and award for gallantry,distinguished and meritorious services. AHome Guard, whenever called out forduty/training, is paid duty/training allowance atprescribed rates to meet out-of-pocket expenses.Members of Home Guards with three yearsservice in the organisation are trained in policein maintenance of law and order, prevention ofcrime, anti-decoity measures, border patrolling,prohibition, flood relief, fire-fighting, electionduties and social welfare activities. In the eventof national emergency, some portion of CivilDefence work is also entrusted to the HomeGuards.

10.81 e Ministry of Home Affairs formulatesthe policy in respect of role, raising, training,equipping, establishment and other importantmatters of Home Guards Organisation.Expenditure on Home Guards is generallyshared between Centre and State Governmentsin the ratio 25% by the Centre and 75% by theState Governments for raising, training andequipping on reimbursement basis. For North-Eastern States the sharing pattern between theCentre and States is in the ratio of 50:50.

10.82 During 2008-09, out of allotted budgetof Rs.48 crore, Rs.46.5 crore had beenreimbursed to various States on raising, trainingand equipping of Home Guards. For thefinancial year 2009-10, there is a budgetaryprovision of Rs.48 crores.

Chapter-X

136

FIRE SERVICE

10.83 Fire prevention and fire fighting servicesare organized by the States/Union Territories.Ministry of Home Affairs renders technicaladvice to States/Union Territories and CentralMinistries on Fire Protection, Fire Prevention,Fire Legislation and Training.

10.84 With a view to upgrade Fire andEmergency Service in the States, Ministry ofHome Affairs arranges so loans from GeneralInsurance Corporation through the Ministry ofFinance (Insurance Division) for the purchaseof capital equipments and also construction ofFire Station Buildings. From 1980-81 till date,a total sum of Rs.404.97 crore by way of loanshas been arranged by the Ministry of HomeAffairs for the development of State FireServices. e Tenth Finance Commission andEleventh Finance Commission had allocatedRs.80 crore and Rs.201crore respectively asgrant-in-aid for the modernization of FireServices in the States.

10.85 In 2009, Centrally Sponsored Scheme onStrengthening of Fire and Emergency Servicesin the Country has been approved by theGovernment at an estimated cost of Rs.200crore during the Eleventh Plan Period. e StateGovernments will also contribute Rs.40.23 crore

as their share. During the current financial yearRs.14 crore is allocated for this Scheme. eoverall objective of the Scheme is to strengthenfire and emergency service in the country andprogressively transform it into Multi-HazardResponse Force capable of acting as firstresponder in all types of emergency situations.Under the Scheme additional 277 AdvancedFire Tenders, 1,146 High Pressure Pumps withWater Mist Technology, 573 Quick ResponseTeam Vehicles, and 1,146 Combi Tools forRescue will be provided at District HeadquarterFire Brigades in the country. To find the actualrequirement of firefighting and rescueequipments Ministry has decided to carry outFire Risk and Hazard Analysis in the country.Rs.10.0 Crore has been earmarked forundertaking the task.

NATIONAL FIRE SERVICECOLLEGE, NAGPUR

10.86 e training of fireman is conducted atState level Fire Training Centres. e Officers ofFire Service are trained in the National FireService College (NFSC), a subordinate trainingestablishment of the Ministry of Home Affairs.e College is affiliated to the NagpurUniversity for undertaking Bachelor ofEngineering (Fire) Course.

Chapter-X

****

137

11.1 e modus operandi of perpetrators orpotential perpetrators of crime, particularly ofthose engaged in international terrorism,organized crime and illicit trafficking in narcoticdrugs has evolved and changed rapidly with theadvancement of technology and has assumed atransnational and a global dimension.Accordingly, the Ministry has taken andpursued a variety of multilateral/ bilateralinitiatives in security related areas to counterterrorism. e Ministry of Home Affairs alsobeing the nodal Ministry for DisasterManagement is actively involved in multilateraland bilateral international initiatives to mitigateand manage natural disasters.

SECURITY AND POLICE MATTERSMULTILATERAL COOPERATION

South Asian Association for RegionalCooperation (SAARC)

11.2 SAARC was set up in 1985 as anassociation of States to “promote the well-beingof the populations of South Asia and improvetheir standard of living; to speed up economicgrowth, social progress and culturaldevelopment; to reinforce links between thecountries of this area”. Presently, SAARC haseight member countries; namely, Afghanistan,Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Maldives, Nepal,Pakistan and Sri Lanka while its Secretariat is inKathmandu (Nepal).

11.3 During the 13th SAARC Summit held atDhaka in November, 2005, it was, inter-alia,decided that the SAARC Interior/Home

Ministers would meet annually preceded bymeeting of the Interior/Home Secretaries. So fartwo meetings of the SAARC Interior/HomeMinisters have been held – in Dhaka (May 11,2006) and New Delhi (October 25, 2007).

11.4 e 3rd Meeting is scheduled to be heldaer May 2010 at Islamabad. e SAARCInterior/Home Ministers/Secretaries Meetingswill be preceded by the 8th SAARC Conferenceon Cooperation in Police Matters, 3rd Meetingof SAARC Immigration Authorities and 3rdMeeting of Focal Points of SAARC DrugOffences Monitoring Desk (SDOMD) andSAARC Terrorist Offences Monitoring Desk(STOMD).

11.5 e meetings will review the progress ofimplementation of the decisions taken in the lastmeetings, inter alia, the progress made instrengthening of two Desks, namely, STOMDand SDOMD, networking arrangements,Combating Corruption, Capacity Building etc.India is funding the proposal of strengtheningof SAARC Terrorist Offences Monitoring Desk(STOMD) and SAARC Drug OffencesMonitoring Desk (SDOMD), based in Colombo,to the tune of Rs.2 crore. India is also fundingthe proposal of Networking of the SAARCPolice Chiefs amounting to Rs.12.88 lakh.

11.6 India hosted a Workshop on OrganisedCrime on June 1-5, 2009 in which the SAARCMember States participated. To enhance Policecooperation among SAARC Member States,India has offered 9 courses in various areas toMember States. In- service trainings are being

Chapter-XI

CHAPTER

XIINTERNATIONAL

COOPERATION

138

organized by India regularly to enhance thecapacities of foreign police personnel under theSAARC umbrella.

India-Africa Forum Summit:

11.7 An India-Africa Forum Summit washeld in April 2008. e aim of the Summit wasto add substantial content to India’s engagementwith Africa and build broad-based and long-standing links with individual African States.e Summit initiative is also in line with India’sneed to develop an India-Africa dialogue. eformal outcome document of the Summit was aDeclaration and an Action Plan.

11.8 In respect of the Ministry of HomeAffairs, the identified areas are:

(a) Security dialogue with select countries, (b)Dialogue on counter-terrorism with select

countries,(c) Mutual Legal Assistance Treaties with select

countries,(d)Extradition Treaties’ and(e) Facilitation of visas for professionals,

businessmen, students, etc.

11.9 Proposals/initiatives in respect of theMHA would also, illustratively relate to:

i) Technical assistance and capacity buildingto tackle the challenge of money launderingand terrorist financing;

ii) Cooperation in duplication of the FemaleFormed Police Unit;

iii) Cooperation in developing andimplementing a Training of Trainerstowards effective policing and policesupport as part of peacekeeping operation;

iv) Sharing of experiences and information toenhance capacity to fight internationalterrorism;

v) Cooperation in controlling drug trafficking,as well as trafficking in women and

children; andvi) Technical assistance and capacity building

in disaster management and humanitarianintervention.

11.10 e Cabinet had, interalia, approved theimplementation package for the AfricanContinent estimated to cost Rs.10 crore over aperiod of 5 years. Funds have been sought forincurring the expenditure on the followingcourses:

a) Basic course on drug law enforcement(duration being 5 days), to be conducted byNCB,

b) Course on Investigation of Economicoffences including Cyber Crime (durationbeing 5 days), to be conducted by CBI; and

c) Training of Trainer Programme onComprehensive Disaster Risk Management(duration being 2 weeks), to be conductedby National Institute of DisasterManagement.

International Conventions

11.11 Two Conventions, namely, theConvention on the Elimination of All Forms ofDiscrimination against Women (CEDAW) andthe Convention on the Rights of the Child(CRC) have been notified in the Gazette of India(Extraordinary) under section 2(1)(f) of theProtection of Human Rights Act, 1993.

11.12 India ratified the SAARC Convention onPreventing and Combating Trafficking inWomen and Children for Prostitution in 2003.Under the Provisions of this Convention, theRegional Task Force of SAARC forimplementation of the SAARC Convention onPreventing and Combating Trafficking inWomen and Children for Prostitution met forthe first time in New Delhi on June 26, 2007 inNew Delhi, second time in July, 2008 and third

Chapter-XI

139

time on May 28-29, 2009 at Shimla. e mainachievement of the last conference has been theadoption of the Standard Operating Procedure(SOP) on Combating Trafficking in Women andChildren for Prostitution by all SAARC MemberStates. e decisions taken in the SAARCmeeting included sharing best practices, settingup a toll free phone number for use of victims,capacity building and training programmesbases on the best practices, wherever possibleharmonizing national legislations to tackletrafficking and development of StandardOperating Procedures (SOP) foroperationalizing the Convention, includingrepatriation of victims. e SOP is to beimplemented in a one year time frame which isextendable by another 6 months.

Bilateral Cooperation

11.13 Mechanisms have been established forinstitutionalization of bilateral cooperation witha number of neighbouring countries, mainly, inthe form of annual Home Secretary level talksand related sub-mechanism, with Bangldesh,Bhutan, Myanmar, Nepal, Pakistan and theUnited Arab Emirates (UAE). In addition,bilateral discussions are held with countriesfrom time to time to expand mutual cooperationand develop institutional mechanism to counterterrorism. During the year, the followingbilateral talks/meetings at the level of HomeSecretary were held:

Bangladesh

11.14 In 1994, a three-tier bilateralinstitutional mechanism was set up betweenIndia and Bangladesh to resolve security andborder management issues. e first level istalks at DG, BSF and DG, BDR; the second is aJoint Working Group (JWG) at the level of JointSecretaries of both the countries; and the thirdis the talk at Home Secretary level. Last meeting

of JWG was held in May 2008 in New Delhi,DG, BSF-BDR, and Home Secretary level talkswere held in Dhaka in August 2008.

11.15 Nodal points between India andBangladesh have been set up for sharing ofinformation of mutual concern. Contracts ofthe nodal points have been shared.

11.16 Home Secretary Level talks betweenIndia and Bangladesh to discuss security andBorder management related issues was heldfrom 30th November 2009 to 2nd December,2009 at New Delhi. At the meeting, both sidesagreed to strengthen cooperation between thetwo Governments on a number of issues ofmutual concern and also finalized dras ofAgreement on Mutual Legal Assurance inCriminal Matters, Agreement on CombatingTerrorism, Organized crime and Illicit DrugTrafficking and Agreement on transfer ofsentenced persons.

Myanmar

11.17 Government of India and Myanmar hadsigned a Memorandum of Understanding(MoU) for maintenance of peace and tranquilityin border areas in January, 1994. Pursuant tothis MoU, Joint Secretary and Home SecretaryLevel talks between the two countries are heldevery year alternatively in India and Myanmar.So far, fieen meetings at Joint Secretary leveland fieen meetings at Home Secretary levelbetween India and Myanmar have been held.

11.18 e 15th National Level Meeting atHome Secretary Level between India andMyanmar was held from the January 19 - 21,2010 at Nay Pyi Taw, Myanmar. At this meeting,both India and Myanmar agreed to strengthenIntelligence Sharing Mechanism between thesecurity forces of the two countries for sharingof actionable intelligence, on real time basis, on

Chapter-XI

140

the activities of Insurgent Groups, armssmugglers and drug traffickers. At this meetingGovernment of Myanmar also designated its‘Nodal Point’ and provided its contact detailsfor sharing of intelligence on regular andcontinuous basis. e ‘Nodal Point’ for Indiaand its contact details had already been sharedwith Myanmar at Joint Secretary Level talks heldin March, 2009. Since smuggling of wildlife andwildlife products from India to other countrieshas been taking place through Myanmarterritory, both sides also agreed that exchangeof information in this regard including detailsof seizures of smuggled wildlife and wildlifeproducts may be shared regularly between the‘Nodal Points’ designated for this purpose andthe information so shared be reviewed bi-annually.

Maldives

11.19 A delegation led by the Minister ofHome Affairs, Maldives called on Union HomeMinister on February 3, 2010. Both sidesemphasized the need to formalize andstrengthen the legal framework of cooperation

through expeditious finalization of bilateralAgreements. It was also agreed that India willassist in capacity building in various fields ofsecurity and related infrastructure.

Nepal

11.20 Home Secretary Level Talks betweenIndia and Nepal were held at Kathmandu onNovember 6-7, 2009. e nineteen memberdelegation was led by Dr. Gobinda PrasadKusum, Secretary, Ministry of Home Affairs,Government of Nepal while the Union HomeSecretary, Shri G.K. Pillai led the Indian team.

11.21 During the meeting, both sides reviewedthe progress in implementation of the decisionstaken at the previous meeting and expressedsatisfaction over the progress achieved. Focuseddiscussions were held on issues relating to (i)Security (ii) Border Management and (iii)Empowerment and Capacity Building.

11.22 Discussions on security related issuescentered around greater cooperation incombating terrorism, arm smuggling,

Chapter-XI

141

insurgency, fake currency, human traffickingand trafficking in narcotics and psychotropicsubstances. Both sides agreed on imitatingcapacity building programme to enhance thecapability of law enforcement agencies in orderto effectively counter the menace of fakecurrencies.

11.23 With reference to Border Management,discussions in the meeting covered issuesrelating to review of the Nepalganj-RajpaidihaPilot Project; institutionalizing the mechanismfor regular meetings of the Border DistrictCoordination Committees; fine-tuning theexisting institutional mechanisms for sharing ofreal-time information so as to enable an effectiveand prompt response to activities inimical toeither country. Both sides agreed that the 9thNepal-India JWG meeting will be held inKathmandu, Nepal in the first quarter of 2010.

United Arab Emirates (UAE)

11.24 e Indian delegation led by Shri A. E.Ahmad, the then Additional Secretary, Ministryof Home Affairs visited Abu Dhabi, UAE onMarch 4-5, 2009 for holding bilateral talksbetween India and United Arab Emirates onsecurity related issues. e delegation of UAEwas led by Brig. Abdullah Ali Rashid Bedaiwi,Deputy Director General, Department forCriminal Security, Ministry of Interior.

11.25 During the bilateral talks, the Agreementon Security Cooperation between theGovernment of the United Arab Emirates andthe Government of the Republic of India wasfinalized and initialed aer discussions. Further,the approval of the Cabinet to sign theAgreement was obtained in its meeting held onJune 19, 2009. Ministry of External Affairs isexploring the possibility of signing theAgreement in consultation with Indian Embassyin UAE.

Vietnam

11.26 A high level delegation visited Vietnamand appraised the setting up of a hi-tech CyberForensic Laboratory through Indian assistanceat Hanoi. Prior to this visit a 2-member Indianteam provided hands on training to VietnamesePolice Officers. e Indian delegation is likelyto visit Vietnam again to finalize and identify theinfrastructure required to house the hi-techcomputer forensic laboratory.

HIGH LEVEL VISITS

11.27 e details of important visits are asunder:• A high level Indian delegation led by Union

Home Minister visited USA from 8-10September from 8-10, 2009 and helddiscussions on issues of mutual interestincluding the challenge of combatingterrorism. During his stay Union HomeMinister met several Cabinet Ministersincluding Ms. Hillary Clinton, Secretary ofState; Mr. James Jones, NSA, Mr. JanetNapolitano, Secretary, Homeland Security;Mr. Eric Holder, Attorney General, Mr.Timothy Geithner, Treasury Secretary andMr. Dennis Blair, Director, NationalIntelligence and other dignitaries. HomeMinister also visited several facilitiesincluding FBI’s National ForensicLaboratory at Quantico, the NationalCounter Terrorism Centre in Washingtonand the Joint Terror Task Force in NewYork.

• A delegation led by Minister of HomeAffairs, Maldives called on Union HomeMinister on February 3, 2010. Both sideemphasized the need to formalize andstrengthen the legal framework ofcooperation through expeditiousfinalization of bilateral agreements. It was

Chapter-XI

142

also agreed that India will assist in capacitybuilding in various fields of security andrelated infrastructure.

Joint Working Group on CounterTerrorism

11.28 India has established Joint WorkingGroups on Counter Terrorism/InternationalTerrorism with several key countries toexchange information and strengtheninternational cooperation to combatinternational terrorism and transnationalorganized crime. During 2009-10, JointWorking Groupsmeetings withEuropean Union, USAand Canada were held.

Mutual LegalAssistance Treaty/Agreement inCriminal Matters

2.29 Mutual LegalAssistance Treaty inCriminal Matters isone of the significantlegal instruments toimprove and facilitateeffectiveness ofContracting States ininvestigation andprosecution of crime,including crime relatedto terrorism byproviding thenecessary legal framework for rendering/receiving legal assistance in criminal matters.

11.30 At present, Treaty/ Agreement onMutual Legal Assistance in criminal Matters isin force with 26 countries namely, Switzerland,Turkey, United Kingdom, Canada, Kazakhstan,

United Arab Emirates, Russia, Uzbekistan,Tajikistan, Ukraine, Mongolia, ailand,France, Bahrain, South Korea, United States ofAmerica, Singapore, South Africa, Mauritius,Belarus, Spain, Kuwait, Bulgaria, Vietnam,Egypt and Mexico.

11.31 Agreement/Treaty on Mutual LegalAssistance in Criminal Matters has been signedwith Hong Kong Special Administrative Regionin Peoples’ Republic of China (14.9.2009),Bosnia & Herzogovina (October 29, 2009) andBangladesh (January 11, 2010). eseAgreements/Treaties are yet to come into force.

Agreement on Transfer of SentencedPersons

11.32 e Repatriation of Prisoners Act, 2003was enacted for enabling foreign prisoners

Chapter-XI

Minister of Justice, Bosnia & Herzogovina and Union Minister of Statefor Home signing the Treaty on Mutual Legal Assistance in Criminal

Matters between the two countries on October 29, 2009

143

convicted in India to be transferred to a jail intheir own country to serve the remaining partof their sentence and vice versa. e Act wasnotified and came into force on 1.1.2004.Subsequently, the repatriation of PrisonersRules, 2004 was published in the Official Gazetteon August 9, 2004 for operationalising the Act,a treaty/ agreement is required to be signed withindividual interested countries.

11.33 e Government of India has so farsigned agreements with the Government ofUnited Kingdom, Mauritius, Bulgaria,Cambodia, Egypt, France, Bangladesh andKorea. Negotiations have also been concludedwith the Governments of Canada, Israel, HongKong, Saudi Arabia, Brazil, Iran, Bosnia &Herzegovina and Sri Lanka.

11.34 e salient features of the agreement areas under:

(i) e transfer will be made if the sentencedperson is a citizen of the Receiving State.

(ii) A request for transfer may be made by thesentenced person or a person entitled toact on his behalf in view of his age orphysical or mental condition.

(iii) e request for transfer will have to beagreed upon by the Transferring and theReceiving States.

(iv) e transfer will be affected if thejudgment awarding the sentence is finalin and no inquiry, trial or any otherproceeding is pending in any Court of theTransferring State.

(v) e transfer will be considered if the actsor omissions for which that person wassentenced in the transferring State arethose which are punishable as a crime inthe receiving State or would constitute a

criminal offence if committed on itsterritory.

(vi) e enforcement of sentence shall begoverned by the law of the ReceivingState and that State alone will becompetent to take all appropriatedecisions.

(vii) e sentenced person shall not betransferred if death penalty has beenawarded to the sentenced person in theTransferring State.

(viii) e Transfer of custody of the sentencedperson to the receiving State shall not beprejudicial to the sovereignty, security orany other interest of the TransferringState.

Disaster Management

11.35 Online Training Programmes - eNational Institute for Disaster Management(NIDM) in collaboration with the World BankInstitute (WBI) is organizing online trainingprogrammes on Comprehensive Disaster RiskManagement Framework and specialized onlineprogrammes on Community Based DisasterRisk Management, Financial Strategies inDisaster Management, Damage &Reconstruction Needs Assessment, Safe Cities,Land-use Planning and Climate Change &Disaster Management.

11.36 Second India Disaster ManagementCongress - e Institute organised the SecondIndia Disaster Management Congress (IDMC2) from November 4-6, 2009 at Vigyan Bhavan,New Delhi. It provided a platform forinteraction amongst scientists, researchers andpractitioners from various disciplines andsectors. e Congress was inaugurated by Gen.N. C. Vij (retd.), Vice Chairperson of National

Chapter-XI

144

Disaster Management Authority. e Congresshad twelve different ematic Clusters andtwenty six ematic Sessions, where over 300papers were presented. Hon’ble Shri APJ AbdulKalam, former President of India graced theoccasion and delivered the Valedictory address.

11.37 SAARC Disaster Management Centre -NIDM hosts the SAARC Disaster ManagementCentre that works for capacity building in the 8member countries of SAARC, namelyAfghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India,Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri Lanka. eExecutive Director of the NIDM is also the

Director of the SAARC Centre.11.38 ree years training programme inIndo-Swiss Collaboration for specializedtraining of National Disaster Response Force,under Indo-Swiss Collaboration is underimplementation. e programme envisagestrainings of one NDRF Search and RescueBattalion (including canine training) by the endof 2010. Till date 6 training workshops havebeen organized by the SDC at various NDRFtraining institutions. e programme will alsofacilitate development of infrastructure ofINSARAG standard and capacities to replicateit further.

Chapter-XI

*****

145Chapter-XII

SCHEME FOR MODERNISATION OFSTATE POLICE FORCES

12.1 e Scheme for ‘Modernisation of StatePolice Forces (MPF) is a significant initiative ofthe Ministry of Home Affairs towards capacitybuilding of the State Police Forces, especially formeeting the emerging challenges to internalsecurity in the form of terrorism, naxalism etc.Some of the major items provided under theScheme include construction of secure policestations, outposts, police lines, ensuringmobility, security, provision of modernweaponry, security, surveillance,communication, forensic equipments, up-gradation of training infrastructure, policehousing, computerisation, etc.

12.2 e States have been categorised into ‘A’and ‘B’ categories with 100% and 75% Centralfunding, respectively. While J&K and eightNorth Eastern States viz., Arunachal Pradesh,Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram,Nagaland, Tripura and Sikkim have beenclassified as ‘A’ category States, the remaining 19States fall in the ‘B’ category. e Scheme hasbeen formulated with the aim of accelerating theprocess of modernisation in the police forces,with focused priority on States facing problemsof terrorism and le wing extremism.

12.3 e Scheme also includes a specialcomponent for strengthening the policeinfrastructure in the 76 naxal affected districtsat the rate of Rs.2 crore per affected district peryear initially for a period of 5 years. Similarly, aprovision has been made for Rs.1 crore perdistrict per year initially for a period of 5 years

for the 30 districts situated on internationalborders i.e. the Indo-Nepal and Indo-Bhutanborders.12.4 e details of the Central assistancereleased to the State Governments during thelast 9 years are as under:

(Rs. In crore)Sl.No. Financial Year Amount released

1 2000-01 1,000.002 2001-02 1,000.003 2002-03 695.004 2003-04 705.275 2004-05 960.006 2005-06 1,025.007 2006-07 1,065.228 2007-08 1248.709 2008-09 1157.64

12.5 e provision for MPF Scheme in 2009-10 is Rs. 1,230 crore in the RE 2009-10.

12.6 With a view to ensuring that annualaction plans of States under the Scheme areexamined and approved well in time and fundscould be released early, Action Plans for 2009-10 were invited from States by January 7, 2009.e Action Plans were considered by theMinistry in meetings held between February –June, 2009 and first instalment of funds wasreleased to all States in May, 2009 (except toMaharashtra and J&K for which funds werereleased in June, 2009). As on January 31, 2009,an amount of Rs.955.54 crore has been releasedto States under MPF Scheme, 2009-10.

Objectives

12.7 e main objective of the scheme is to

CHAPTER

XIIMAJOR INITIATIVES AND

SCHEMES

146

meet the identified deficiencies in variousaspects of police administration, which wereworked out by the Bureau of Police Researchand Development (BPR&D) in a study done inthe year 2000. Another objective of the schemeis to reduce the dependence of the StateGovernments on the Army and Central PoliceForces to control internal security and law andorder situation by way of equipping the StatePolice Forces adequately and imparting therequired training. e focus of the scheme is onstrengthening the police infrastructure at thecutting edge level by way of construction ofsecure police stations, equipping the policestations with the required mobility, modernweaponry, communication equipment, forensicset-up, housing, etc.

Impact of the Scheme

12.8 e scheme has made perceptibleimpact in all the States and has provided themuch needed assistance and impetus to policemodernisation. For instance, proper buildingsfor police stations/outposts with requiredfacilities have been provided with a safe, secureand comfortable environment. Construction ofhouses for police personnel and provision ofmodern weapons has boosted their morale,particularly in extremist-affected areas. eincreased availability of vehicles at cutting edgelevel has improved mobility and reducedresponse time.

12.9 A satellite based all-India policetelecommunication network, namely, POLNETis under implementation which is also beingfunded under the MPF Scheme.

Mega City Policing

12.10 A new concept of Mega City Policing(MCP) was introduced in 2005-06 under theScheme for Modernization of State Police Forcescovering seven cities of Mumbai, Bangalore,

Hyderabad, Chennai, Delhi, Kolkata andAhmedabad. e respective States are requiredto include MCP proposals in their Annual Plan.ese proposals are considered and approved bya High Powered Committee as an integralcomponent of the MPF Scheme pertaining tothe respective States. e Plan has to be basedon a study of specific problem areas of mega citypolicing including details of demographicgrowth pattern, special problems faced inpolicing in large urban areas, crimeinvestigation, traffic management, infrastructureavailable in terms of modern control rooms,digital radio trunking, communication system,PCR van network, etc. Financial assistance isalso given to mega cities for procurement ofmodern and innovative equipment, etc. as a partof the Scheme.

Desert Policing

12.11 Desert Policing is also a new conceptwhich formed a part of the PoliceModernisation Scheme from 2005-06. DesertPolicing is primarily meant for the States ofGujarat and Rajasthan to address the problemsregarding policing in the large and scattereddesert areas of the State. Keeping in view thedemographic distribution, problems ininvestigation, mobility, and communication aregiven emphasis under the Desert PolicingScheme. Expenditure for this component is alsomet out of the funds allocated under the MPFScheme for the respective States.

12.12 During the year 2009-10, Central fundsto the tune of Rs.88.62 crore have been approvedin the Action Plans of the respective States forMega City Policing and Rs. 9.90 crore has beenapproved for Desert Policing under the MPFScheme.

Strengthening of Special Branches

12.13 While recognising the crucial role of

Chapter-XII

147

Special Branches/Intelligence set up in the Statesand Union territories, the Ministry has laidemphasis on earmarking up to 5% of the totalallocation under MPF towards strengthening oftheir Special Branches in terms of modernequipment, gadgets for communication, etc. Ithas also been emphasised that the States shouldtake action to suitably enhance the manpowerin the Special Branches from their ownresources. As was done in the previous financialyear, for 2009-10 also, all the States were advisedto earmark upto 5% of the MPF allocationtowards strengthening of their Special Branches.

Monitoring Mechanism of the Scheme

12.14 e Comptroller & Auditor General(C&AG) commissioned a comprehensive auditexercise to assess the efficacy of the Schemethrough individual performance audit reviewsin 16 States. e C&AG presented a report on“Audit evaluation of Modernisation of PoliceForce in India – Compendium of PerformanceAudit Reviews – January 2009” to the Ministryof Home Affairs containing reports of 16 States.In the report, the C&AG had recommendedthat the Ministry of Home Affairs shouldestablish a system to monitor the timely andappropriate use of funds sanctioned andreleased under the Scheme. Accordingly, asystem of concurrent audit of MPF Scheme hasbeen put in place in the Ministry effectiveMarch, 2009.

Impact Assessment Study

12.15 e Scheme for Modernization of StatePolice Forces, revised in the year 2000 andreviewed from time to time in subsequent years,is in its final year of operation in 2009-10. eMinistry of Home Affairs has entrusted theBureau of Police Research and Development(BPR&D) with the task of conducting a holisticstudy on the impact of MPF Scheme on themodernisation of State Police Forces and also to

make an assessment of requirement of StatePolice Forces for the next 5-10 years so as to takea decision regarding further continuance of theScheme beyond 2009-10, based on the report ofBPR&D. e report to be submitted by BPR&Dwould form the basis to work out the contoursof the new Scheme.

CRIME AND CRIMINALTRACKING NETWORK & SYSTEM(CCTNS)

12.16 A Common Integrated PoliceApplication (CIPA) programme was hithertobeing implemented (since 2005) as a part of theScheme for Modernization of State PoliceForces, with the aim of computerization andbringing in greater efficiency and transparencyin various processes and functions at the PoliceStation level and improve service delivery to thecitizens. So far, 2760 police stations out of atotal of around 14,000 police stations across thecountry have been covered under the CIPAscheme in a stand alone mode.

12.17 Now a new Crime and CriminalTracking Networking and Systems (CCTNS)project has been launched in the 11th Five yearplan with an outlay of Rs.2,000 crore with thefollowing objectives:-

• Provide the Investigating Officers of theCivil Police with tools, technology andinformation to facilitate investigation ofcrime and detection of criminals.

• Improve Police functioning in various otherareas such as Law & Order, TrafficManagement etc.

• Facilitate Interaction and sharing of crimeand criminal Information among PoliceStations, Districts, State/UT headquartersand other Police Agencies.

• Keep track of the progress of Cases,including in Courts.

• Make the Police functioning citizen friendly

Chapter-XII

148

and more transparent by automating thefunctioning of Police Stations.

• Improve delivery of citizen-centric servicesthrough effective usage of ICT.

Present status

12.18 Steps are afoot to identify and select asoware vendor for developing CoreApplication Soware (CAS); Guidelines onimplementation & Capacity Building, ModelRequest For Proposal for selecting SystemIntegrator by the State Governments and UTAdministrations, Functional RequirementSpecification dra, State Project Managementconsultant Guidelines, details of funds allocatedand Training Modules have been circulated toStates/UTs.; four Regional workshops of CCTNSNodal officers have been conducted. All theState Governments and UTs have signed theMemorandum of Understanding (MoU); Fundshave been released to all the States/UTs for thepurpose.

e Private Security Agencies(Regulation) Act, 2005

12.19 In public interest and in order to regulatethe increasing activities of private securityagencies, both Indian and foreigners, “ePrivate Security Agencies (Regulation) Act,2005” has been notified in the Gazette of Indiaon June 23, 2005. e Act came into effect fromMarch 15, 2006.

12.20 Under this Act, a Controlling Authorityis to be appointed by each of the StateGovernment for granting licences to agencies forcarrying on the business of security agencies andother related matters.

12.21 e Central Government has framed the“Private Security Agencies Central Model Rules,2006” which were notified in the Gazette ofIndia on April 26, 2006. ese Rules have been

sent to the State Governments for their guidanceto enable them to frame their own rules, inconformity with the Central Model Rules. eState Governments of Arunachal Pradesh,Rajasthan, Orissa, Maharashtra, Sikkim,Nagaland, Punjab, UT of Chandigarh, WestBengal, Tripura, Tamil Nadu, Gujarat,Chhattisgarh, Assam, Andhra Pradesh,Meghalaya, Karnataka, Uttar Pradesh andUttarakhand have framed and notified the rulesin the Gazette.

POLICE REFORMS

12.22 e Ministry of Home Affairs had set upa Review Committee to review therecommendations of the National PoliceCommission and other Committees. In itsreport submitted to the Government in 2005,the Committee made 49 recommendationswhich were sent to the States/UTs forimmediate implementation. e Governmenthas been exhorting the State Governments/UTAdministrations for an early implementation ofthe said recommendations on police reforms.

12.23 e Supreme Court of India has alsopassed a judgement on September 22, 2006 inWrit Petition (Civil) No.310 of 1996 – PrakashSingh and others vs UOI and others on severalissues concerning Police reforms. e Court inthe said judgement directed the UnionGovernment and State Governments to set upmechanisms as directed by December 31, 2006and file affidavits of compliance by January 3,2007. e directions inter-alia were:-

• Constitute a State Security Commission onany of the models recommended by theNational Human Right Commission, theReberio Committee or the SorabjeeCommittee.

• Select the Director General of Police of theState from amongst three senior-mostofficers of the Department empanelled for

Chapter-XII

149

promotion to that rank by the Union PublicService Commission and once selected,provide him a minimum tenure of at leasttwo years irrespective of his date ofsuperannuation.

• Prescribe minimum tenure of two years tothe police officers on operational duties.

• Separate investigating police from law &order police, starting with towns/ urbanareas having population of ten lakhs ormore, and gradually extend to smallertowns/urban areas also,

• Set up a Police Establishment Board at thestate level for inter alia deciding all transfers,postings, promotions and other servicerelated matters of officers of and below therank of Deputy Superintendent of Police,and

• Constitute Police Complaints Authorities atthe State and District level for looking intocomplaints against police officers.

12.24 e matter was heard successively ondifferent dates. It was last heard on May 16,2008, when the Hon’ble Supreme Court, aerreviewing the implementation of the variousdirections made earlier in its judgement datedSeptember 22, 2006, directed that a Committeebe set up under the Chairmanship of JusticeK.T. omas, former retired Judge of theSupreme Court and two other Members. eTerms of Reference for the Committee asdirected by Hon’ble Supreme Court are thefollowing :-

i. To examine whether the affidavits filed bythe different States and the UnionTerritories are in compliance to the Court’sdirections with reference to the groundrealities.

ii. Advise the Respondents wherever theimplementation is falling short of theCourt’s orders, aer considering theRespondents’ stated difficulties inimplementation.

iii.Bring to the notice of the Court any genuineproblems the Respondents may behaving in view of the specific conditionsprevailing in a State or Union Territory.

iv. To examine the new legislations enacted bydifferent States regarding the police to seewhether they are in compliance with theletter and spirit of the Court’s directions.

v. Apprise the Court about unnecessaryobjections or delays on the part of anyRespondent so that appropriate follow upaction could be taken against thatRespondent.

vi. Submit a Status report on compliance tothis Court every six months.

12.25 is Committee’s term initially has beendirected for a period of two years. eCommittee has held fourteen sittings.

National Police Mission (NPM) –Establishment of Micro-missionsunder its umbrella

12.26 During his address to the DGsP/ IGsPconference (October 6, 2005) the PrimeMinister of India announced the intent of theGovernment to set up a Police Mission. eMissions will seek to transform the PoliceForces in the country into effective instrumentfor maintenance of internal security and toface the challenges by equipping them with thenecessary material, intellectual andorganizational resources.

12.27 A two tier system consisting of anEmpowered Steering Group (ESG) chaired bythe Home Minister, and under this Group, anExecutive Committee (EC) chaired by theHome Secretary has been established.

12.28 In order to achieve the objective of theNPM, the following six Micro Missions (MMs)have been established:

Chapter-XII

150

• MM:01 Human Resource Development(Police Population Ratio - CareerProgression – Leadership -Accountability -Performance Evaluation - Training -Attitudinal Changes - Welfare of PolicePersonnel- Police University, etc)

• MM:02 Community Policing(Involving Community in Policing - PoliceInterface with Media, Industry and otherrelevant segments - Police Image, etc)

• MM:03 Communication and Technology(POLNET – CIPA - Cyber Techniques -Forensic Science – DNA - Narco - analysis,etc)

• MM:04 Infrastructure(Buildings - official and residential -Equipment and Weaponry, etc)

• MM:05 New Processes (ProcessEngineering)(On-going Police Practices - Review andImpact analysis - Existing Best Practices-Innovations in India and elsewhere, and theiradoptability -Procurement procedures - Delegation andDecentralization, etc)

• MM:06 Proactive Policing and Visualizingfuture challenges(Extremism and naxalism - Mob Violence -Cyber crime - Money Laundering- NarcoTerrorism - human trafficking, etc.)

12.29 e Micro Missions have recommended12 specific projects to be considered under theNPM. e following projects of MMs have beenapproved for immediate Implementation:-

I. Community Counselling CentresII. So Skill Training module for police

personnel III. Transparent Recruitment ProcessIV. Needs of Indian Police for Effective

Incident Response Dial 100

12.30 e presentation for the 4 followingprojects out of 7 remaining projects was made

before Home Secretary on 5.1.2010. All theprojects were approved and further necessaryaction is being taken by Mission Directorate:-

i. Project on National Police Information &Convergence Network

ii. Project on Standardization of ProcurementProcesses

iii. Project on Establishing State level SpecialTask Force and National Centre for CounterTerrorism

iv. Project on Forensic Science as an Aid toInvestigation at Police Station

MODERNISATION OF PRISONS

12.31 e Central Government launched anon-plan scheme in 2002-03 for construction ofnew jails to reduce over-crowding, repair andrenovation and construction of additionalbarracks in the existing jails, improvement insanitation and water supply and construction ofliving accommodation for prison personnel. escheme known as Modernization of Prisons hasbeen implemented in 27 States over a period offive years (2002-07) with an outlay of Rs.1,800crore. e cost is being shared between theCentral and State Governments in the ratio of75:25 respectively. e scheme was extended bya further period of 2 years without additionalfunds to enable the State Governments tocomplete their activities by March 31, 2009. escheme of modernization of prisons has nowclosed on March 31, 2009 and the StateGovernment will complete the project by March31, 2010.

12.32 As per report received for the periodending December 2009, 99 new jails, 1,365additional barracks in the existing prisons and7,852 staff quarters for the prison personnelhave been constructed by the StateGovernments under the Scheme. Almost entirework relating to water and sanitation has beencompleted by the State Government. e State

Chapter-XII

151

Governments have so far utiised 92% of fundreleased to them.

Second Phase of Scheme ofModernisation of Prisons

12.33 Considering the recommendation of theDepartment related Parliamentary StandingCommittee on Modernisation of Prisons andalso keeping in view of demands of variousStates/UTs for granting further financialassistance for prison infrastructure andcorrectional administration, the proposal forsecond phase of the scheme of modernisation ofprisons was initiated by the Ministry of HomeAffairs. Before seeking Cabinet approval theproposal was considered in the meeting ofCommittee of Non-Plan Expenditure (CNE) inthe Ministry of Finance on August 27, 2009under the chairmanship of Secretary(Expenditure). As outcome of the meeting, itwas decided to defer the second phase of schemefor the time being owing to heavy commitmentof Government of India on other importantsector.

Institutes of CorrectionalAdministration

12.34 To improve the quality of prisonadministration and also to provide training toprison personnel, the Government of Indiaestablished the Institute of CorrectionalAdministration at Chandigarh in 1989 with fullfinancial assistance from the Centre. eInstitute of Correctional Administration,Chandigarh imparts training to prisonpersonnel from all over India particularly toprison personnel of neighbouring states such asHimachal Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana,Rajasthan, UT Chandigarh, etc.

12.35 In addition, a Regional Institute forCorrectional administration (RICA),functioning at Vellore, Tamil Nadu, is being

funded by the State Governments of AndhraPradesh, Karnataka, Kerala and Tamil Nadu.e Ministry of Home Affairs had provided aone-time grant for setting up the Institute. eState Govt. of Orissa has been asked to send thecomprehensive proposal for setting up aRegional Institute for the Eastern states. eState Govt. of West Bengal has also beenrequested to formulate a comprehensiveproposal for setting up an institute at Kolkatafor West Bengal and North Eastern states.

12.36 e Bureau of Police Research andDevelopment (BPR&D) plays a significant rolethrough research work and training in the fieldof prison administration and is beingstrengthened for the purpose.

Repatriation of Prisoners Act, 2003

12.37 e Repatriation of Prisoners Act, 2003enacted by the Government of India for therepatriation of foreign nationals imprisoned inIndian jails and vice-versa to serve theremainder of their sentence in their nativecountries. For implementation of the Act, atreaty/agreement is required to be signed withcountries having mutual interest with us in thismanner. e Government of India has so farsigned agreements with the Government ofU. K., Mauritius, Bulgaria, Combodia, Egypt,France, Bangladesh, Korea and Saudi Arabia.Negotiations have also been concluded with theGovernment of Canada, Israel, Hong Kong,UAE, Brazil, Iran, Bosnia & Herzegovina andSri Lanka.

Correctional Service Medals

12.38 e All India Committee on JailReforms (1980-83) recommended thatGovernment of India should institute medalsfor rewarding prison personnel and the StateGovernments/UT Administrations shouldsuitably recognize special services rendered by

Chapter-XII

152

the prison personnel. e aforesaidrecommendations were further supported by aGroup of Officers headed by Shri R.K. Kapoor(1986). e Group of Officers was constituted toexamine and review various aspects ofadministration and management of prisons,especially in the context of security anddiscipline in prisons and suggest measures fortheir improvement.

12.39 Based on these recommendations, thefollowing medals have been instituted for awardto the prison personnel every year on theoccasions of the Republic Day andIndependence Day:

Gallantry Medal

(a) President’s Correctional Service Medal forGallantry (PCSMG)

(b) Correctional Service Medal for Gallantry(CSMG)

Service Medal

(a) President’s Correctional service Medal forDistinguished Service (PCSMDS)

(b) Correctional Service Medal for MeritoriousService (CSMMS)

12.40 e number of President’s CorrectionalService Medal for Distinguished Service and thenumber of Correctional Service Medal forMeritorious Service which can be awarded in ayear are 25 and 75 respectively. ere is no limitto the number of medals to be awarded forgallantry in one year.

12.41 e President’s Correctional ServiceMedal for Distinguished Service/gallantry andthe Correctional Service Medal for MeritoriousService/gallantry are awarded:

(i) for a specially distinguished record incorrectional service.

(ii) for success in organizing correctionalservice or maintaining the administrationin special difficulties like mass admissionof prisoners.

(iii) For outstanding ability in putting outriots, preventing escape of prisoners,rescuing the officials, sportsmanship,public work and exemplary servicemarked by efficiency, devotion to duty,integrity, loyalty, high sense of disciplineand spirit of sacrifice.

12.42 e President’s Correctional ServiceMedal for Gallantry and the Correctionalservice Medal for Gallantry are awarded forconspicuous/exceptional gallantry inapprehending a prisoner or in preventing theirescape, the risk incurred being estimated withregard to the obligations and the duties of theofficer concerned and for the outstanding workdone in the preceding year.

12.43 During the year 2009-10, 2 President’sCorrectional Service Medals for Gallantry,1President’s Correctional Service Medals forDistinguished Service and 24 CorrectionalService Medals for Meritorious Service havebeen awarded to prison personnel.

LEGAL AND LEGISLATIVEINITIATIVES

STATE LEGISLATIONS

12.44 e Ministry of Home Affairs is thenodal Ministry for processing the legislativeproposals (under Concurrent List in the SeventhSchedule of the Constitution) from the StateGovernments received either for approval of theGovernment or for obtaining the assent of thePresident. Bills under article 201 of theConstitution, Bills for previous sanction underproviso to article 304(b) of the Constitution,Ordinances under proviso to Clause 1 of article213 of the Constitution, and Regulations for

Chapter-XII

153Chapter-XII

Scheduled Areas (Fih Schedule to theConstitution) fall in this category.

12.45 e legislative proposals are examinedin consultation with the concernedMinistries/Departments of the Government ofIndia. e Union Government favoursexpeditious approval of these legislativeproposals and accordingly, time limits havebeen prescribed for their examination by theconcerned Ministries/Departments.

12.46 e position is reviewed periodically

through meetings with the representatives ofUnion Ministries and of the concerned StateGovernments to facilitate early clearance ofBills, by resolving issues across the table.

Proposals received and finalised

12.47 During the period from April 1, 2009 toFebruary 28, 2010 Ministry of Home Affairsreceived 58 proposals for approval/assent of theGovernment of India/President of India. enumber of proposals finalised during this periodis as given below:-

Sl.No. Particulars Number

I. Bills for the consideration and assent of the President underarticle 201 of the Constitution:(i) Bills assented to by the President 20(ii) Bills returned to the State Government with 04

Message from President(iii) Bills withdrawn by State Governments 02(iv) Bills withheld 02

II. Regulations for Scheduled Areas (Fih Schedule to the Constitution)(i) Regulation withheld 01

III. Ordinances for Previous instructions of the Presidentunder article 213(1) of the Constitution:(i) Instructions of the President conveyed --(ii) Ordinances closed 02(iii) Returned 06

IV Bills for previous sanctions of the President under article304 (b) of the Constitution:(i) Previous sanction of the President returned 02(ii) Previous sanction of the President closed 01

V Bills for approval of the Government of India before itsintroduction in the State Legislature:(i) Approval granted 05(ii) Bills closed 01(iii) Returned 42(iv) Refused 01Total : 89*

* is also includes Legislative proposals received before April 1, 2009.

154

CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM

12.48 Judicial Cell is concerned with thelegislative aspects of the Indian Penal Code,1860, the Criminal Procedure Code, 1973;petitions for mercy, remission and pardon madeto the President of India under Article 72 of theConstitution of India; sanction for prosecutionunder section 188 of Cr.P.C., 1973 andwithdrawal of cases under section 321 of Cr.P.C.,1973.

e Code of Criminal Procedure(Amendment) Act, 2008

12.49 e Code of Criminal Procedure(Amendment) Bill, 2006 was passed by theParliament and received the assent of thePresident on January 07, 2009. ecorresponding Act namely, the Code ofCriminal (Amendment) Act, 2008 (5 of 2009)was published in the Gazette of IndiaExtraordinary, Part II, Section 1 dated January9, 2009.

12.50 e important proposals contained inthe Code of Criminal Procedure (Amendment)Act, 2008 include:- (i) Definition of the term‘victim’; (ii) Provision enabling the victim tohave an advocate; (iii) Allowing the victim toappeal against the adverse judgment; (iv)Comprehensive scheme for compensation tovictims to be framed by State Governments; (v)Provision for issuing the notice of appearancebefore arrest in certain cases where immediatearrest is not required to be made; (vi) Accusedto be medically examined soon aer the arrest;(vii) Person making the arrest should takereasonable care of the health and safety of theaccused; (viii) Right of arrested person to haveadvocate during investigation, though not for

the entire period; (ix) Special protection inrespect of women; (x) Female accused not to betouched by male police officers; (xi) In cameratrial to be conducted preferably by womanjudge in sexual offences; (xii) Providing relief tothe persons of unsound mind during enquiryand trial; (xiii) Criminal courts to take bail bondbefore the accused appears before next appellatecourt; (xiv) More IPC offences be madecompoundable, etc.

12.51 In the meantime, before the Act couldbe enforced through official notification (as isprovided for under section 1(2) of the 2008amendment Act), a number of representationswere received in this Ministry from all overthe country, particularly from the Lawyers’Associations and the Bar Associations againstsome of the provisions of the Act, especiallyagainst the provisions amending sections 41(requiring the police to record the reasons formaking an arrest for offence attractingmaximum punishment for less than 7 years)and section 309 of Cr.P.C. (power of Court toadjourn inquiry or trial proceedings in certaincircumstances). The Chief Ministers ofGujarat and Tamil Nadu also wrote againstthese provisions. Taking into account reactionsto the provisions of the Code of CriminalProcedure (Amendment) Act, 2008 fromlawyers across the country, the Act could notbe notified.

12.52 e Code of Criminal Procedure(Amendment) Act, 2008 (No. 5 of 2009) hassince been notified on December 30, 2009 for itsenforcement, except the Sections 5, 6 and 21(b)of the Act passed by the parliament. In respectof the Section wherein objections have beenraised, further amendments are proposed to bemade, which are under examination.

Chapter-XII

155

Advisory issued to State Governmentsto prevent misuse of section 498A ofIPC

12.53 A representation was received from theRajya Sabha Secretariat regarding the misuseof section 498A of IPC (Husband or relative ofhusband of a women subjecting her tocruelty).

12.54 As the matter is in the concurrent list ofthe Seventh Schedule to the Constitution ofIndia, the comments of the StateGovernments/Union Territory Administrationswere also sought in the matter. e commentsof the Governments of Arunachal Pradesh,Chhattisgarh, Goa, Haryana, Madhya Pradesh,Meghalaya, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Tripura,Uttrakhand, Andaman and Nicobar Islands,NCT of Delhi, Chandigarh, Daman and Diuand Lakshadweep have been received so far.

12.55 Comments/views of the Ministry ofWomen and Child Development were alsosought in the matter. at Ministry was of theview that the important legislations such asSection 498A IPC, Dowry Prohibition Act 1961and Protection of Women from DomesticViolence Act, 2005 which provide protectionand legal remedies to women should not betinkered with. As these are special lawsgoverning the same subject matter, these lawsneed to be harmonized and uniformlyimplemented. At the same time, if some setprocedures are followed, the misuse may becurtailed. erefore, they suggested that:-

(i) In order to bring an end to the misuse ofthese Acts, it would be advisable if MHAissue advisories to the State governmentsto comply with procedure as laid down in

D.K.Basu’s case. (ii) Mahila desks may be created at Police

Stations and ‘Crime Against Women Cell’may be created at least at the district levelwhich could specifically cater tocomplaints made by women.

(iii) In cases of matrimonial disputes, it isrecommended that the first recourseshould be to effect conciliation andmediation between the warring spousesand their families and recourse to filingcharges U/S 498A IPC may be resorted toin cases where such conciliation fails andthere appears a prima facie case undersection 498A and other laws. eCounseling mechanisms envisagedunder PWDV Act, 2005 should beimplemented by State Government andany counseling of parties should be doneonly by professionally qualifiedcounselors and not by the police. epolice may consider empanellingprofessional counselors with the CAWCell.

12.56 e Law Commission in its 154thReport has recommended that the offenceunder section 498A IPC be inserted in the Tableunder sub-section (2) of section 320, whereby itcan be compounded with the permission of theCourt. e Malimath Committee on Reformsof Criminal Justice System has alsorecommended that the offence under section498A IPC be made bail-able andcompoundable. In the light of the aforesaidrecommendations and some judicialpronouncements, an attempt was made earlierto amend the section to make the offencecompoundable. However, this could not bepursued because of the opposition from manyconcerned bodies.

Chapter-XII

156

12.57 As a number of representations havebeen received suggesting amendment in the saidsection, the matter has been referred to the LawCommission to study the usage of this provisionand hold consultations and suggestamendments, if any, to the provision. e viewsof the Law Commission are awaited.

12.58 Since amending the law at this stage isnot being contemplated, an advisory has beenissued to the State Governments on the linessuggested by the Ministry of Women and ChildDevelopment.

Review of Rape Laws

12.59 e Law Commission in its 172ndReport on “Review of Rape Laws” hasrecommended changes for widening scope ofthe offence in section 375 IPC and to make itgender neutral. Various other changes havebeen recommended in sections 376 and 376A to376D IPC and insertion of a new section 376Edealing with unlawful sexual contact, deletionof section 377 IPC and enhancement ofpunishment in section 509 of IPC. ey havealso recommended changes in the Code ofCriminal Procedure, 1973 and the IndianEvidence Act, 1872. e National Commissionfor Women also forwarded a Private Bill in thesubject.

12.60 e Legislative Department prepared adra Bill taking into considerationrecommendations of the Law Commission andthe Private Bill forwarded by NCW. e Bill wasto be finalized through the inter-ministerialconsultation with that Department.

12.61 In the mean time, the NationalCommission for Women recommended for

some changes relating to ‘rape’ in its AnnualReport 2004-05. e recommendations ofNCW were forwarded to the State Governmentsfor theirs views/comments. e matter waspursued with the State Governments. Aconference of Home Secretaries of the Statesand Union Territories was convened on July 7,2008 in Delhi to discuss the matter. ere wasno agreement to the amendments that shouldbe carried out in IPC, Cr.P.C. and IndianEvidence Act with regard to sexual assault/rape.

12.62 As the subject matters relating to rapeare sensitive in nature, a decision has been takenthat the Bill on rape laws may be finalized aerin depth consultations with all concerned.erefore, a High Powered Committee has beenconstituted under the Chairmanship of UnionHome Secretary to examine the issue relating tothe review of rape laws.

Processing of the Report of theCommittee on Reforms of CriminalJustice System

12.63 e Committee on Reforms of CriminalJustice System set up under the chairmanship ofDr. (Justice) V.S. Malimath, former ChiefJustice of Karnataka and Kerala High Courtssubmitted its report to the Government onApril 21, 2003. e Committee made 158recommendations to revamp the criminaljustice system.

12.64 Advisories were issued to StateGovernments with regard to thoserecommendations, which were to beimplemented through administrative measures.

12.65 As regards those recommendations,which require amendment to Indian Penal

Chapter-XII

157Chapter-XII

Code, 1860 and the Code of CriminalProcedure, 1973, views/ comments of StateGovernments/ Union TerritoryAdministrations have been sought as theCriminal Law and the Criminal Procedure areon the Concurrent List of the Seventh Scheduleto the Constitution of India. Views from somethe States/ Union Territory Administrationshave been received and the defaulting States arebeing reminded regularly to send theircomments.

Dra National Policy on CriminalJustice System

12.66 e Committee constituted under thechairmanship of Prof. N.R. Madhava Menon todra a National Policy Paper on CriminalJustice System has submitted its report to theGovernment on August 1, 2007. Since theCriminal Justice System falls in the ConcurrentList of the Seventh Schedule to the Constitutionof India, and, the recommendations could havewide ranging implications, copies of the Reportwere sent to all the State Governments/ Union

Territory Administrations as also to the variousMinistries/ Organizations in the CentralGovernment for their comments andsuggestions. Aer receipt of their comments, afinal view will be taken.

Legislative Proposalspassed/introduced by/in theParliament

12.67 Following legislative proposals of thisMinistry were passed in the Parliament duringApril 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009:• e Amendment to ‘e Civil Defence Act,

1968” Bill, 2009• e Salaries and Allowances of Ministers

(Amendment) Bill, 2009

12.68 Following legislative proposal of thisMinistry, introduced in the Lok Sabha duringApril 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009 is underconsideration of the Parliament:

• e Land Ports Authority of India Bill, 2009

*****

FOREIGNERS AND VISA

13.1 e Ministry of Home Affairs isresponsible for immigration, visa, foreigncontribution and citizenship related matters.Entry, stay and exit of foreigners in India isregulated through the Bureau of Immigration(BOI) and the State Governments.

Entry and Movement of Foreigners

13.2 Entry, stay and exit of foreigners in Indiaare governed by two principal Acts, namely, theForeigners Act, 1946 and the Passport (Entryinto India) Act, 1920. Under the present visaregime, while the initial visa is granted by IndianMissions/Posts abroad, on entry into thecountry, their stay and exit is regulated by theBureau of Immigration (BOI) and the StateGovernments.

13.3 52,82,603 foreigners visited India during2008 registering an increase of 3.64% over theprevious year. e highest number of foreignerswere from Asia (20,17,294), followed by Europe(18,32,595), North America (10,42,930),Oceania (1,78,590), Africa (1,43,977) and SouthAmerica (29,061). e maximum number offoreigners who visited India were from USA(8,04,933) followed by UK (7,76,530),Bangladesh (5,41,884), Canada (2,22,364), SriLanka (2,18,805), France (2,07,802), Germany(2,04,344), Australia (1,46,209) Japan (1,45,352),and Malaysia (1,15,794). ese ten countriesaccounted for 64.06% of the total arrival offoreigners in India.

13.4. A total of 3,98,836 foreigners were

registered and staying in India as on December31,2008. e maximum number of foreignersregistered were in Tamil Nadu (1,03,584)followed by Karnataka (61,910), Delhi (60,061),Arunachal Pradesh (35,909), Himachal Pradesh(28,641), Maharashtra (16,512), Gujarat(13,741), Uttarakhand (11,455), West Bengal(8,298), Andhra Pradesh (7,842). ese tenStates accounted for 87.24% of the totalregistered foreigners in India as on December31, 2008. Students (45,435 – 25.63%) accountedfor the highest percentage of registeredforeigners followed by Employees (20,394 –11.50%) and Tourists (4,902 – 2.76%).

13.5. 7,426 foreigners were arrested during2008, for various violations of the Foreigners Actor for violating provisions of other ImmigrationControl Rules and Regulations, while 13,995foreigners were deported during the year.

Immigration Control

13.6 Immigration is an important sovereignfunction of the Government exercised throughthe Immigration Check Posts (ICPs). ere are78 Immigration Check Posts (ICPs) in thecountry comprising 26 Airport ICPs, 20 SeaportICPs, and 32 Land Check Posts. Out of total 78ICPs, 14 are under the control of Bureau ofImigration (BoI) while the remaining 64 ICPsare controlled by the respective StateGovernments.

Modernization of ICPs

13.7 e programme of modernization,computerization and networking of 33

CHAPTER

XIIIFOREIGNERS, FREEDOMFIGHTERS’ PENSIONAND REHABILITATION

Chapter-XIII158

Chapter-XIII

Immigration Check Posts (ICPs), which regulatemore than 98.5% of the passenger traffic, hasbeen completed. Under this modernizationprogramme, Computer Systems have beenupgraded, Immigration Control System (ICS)soware has been installed and 33 ICPs and 5Foreigners Regional Registration Offices(FRROs) have been networked with the CentralForeigners Bureau (CFB). Morevoer, PassportReading Machines (PRMs) and QuestionableDocument Examiner (QDX) machines have alsobeen installed in the ICPs.

13.8 Furthermore, 42 ICPs are proposed to becomputerized and networked to the CentralForeigners Bureau through one of the RegionalHubs located at Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai andKolkata. e modernization programme hasresulted in enhanced security screening ofpassengers and passenger facilitation, with aconsiderable reduction in immigrationclearance time.

13.9 To strengthen the immigration functionby enhancing the security screening ofpassengers and effectively reducing immigrationclearance time, Advance Passenger InformationSystem (APIS) has been introduced in Phase-Iat 6 designated International Airports namelyDelhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Hyderabad, Bangaloreand Cochin from April 2008. In Phase-II, APISis proposed to be implemented at the 26international airports in a centralised mode.

13.10 Modernisation and upgradation ofImmigration services is one of the MissionMode Projects (MMP) of the Governmentunder the National e-Governance Plan (NeGP).National Institute of Smart Government ( NISG)has prepared the dra DPR for this MMP, thataims to develop a secure, integrated servicedelivery framework to enhance security andfacilitation in the Visa issuance process, and theImmigration function besides fortifying theForeigners Registration Processes for effective

tracking of the foreigners.

13.11 is MMP has global outreach since thescope of the project includes 169 Missions, 77ICPs, (Immigration Check Posts), 5 FRROs, andForeigners Registration Offices (FROs) in theState/District Headquarters. eimplementation of the project would be done ina planned and phased manner (in consonancewith infrastructure/connectivity readiness oflocations) supported by effectivecommunication, training and capacity building.

13.12 e envisaged outcomes from this MMPinteralia include:

• Authentication of traveller’s identity at theMissions, Immigration Check Posts (ICPs)and Foreigners Registration Offices (FROs)through use of biometrics and intelligentdocument scanners;

• Online registration of foreigners at the timeof grant of visa and automated updation ofthe particulars of the foreigners at entryand exit points;

• Availability of a centralized system forsharing of information across theconcerned Agencies about foreign travelers;

• Improved tracking of foreigners byintegrating and sharing informationcaptured during visa issuance at Missions,during immigration check at ICPs, andduring registration at FRRO/ FROs;

• Soware aided Passenger profiling foridentifying risky travelers at Missions, ICPsand FRROs, and Generation of automatedalerts about overstayal and failure toregister with concerned FRRO/FRO; and

• Convergence and integration with otherinitiatives such as e-passports, e-migrationand crime and criminal tracking networkfor expeditious and informed decision-making.

159

Chapter-XIII

CITIZENSHIP

13.13 During the year under report, athorough review of the Citizenship Rules, 1956was carried out and these rules were re-framedand re-notified as Citizenship Rules, 2009 bymodification/deletion/addition in the existingrules for symmetry and harmony betweenvarious rules, and simplification of language.Applications forms for applying Indiancitizenship have also been simplified in theCitizenship Rules, 2009 and displayed on thewebsite of the Ministry.

Overseas Citizenship of India (OCI)

13.14 OCI Scheme has been made operationalfrom December 2, 2005. e application form,procedure, brochure and Frequently AskedQuestions (FAQs) have been hosted on theMinistry’s website. e scheme has generated avery enthusiastic response from the Indiandiaspora. Since the launch of the OCI Scheme,5,31,496 persons have been granted OCIregistration, as on December 31, 2009, out ofwhich 1,28,071 cards have been issued duringthe period from April 1, 2009 to December 31,2009.

REGULATION OF FOREIGNCONTRIBUTION

13.15 e Foreign Contribution (Regulation)Act, 1976 regulates the receipt and utilisation offoreign contribution and acceptance of foreignhospitality by certain persons or associations,with a view to ensuring that parliamentaryinstitutions, political association and academicand other voluntary organisations as well asindividuals working in the important areas ofnational life may function in a mannerconsistent with India’s values as a sovereign,democratic republic.

13.16 e Foreign Contribution (Regulation)Bill, 2006 to replace the Foreign Contribution(Regulation) Act, 1976 was introduced in theRajya Sabha on December 18, 2006. eobjective of the Bill is to consolidate the law toregulate the acceptance and utilization of foreigncontribution or foreign hospitality by certainindividuals or associations and to prohibitacceptance and utilization of foreigncontribution or foreign hospitality for anyactivities detrimental to the national interest.

13.17 Aer introduction, the Bill was referredby the Rajya Sabha to the Department-relatedParliamentary Standing Committee on HomeAffairs for examination and report. eCommittee submitted its recommendationsaer recording the oral evidences of variousstakeholders/Ministries/Departments/Organizations/ institutions and individuals. eCommittee’s recommendations were examinedin consultation with the concernedMinistries/Departments/Agencies. It is nowproposed to move official amendments to theBill in the Budget Session 2010 of theParliament .

13.18 During the year 2009-10, upto December31, 2009, 1,393 associations have been grantedregistration and 388 associations have beengranted prior permission to receive foreigncontribution under the Foreign Contribution(Regulation) Act, 1976. e total receipt offoreign contribution as reported by 18,796associations during the year 2007-08 was Rs.9,663.46 crore. During the year 2008-09, as onDecember 31, 2009, the total receipt of foreigncontribution (as reported by 11,913associations) is Rs.8,237.22 crore.

FREEDOM FIGHTERS’ PENSION

13.19 Indian freedom struggle is unique in thehistory of mankind. Persons from all walks oflife, free from all barriers of caste, creed or

160

Chapter-XIII

religion worked unitedly for a common cause.It was the struggle and sacrifice of severalgenerations of people, starting from 1857 andcontinuing up to 1947, which brought freedomto the country. Millions and millions of peopleparticipated in the freedom struggle.

Pension Schemes

13.20 In 1969, the Government of Indiaintroduced a scheme known as the ‘Ex-Andaman Political Prisoners Pension Scheme’to honour freedom fighters. In 1972, on the eveof the 25th Anniversary of India’s Independence,a regular scheme called the “Freedom Fighters’Pension Scheme” was introduced for grantingpension to freedom fighters. is Scheme wasliberalized and renamed as the ‘SwatantrataSainik Samman Pension Scheme” with effectfrom August 1, 1980. Salient features of‘Swatantrata Sainik Samman Pension Scheme,1980 are given below:

• Eligibility: e following categories offreedom fighters are eligible for the SammanPension under the Scheme:

a) Eligible dependents of martyrs; b) A person who had suffered minimum

imprisonment of six months on account ofparticipation in freedom struggle;

c) A person who on account of hisparticipation in freedom struggleremained underground for more than sixmonths;

d) A person who, on account of participationin the freedom struggle, was interned in hishome or externed from his district for aminimum period of 6 months;

e) A person whose property was confiscated orattached and sold due to participation in thefreedom struggle;

f) A person who, on account of participationin freedom struggle, became permanentlyincapacitated during firing or lathi charge;

g) A person who lost his Government job for

participation in freedom struggle; h) A person who was awarded the punishment

of 10 strokes of caning/ flogging/whippingdue to his participation in freedom struggle.

• Dependents : Spouses (widows/widowers),unmarried and unemployed daughters (up-to maximum three) and parents of deceasedfreedom fighters (as also of martyrs) areeligible for grant of dependent familypension under the scheme.

• Special Dispensation For Women AndWeaker Sections of the Society: eeligibility criteria for grant of pension ongrounds of jail suffering specifies aminimum period of six months which thefreedom fighters should have undergone inconnection with the freedom movement.However, as a special dispensation forwomen freedom fighters and for thefreedom fighters belonging to ScheduledCastes and Scheduled Tribes, the minimumperiod has been kept at three months.

Other Facilities to Freedom Fighters

13.21 Apart from pension, freedom fighters arealso provided the following facilities by theGovernment of India:

• free railway pass (1st Class/AC Sleeper) forfreedom fighter and widower/widow, alongwith a companion, for life;

• free medical facilities in all CentralGovernment hospitals and hospitalsrun by PSUs under the control of the Bureauof Public Enterprises. C.G.H.S. facilitieshave also been extended to freedomfighters and their dependents;

• telephone connection, subject to feasibility,without installation charges, and onpayment of only half the rental;

• General Pool residential accommodation(within the overall 5% discretionary quota)in Delhi.

• accommodation in the Freedom Fighters’Home set up at New Delhi for freedomfighters who have no one to look aer them.

161

162

13.22 In addition to the above facilities, ex-Andaman freedom fighters are also entitled tothe following facilities:

a) free voyage facility for freedom fighter andwidow to visit Andaman & Nicobar Islands,once a year, along with a companion; and

b) free air travel facility for freedom fighter tovisit Andaman & Nicobar Islands, once ayear, along with a companion.

13.23 All major facilities provided to freedom

fighters are also extended to their widows/widowers.

Enhancement in Pension

13.24 ere has been periodical review of therate of freedom fighters’ pension and it has goneup from the initial amount of Rs.200 per monthin 1972 to Rs.12,407 in 2009. e current rate ofmonthly pension and dearness relief payable tovarious categories of freedom fighters and their eligible dependents are given below:

Chapter-XIII

Entitlement is the same as of respective deceasedfreedom fighters

S.No.

i

ii

iii.

iv.

v.

vi.

Category of freedom fighters

Ex-Andaman politicalprisonersFreedom fighters who sufferedoutside British India (other thanINA)Other freedom fighters(including INA)Widow/widower of abovecategories of freedom fightersEach unmarried andunemployed daughters (uptothree)Mother and father each

Basic Pension (in Rs.)

7,330

6,830

6,330

1,500

1,000

Dearness Relief(in Rs.)

7,037

6,557

6,077

1,440

960

Total amount ofpension (in Rs.)

14,367

13,387

12,407

2,940

1,960

Expenditure on welfare of freedomfighters

13.25 A provision of Rs. 550 crore has beenmade in BE for the year 2009-10 for payment ofpension and Rs.35 crore for free Railway passesto freedom fighters. Of this, an amount ofRs.437.68 crore has already been incurred as onDecember 31, 2009 towards pension and

Rs.28.90 crore on account of free Railway passesrespectively.

13.26 Under the Scheme, 1,70,673 freedomfighters and their eligible dependents have beensanctioned Samman pension till December 31,2009. State-wise break-up of freedomfighters/their dependents who have beensanctioned Samman pension is given below:

163Chapter-XIII

S. Name of State/ Number of freedom fighters/their eligibleNo. Union Territory dependents who have been sanctioned

pension (as on December 31, 2009)

1. Andhra Pradesh 14,6672. Arunachal Pradesh 03. Assam 4,4384. Bihar 24,8785. Jharkhand6. Goa 1,4987. Gujarat 3,5988. Haryana 1,6889. Himachal Pradesh 62410 Jammu & Kashmir 1,80711. Karnataka 10,09112. Kerala 3,30413. Madhya Pradesh 3,47414. Chattisgarh15. Maharashtra 17,90916. Manipur 6217. Meghalaya 8618. Mizoram 0419. Nagaland 0320. Orissa 4,19021. Punjab 7,02022. Rajasthan 81223. Sikkim 024. Tamil Nadu 4,11025. Tripura 88826. Uttar Pradesh 17,99327. Uttarakhand28. West Bengal 22,48829. Andaman & Nicobar Islands 0330. Chandigarh 9131. Dadra & Nagar Haveli 8332. Daman & Diu 3333. Lakshadweep 034. NCT of Delhi 2,04635. Puducherry 317

Indian National Army (INA) 22,468Total 1,70,673

164 Chapter-XIII

Committee of Eminent FreedomFighters

13.27 e Committee of Eminent FreedomFighters to look into the issues related tofreedom fighters has been re-constituted underthe Chairmanship of the Minister of State forHome Affairs. e Committee includesrepresentatives from all the States which arehaving large concentration of freedom fighters.e first meeting of re-constituted Committeewas held on February 1, 2010 at Goa.

Honouring Freedom Fighters

13.28 On the anniversary of the Quit IndiaMovement, the President of India honouredsome of the distinguished and eminent freedomfighters from various States/Union Territories atan ‘AT HOME’ function held at the RashtrapatiBhawan on August 9, 2009. 138 freedomfighters from various parts of the countryattended this function and interacted with thePresident.

Hyderabad Liberation Movement

13.29 In 1985, sufferers of border camps, whoparticipated in the Hyderabad LiberationMovement for the merger of the erstwhile Stateof Hyderabad with the Union of India during1947-48, by relaxing the eligibility conditions,were made eligible for grant of pension underthe Swatantrata Sainik Samman Pension

Scheme, 1980. e Shroff Committee (from1985 to 1996) listed 98 border camps andrecommended about 7,000 cases. Pension wassanctioned in all cases recommended by theShroff Committee. e C.H. Rajeswara RaoCommittee (from 1997 to 1998) recommendedabout 13,500 cases. All the cases recommendedby the C.H. Rajeswara Rao Committee werereferred to the State Governments for re-verification. In January, 2005, Governmentapproved enhancement in the estimated numberof beneficiaries from about 11,000 (estimated in

1985) to about15,000, with thestipulation that onlythose applicants whoparticipated in theHyderabadLiberationMovement up toSeptember 15, 1948,i.e. before the policeaction in Hyderabad,

would be eligible for grant of pension. isstipulation has been adopted prospectively forgrant of pension in all pending cases ofHyderabad Liberation Movement.

13.30 However, there were many complaintsthat the Committee had recommended bogusclaimants, including persons who were not evenborn or were toddlers at the time of HyderabadLiberation Movement. On an enquiryconducted by the Director General (Vigilanceand Enforcement) it was found that largenumber of bogus claimants had managed to getpension based on false information anddocuments. It was, therefore, decided that eachcase, including those already sanctioned, will bethoroughly re-verified and thereaer acommittee of eminent freedom fighters wouldscrutinize the results of the re-verification andfinalize its recommendations, ensuring that no

Union Minister of State for Home attending the first meating of theCommittee of Eminent Freedom Fighter held on February 01, 2010 at Goa.

165

fake claimant gets pension and no genuinefreedom fighter is overlooked. erefore, theState Governments were requested to verifyeach claim and give their specificrecommendation. e State Governments werealso requested that following factors should bekept in mind while verifying the claims:(a) e age of the applicant should be more

than 15 years in March, 1947 (i.e., the timeof commencement of the HyderabadLiberation Movement)

(b) Proof of age should be based on officialrecords such as Birth Registrationcertificate or School certificate or VoterIdentity Card, Voter List of 1995 or earlier,etc; and

(c) Claims may be got re-verified/ confirmedfrom the camp in-charge of the bordercamp who had issued the certificate infavour of the applicant, or from two centralfreedom fighters of the District of the

applicant if the In-charge of the Bordercamp was no longer alive.

13.31 A Screening Committee of EminentFreedom Fighters (SCEFF) has been constitutedin May. 2009 under the Chairmanship of ShriBoinapally Venkat Rama Rao to scrutinize there-verified cases relating to Border Campsufferings during Hyderabad LiberationMovement. e Committee has startedscrutinizing the re-verification reports from theState Governments. Out of 1,729 re-verification

reports received so far, the SCEFF hasconsidered 815 cases upto December 31, 2009.

Goa Liberation Movement

13.32 e movement for liberation of Goa, inwhich freedom fighters had undergone severesufferings at the hands of the Portugueseauthorities, was spread over three phases:

Chapter-XIII

Screening Committee of Eminent Freedom Fighters ((SCEFF) scrutinizing the re-verifiedcases relating to Border Camp sufferings during Hyderabad Liberation Movement

166 Chapter-XIII

Phase-I Phase-I 1946 to 19531946 to 1953Phase-IIPhase-II 1954 to 19551954 to 1955Phase-IIIPhase-III 1956 to 19611956 to 1961

13.33 Freedom fighters of the movementduring its various phases, who fulfilled theprescribed eligibility conditions and in whosecases the records of sufferings were available,were granted pension. In February, 2003, theGovernment of India relaxed the eligibilitycriteria under the Swatantrata Sainik SammanPension Scheme, 1980 to grant pension to thosefreedom fighters of Phase-II of Goa LiberationMovement who had been sanctioned Statefreedom fighters’ pension by the StateGovernments of Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh,Goa, Haryana, Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh byAugust 1, 2002. 2,124 freedom fighters who hadparticipated in Goa Liberation Movement,Phase-II have been granted Samman Pension tillDecember, 2009.

Policy Initiatives:

13.34 e following initiatives have been takenby this Ministry to streamline the SammanPension Scheme: -

(i) Fixation of minimum age limit forconsideration of claims for Sammanpension has been carefully considered andit has been decided that henceforth onlyclaims of persons who were above 15 yearsof age at the time of their participation inthe freedom movement, would be eligiblefor sanction of Samman pension.

(ii) An exercise has been initiated to preparedatabase of the freedom fighters,dependents and family members who areliving and drawing pension.

(iii)Establish liaison offices at Hyderabad andErnakulum, where large number of Courtcases are pending in the High Courts. e

Officer will have proper interaction withGovernment Counsels of the High Courts,to know the day to day developments,ensure that copies of the Writ Petitions andjudgments are obtained from the Courtsand also that the Counter Affidavits andthe Implementation Statements areprepared and filed in the Courts, throughCounsels in time.

(iv) A project has been undertaken to preparecomputerised inventory of records ofpension files to segregate the recordswhich can be transferred to the NationalArchives and the ones which can beweeded out.

REHABILITATION OF DISPLACEDPERSONS

Sri Lankan Refugees

13.35 Due to ethnic violence and continueddisturbed conditions in Sri Lanka, a largenumber of Sri Lankan refugees have enteredIndia since July 1983. e position of influx ofrefugees in phases is indicated below:

Phase Period No. of Refugees

Phase-I 24.7.1983 to 1,34,05331.12.1987

Phase-II 25.8.1989 to 1,22,07830.4.1991

Phase-III 31.7.1996 to 22,41830.4.2003

Phase-IV 12.1.2006 to 24,512*31.12.2009 Total 3,03, 061

* Up to December 31, 2009

13.36 Refugees are of the following twocategories:(i) Stateless persons who had not applied for

Indian citizenship or those not yetconferred Sri Lankan citizenship; and

167

(ii)Sri Lankan citizens.

13.37 For these categories, the liability isbasically of Sri Lanka. Government of India’sapproach is to discourage their movement butif any refugees belonging to these categories docome, they are granted relief on humanitariangrounds with the ultimate object of repatriationback to Sri Lanka, i.e., the process ofrehabilitation does not start in their cases andrelief is given pending such repatriation.

13.38 While 99,469 refugees have beenrepatriated to Sri Lanka upto March, 1995, therehas been no organized repatriation aer March1995. However, some refugees have gone backto Sri Lanka or le for other countries on theirown. As on December 31, 2009, about 72,969Sri Lankan refugees are staying in 115 refugees’camps in Tamil Nadu and one camp in Orissa.Besides, about 26,729 refugees are stayingoutside the camps of their own, aer gettingthemselves registered in the nearest PoliceStation.

13.39 Upon fresh arrival, refugees arequarantined and after complete verification oftheir antecedents, they are shifted to refugeecamps. Pending repatriation, certain essentialrelief facilities are provided to them onhumanitarian grounds. These facilities includeshelter in camps, cash doles, subsidized ration,clothing, utensils, medical care andeducational assistance. The entire expenditureon relief to Sri Lankan refugees is incurred bythe State Government and is subsequentlyreimbursed by the Government of India. Anamount of Rs.479 crore (approximately) hasbeen spent by the Government of India forproviding relief and accommodation to theserefugees during the period July 1983 toDecember 2009.

Repatriates from Sri Lanka

13.40 e Government of India agreed togrant Indian Citizenship to, and to acceptrepatriation of, 5.06 lakhs persons of Indianorigin, together with their natural increase,under the Indo-Sri Lanka Agreements of theyears 1964, 1974 and 1986. Out of these 5.06lakh persons, 3.35 lakh persons along with theirnatural increase of 1.26 lakh, comprising1,16,152 families, were repatriated uptoDecember 2006. e repatriate families havebeen provided with the resettlement assistance.No organized repatriation has taken place fromSri Lanka aer 1984 due to disturbed conditionsthere. However, some repatriates arriving inIndia on their own are being rehabilitated undervarious schemes in Tamil Nadu.

Repatriates Cooperative Finance andDevelopment Bank Ltd. (REPCO),Chennai

13.41 REPCO Bank was set up in the year 1969as a Society under the Madras CooperativeSocieties Act, 1961 (No. 53 of 1961) [now theMulti-State Cooperative Societies Act, 2002(No.39 of 2002)] to help and promote therehabilitation of repatriates from Sri Lanka,Myanmar, Vietnam and other countries. emanagement of the Bank vests in a Board ofDirectors, on which two Directors represent theGovernment of India. e total authorizedcapital of the Bank stood at Rs. 5.25 crore as onMarch 2009. e Government of India hascontributed Rs.1.96 crore, towards the paid-upcapital. Four Southern States (Tamil Nadu,Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and Kerala) havecontributed Rs.0.90 crore and other share-holders have contributed Rs.2.12 crore.

13.42 In 2009 the Government has approved aprovision of additional share capital toRepatriates Cooperative Finance andDevelopment Bank Ltd. (Repco), Chennai to the

Chapter-XIII

168

tune of Rs.74.36 crore over a period of threeyears starting from 2009-10. Rs.48 crore hasalready been released to the Bank in February2010 for the current Financial year viz 2009-10.

13.43 As per its bye-laws, the administrativecontrol over Repco is, at present, with theGovernment of India. e Bank has paid anamount of Rs.39.20 lakh as dividend @ 20% forthe year 2008-09 to the Government of India.Audit of the Bank is up-to-date. e AnnualAccounts and Annual Report of Repco for theyear 2008-09 have been laid in the Rajya Sabhaand Lok Sabha on December 16, 2009 andDecember 15,2009 respectively.

Rehabilitation Plantations Limited(RPL), Punalur, Kerala

13.44 Rehabilitation Plantations Limited(RPL), an undertaking jointly owned by theGovernment of India and Government ofKerala, was incorporated in the year 1976under the Companies Act, 1956, for raisingrubber plantations in Kerala to resettlerepatriates as workers and employees. Themanagement of the Company vests in a Boardof Directors, on which two Directors representthe Government of India. The paid-up sharecapital of the Company (as on March 31st2009) was Rs.339.27 lakh. The Government ofKerala holds Rs.205.85 lakh and theGovernment of India Rs.133.42 lakh of theequity in the Company. Since the StateGovernment is the majority shareholder, theadministrative control over RPL is with theState Government. During the financial year2008-09, the Company made a profit before taxof Rs.757.63 lakh and of Rs. 674.45 lakh aftertax. The Company has paid a dividend ofRs.26.68 lakh to Government of India @ 20 percent of the paid-up share capital during theyear 2008-09. The Annual Accounts andAnnual Report of RPL for the year 2008-09have been laid in the Rajya Sabha and Lok

Sabha on December 16, 2009 and December15,2009 respectively.

Tibetan Refugees

13.45 Tibetan refugees began pouring intoIndia in the wake of the flight of His HolinessDalai Lama in the year 1959 from Tibet. eGovernment of India decided to give themasylum as well as assistance towards temporarysettlement. Care has been taken to retain theirseparate ethnic and cultural identity.

13.46 As per information provided by Bureauof His Holiness the Dalai Lama, the populationof Tibetan refugees in India in February, 2008was 1,10,095. Majority of these refugees havesettled themselves, either through self-employment or with Government’s assistanceunder agricultural and handicras’ schemes indifferent States in the country. Majorconcentration of the Tibetan refugees is inKarnataka (44,468), Himachal Pradesh (21,980),Arunachal Pradesh (7,530), Uttarakhand(8,545), West Bengal (5,785), and Jammu &Kashmir (6,920). e Ministry of Home Affairshave spent an amount of about Rs.18.72 croreon resettlement of Tibetan refugees. eRehabilitation of Tibetan Refugees is almostcomplete.

Ex-gratia payment etc. To displacedpersons from Pak occupied Kashmir,1947 and non-camp displaced personsfrom Chhamb-Niabat Area,1971

13.47 Government of India announced reliefpackages in April & August, 2000 for the Non-camp displaced persons from Chhamb-NiabatArea and displaced persons from Pak occupiedKashmir respectively. A Committee headed byDivisional Commissioner, Jammu was alsoappointed to verify the genuine claims of eligibledisplaced persons. Brief description of the

Chapter-XIII

169

admissible benefits is as follows: -i) Payment of ex-gratia @ of Rs.25,000 per

family to non-camp displaced persons fromChhamb Niabat Area (1971)

ii) Payment of ex-gratia @ of Rs.25,000 perfamily to displaced persons from POK(1947)

iii) Payment of cash compensation in lieu ofland deficiency at the maximum rate ofRs.25,000 per family of displaced personsfrom POK (1947).

iv) Payment of Rs. 2 crore to be provided forthe allotment of plots to those displacedpersons who have already been settled inthe state of J & K and who have not beenallotted plots in the past.

v) Payment of Rs. 25 lakhs to the StateGovernment for improvement of civicamenities in 46 regularised colonies ofdisplaced persons.

13.48 A Committee constituted for verificationof genuine claimants for payment of ex-gratia/rehabilitation assistance and headed bythe Divisional Commissioner, Jammu hasundertaken the job of identification of eligiblebeneficiaries of PoK(1947). A total amount ofRs.6.17 crore has been released to the Govt. ofJ&K for disbursement to verified and eligiblefamilies. Out of a total of 4,988 eligiblebeneficiaries identified by the State Governmentof J & K, 3,859 claims have been verified uptoDecember, 2009. Out of the 3,859 cases verifiedby the Committee, the Government of J&K hasdisbursed an amount of Rs.880.39 lakh to 412families (out of 1,873 families). eGovernment of India has further released Rs.49crore to the State Govt of J&K on December 24,2008 on account of payment of ex-gratia forland deficiency to displaced persons from Pakoccupied Kashmir, 1947 as per the packageannounced by the Prime Minister in April,2008. It has been intimated by the StateGovernment of J & K that out of Rs.49 crore, an

amount of Rs.10 crore as a part payment hasbeen released to Divisional Commissioner,Jammu for further disbursement to thedisplaced persons of 1947 as cash compensationin lieu of the land deficiency. e State Govt.of J&K has further stated that disbursement ofthe full amount (Rs.49 crore) to the displacedpersons of 1947 shall be completed by the endof current financial year, viz, 2009-2010.

13.49 As regards non-camp displaced personsfrom Chhamb-Niabat Area (1971), theCommittee has verified 1,502 cases out of a totalof 1965 cases for payment of ex-gratia @Rs.25,000 per eligible family. Government ofIndia released Rs.83 lakh to Govt. of J&K inMarch, 2004 for disbursement to eligiblebeneficiaries. e State Government hasdisbursed the amount to 1,198 eligiblebeneficiaries.

ENEMY PROPERTY

13.50 e work relating to Enemy Property,which was earlier under the Ministry ofCommerce, was transferred to Ministry ofHome Affairs vide Notification No.1/22/4/2007-Cab, dated June 28, 2007, issued by the CabinetSecretariat in exercise of powers conferredunder clause (3) of the article 77 of theconstitution regarding amendment to theGovernment of India (Allocation of Business)Rules 1961.

13.51 Office of the Custodian of EnemyProperty for India is presently functioningunder the provisions contained in the EnemyProperty Act 1968 which was enacted forcontinued vesting to preserve and manage theEnemy Property vested in the Custodian ofEnemy Property for India. Under the Act, allimmovable and movable properties all overIndia belonging to or held by or managed onbehalf of Pakistan nationals between the period

Chapter-XIII

170 Chapter-XIII

from September 10, 1965 to September 26, 1977,are vested in Custodian of Enemy Property forIndia.

13.52 e Office of the Custodian of EnemyProperty for India is located in Mumbai with abranch office at Kolkata. Presently, theCustodian is managing 2,049 immovableproperties like lands, buildings etc. and movableproperty like securities, shares, debentures, bankbalances, fixed deposits and other amountslying in the enemy nationals bank accounts,provident fund balances etc. In addition, theCustodian is also doing management of twobanks viz Habib Bank and National Bank ofPakistan.

13.53 Aer the Indo-Pak war of 1965 and 1971,the Government of India passed a resolutionNo.12/1/1971 EI&EP dated March 15, 1971 tosanction ex-gratia payment to the extent of 25%of the lost properties to the Indian nationals andcompanies who were in West & East Pakistanduring the said ex-gratia payment to theclaimants. A sum of Rs.71.04 crore has so far

been paid by way of ex-gratia payment to theclaimants till December 31, 2009.

13.54 In terms of the provisions of the EnemyProperty Act, 1968 fees equal to 2% of theincome derived from the properties vested inCustodian are levied and the same shall becredited to the Central Government.Accordingly, a sum of Rs. 5.25 crore being 2%levy has been credited to the Consolidated Fundof India till December 31, 2009 since 1965.

13.55 In September, 2009 a contract has beengiven to National Institute of FinancialManagement (NIFM), Faridabad forpreparation of inventory of allimmovable/movable enemy properties in India.e terms interalia include: (i) valuation ofsecurities (shares/bonds) of listed and quotedcompanies; (ii) physical certification andvaluation of 100 selected immovable properties;and (iii) strategy for investment of corpus fundoutlining road map for maximizing the return.e NIFM is expected to submit its report byMay, 2010.

*****

171Chapter-XIV

CENSUS AND VITAL STATISTICS

14.1 e Office of Registrar General andCensus Commissioner, India (ORG & CCI) isin-charge of planning, coordination andsupervision of the decennial Housing andPopulation Census, tabulation/compilation anddissemination of Census results under theprovisions of the Census Act, 1948 and theCensus (Amendment) Act, 1993. Besides, thisoffice is responsible for overall implementationof the Registration of Births and Deaths Act,1969 in the country and compilation of data ofvital statistics on births and deaths. e ORG &CCI separately brings out estimates of fertilityand mortality at the National and State levelthrough a well represented sample under theSample Registration System (SRS). Since 2003,the ORG & CCI has also been functioning asNational Registration Authority and RegistrarGeneral of Citizen Registration under theCitizenship (Amendment) Act, 2003.e ORG& CCI has now been assigned an additional taskof conducting the Annual Health Survey (AHS)at the behest of Ministry of Health and FamilyWelfare to yield benchmarks of core vital andhealth indicators at the district level.

Planning for the next DecennialCensus 2011

14.2 India has a long tradition of havingregular decennial Censuses since 1872. eCensus 2011 would be the 15th Census in thecountry and the 7th since independence.

14.3 Population Census is the largest

administrative exercise in the country providingstatistical data on different socio-economicparameters of population. It is undertaken oncein 10 years. e Census operations areconducted in two phases. e first phase whichis Houselisting and Housing Census precedesthe population enumeration by about 8 to 9months. e main purpose of the HouselistingOperations is to prepare the frame forundertaking population enumeration, besidesproviding host of data on housing stock,amenities and the assets available for each of thehouseholds. e Houselisting & HousingCensus would be conducted from April toSeptember, 2010. In the second phase -Population Enumeration, data on various socio-economic and demographic parameters like age,sex, literacy, religion, languages known,economic activity status and migration etc. iscollected in respect of each individual.Population Enumeration will be conducted inFeb-March, 2011. In addition, the particularsrequired for the preparation of the NationalPopulation Register will also be collected duringthe first phase of Census.

14.4 At each Census, processing of large-scale data has been a challenge. e effort ateach Census has been to leverage technology forfaster processing of data. During Census 2001,Intelligent Character Recognition (ICR)technology was chosen for processing of data. Itinvolved scanning of canvassed schedules,recognition of hand-written numericinformation from the scanned images, datavalidation and generation of ASCII files forfurther processing. Adoption of this technologyhas helped not only in faster processing of data

CHAPTER

XIVREGISTRAR GENERAL OFINDIA ANDCENSUS COMMISSIONER

172

compared to earlier Censuses but also thegeneration of most of the output tables on centpercent basis than sampling, which was resortedto in past Censuses.

14.5 Census 2011 would be using the sametechnology for data processing. e ICRsoware used in the previous Census has beenupgraded with the latest version.

14.6 e preparations for the ensuingCensus has commenced with the formalnotification of the intent of the Government ofIndia to conduct Census of India in 2011 withthe reference date as March 1, 2011. As has beenthe practice during the past Censuses, a fulldress rehearsal called Pre-Test of the Censuswas conducted during June 28 - August 05, 2009in 1,181 Enumeration Blocks of the country.Based on the feedback of pre-test, the questionsto be canvassed during Houselisting andHousing Census in 2010 have been finalized bythe Technical Advisory Committee (TAC). eGovernment has approved the final set ofquestions to be canvassed during theHouselisting and Housing Census.econcurrence to the proposed period ofHouselisting & Housing Census has beenobtained from all the 35 States. e period ofHouselisting and Housing Census and thequestions to be canvassed during Houselistingand Houing Census have been sent for GazetteNotification in the official Gazette ofGovernment of India.

14.7 For the first time, an initiative toimprove the quality and coverage of Censustaking and to avoid any duplication or omission,‘GIS Based Town Mapping’ has beenundertaken, in 33 capital cities of the country.is will facilitate carving out the Censusenumeration blocks before the actualenumeration.

14.8 e Master Directory of all

villages/towns has been finalised for ensuringcomplete coverage. Various Circulars givinginstructions to all Census Directorates forproper conduct of Census 2011 have beenissued during the current year.

14.9 e Directory of Scheduled Castes andScheduled Tribes for use in 2011 Census isunder preparation.

14.10 A scheme on Mother Tongue Survey ofIndia (MTSI) is being implemented during the11th Five Year Plan relating to survey of mothertongues which were unclassified in 2001 Census.Out of 541 mother tongues earmarked forsurvey, the survey has been completed andreports finalized in respect of 146 mothertongues.

Data Dissemination

14.11 For the first time in 2001 Census, theData Dissemination Centers were set up in eachState which have helped in creating awarenessabout availability of Census data and its use invarious subjects such as demography, socio-economic activities, migration, fertility, etc. Alarge number of Census data products in theform of printed volumes and CDs were madeavailable for use by wide array of data users,including Government departments, voluntaryorganizations within country and atinternational level and also to individualresearch scholars. A few le over tables werereleased in 2009-10. Efforts were thusconcentrated more on publicizing theavailability of the cross classified tabulation. isoffice is regularly participating in BookFairs/Exhibitions for display of Census data andsale. In 2009, the organization participated in 12Book fairs to enhance publicity on theavailability of Census data products, approx. Rs35 lakh (up to February, 2010) was realized onaccount of sale of Census volumes, data on CDand maps.

Chapter-XIV

173

14.12 e significance of household data bycomposition and size cannot beoveremphasized in the face of rapid social andeconomic transformation taking place in thesociety. It is largely believed that India’straditional joint or extended households are fastbreaking down into smaller nuclear or sub-nuclear households concomitantly withmodernization and urbanization processes.Table HH4 providing data on household typesby composition and size captured in 2001Census does not support this common belief.e Table, now released for the first time aer1981 Census, presents data on householdcomposition by size of the household, separatelyfor the male-headed and female-headedhouseholds. It presents the number of single-person, sub-nuclear, nuclear, supplementednuclear, broken-extended, joint and otherhouseholds for each State/UT in the rural andurban areas. Data presented in this publicationis based on samples that have been selectedsystematically subject to a minimum sample sizecriterion.

14.13 In 2009-10, series of State Census Atlaseshave been released showing spatial analysis of2001 Census data on important characteristicsfor each State/UT separately. In addition thefollowing products have been released:

(i) General Population Tables (A1-A4) 2001for 3 States, viz., Chandigarh, Assam andMizoram

(ii) District Census Hand Books (DCHBs) of2001 Census for 466 districts in 26 Statesand UTs

(iii) Analytical Report on the district levelestimates of infant and under 5 childmortality based on 2001 Census

14.14 Census data have been made availableextensively at the Census website. e facility ofShopping Cart at the Census of India website

was modified to help users to select relevanttables or Census reports and place orders foron-line purchase. E-mail alerts were sent to theregistered data users on new releases.

14.15 For providing access to micro levelCensus data for research, a work station is beingset up at Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU).e Centre will be the first of its type and willbe operated under strict supervision of thefaculty from the University. e modalities forsetting up the work station have been finalizedand the required funds have been placed at thedisposal of JNU for implementation of workand for making necessary procurement ofhardware.

Amendments to the Census Act, 1948and the Census Rules, 1990

14.16 Complete coverage and accuracy ofdata have been the principal concerns at eachof the Censuses. For this, security ofinformation shared by the individuals is ofutmost importance. A need has been felt foran enabling provision in the Act forappointment of Observers in identified areasto oversee the Census operations and, thereby,act as a deterrent to any of the wrong doings atthe time of population enumeration.Simultaneously, there is a need to enforcegreater accountability on the part of Censusofficers by providing for certification of thecoverage of population under their charge. Allthis has become necessary after the experienceof 2001 Census in which Census results werechallenged in the courts and applications werefiled seeking information about individualsfrom the Census data. With a view to addressthese issues, Government had set up aCommittee in May 2008 under the RegistrarGeneral and Census Commissioner, India toreview the provisions of the Census Act, 1948and the Census Rules, 1990. The Bill is beingfinalised by Ministry of Law.

Chapter-XIV

174 Chapter-XIV

Conferences/Workshops/Trainings

14.17 In order to smoothly conduct Census2011, Office of Registrar General, India hasundertaken recruitment of over 1200 Officersand Staff in Statistical Cadre. Around 880Officers and Staff have joined the Office of theRegistrar General, India.

14.18 e officers and officials of ORGI havealso participated in different workshops,trainings, etc. held at Institute of SecretariatTraining and Management (ISTM), New Delhi.One senior officer from ORG & CCI has alsoattended the 57th Session of the InternationalStatistical Institute( ISI) in Durban, South Africa( August 16-22, 2009) on 2010 Round ofPopulation and Housing Census.

VITAL STATITICS

Implementation of the Registration ofBirths and Deaths (RBD) Act, 1969

14.19 e Registrar General, Indiacoordinates and unifies the registrationactivities across the country while the ChiefRegistrars of Births and Deaths are the chiefexecutive authorities in the respective States.e registration of births and deaths in thecountry is done by the functionaries appointedby the State Governments under the RBD Act,1969.

14.20 e proportion of registered births anddeaths has witnessed a steady increase over theyears. e registration level of births and deathsfor the country has risen to 71 percent for birthsand 64 percent for deaths respectively,registering an increase of two percent for birthsand one persent for deaths over the previousyear. However, wide variations across the Statesin the level of registration have continued to

persist. e States/UTs of Goa, HimachalPradesh, Kerala, Meghalaya, Mizoram,Nagaland, Punjab, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal,Chandigarh, Delhi and Puducherry haveachieved cent per cent level of registration ofbirths. e States/UTs of Gujarat, Haryana,Karnataka, Sikkim and Daman & Diu haveachieved more than 90 percent level ofregistration of births. However, this level is stillless than 50 percent in the States of Bihar,Jharkhand and Uttar Pradesh. e level ofregistration of deaths is lower than that of birthsin most of the States/UTs except Chhattisgarh,Jharkhand, Karnataka, A&N Island, Dadra &Nagar Haveli and Lakshadweep. e States/UTsof Goa, Kerala, Chandigarh, Delhi andPuducherry have achieved cent percent level ofregistration of deaths. More than 90 percent ofdeaths are being registered in the States ofKarnataka, Mizoram and Tamil Nadu andUnion Territory of A&N Islands. epercentage of death registration ranged between80 and 90 percent in the States of Chhattisgarh,Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, andSikkim and Union Territories of Dadra & NagarHaveli and Daman & Diu. e deathregistration is below 35% in the States ofArunachal Pradesh, Assam and Bihar. Lowerlevel of death registration may partly beattributed to non-registration of female deathsand infant deaths.

14.21 ere have been significant increase inlevel of registration of births in the States ofUttarakhand (8.6%), Madhya Pradesh (7.7%)and Andhra Pradesh (4.0%) and there is amarginal increase in level of registration ofbirths in Rajasthan (1.7%), West Bengal (1.7%)and Gujarat (1.2%) over the pervious year.

14.22 In terms of level of registration ofdeaths, there have been considerableimprovements in death registration in the States

175

of Mizoram (8.2%), Manipur (8.0%),Uttarakhand (5.5%), Chhattisgarh (4.4%),Haryana (3.7%), Sikkim (3.7%), Meghalaya(3.5%) and Orissa (3.2%) over the previous year.

Special Reports on Vital Statistics ofIndia based on the Civil RegistrationSystem

14.23 Special Reports on Vital Statistics ofIndia based on Civil Registration System for theyears 1996-2001 and 2002-2005 respectivelywere released in the National Conference ofChief Registrars of Births & Deaths held inMarch, 2009.

Amendments to the Registration ofBirths and Deaths (RBD) Act, 1969

14.24 e RBD Act, 1969 has been inexistence for nearly four decades and has notbeen amended since then. A need has been feltfor making amendments which have beennecessitated inter-alia to fill the existingloopholes by including sections of thepopulation hitherto not covered under theambit of the Act; to make it people-friendly bysimplifying different sections of the Act and alsoto keep pace with the technological innovationstaking place, specially, in the field ofInformation Technology. Aer consultationwith the State Governments as well asconcerned Central Ministries/ Departments, theconcurrence of the Department of Legal Affairs,Ministry of Law, on the proposed amendmentshas been obtained and the Cabinet Note is beingfinalized.

Medical Certification of Cause ofDeath (MCCD)

14.25 e scheme of Medical Certification ofCause of Death (MCCD) under the Registrationof Births and Deaths (RBD) Act, 1969 provides

a medically authenticated database on causes ofdeath, a prerequisite to monitoring healthtrends of the population. 32 States/UTs haveissued the notification for implementation ofthe scheme of MCCD. ree States/UTs whichhave yet to do it are Kerala, Meghalaya, andLakshadweep.

14.26 As per the annual report on “MedicalCertification of Cause of Death” for the year2004, out of the total registered deaths of42,58,440 in 24 States/UTs, a total of 6,03,260deaths (3,76,048 Males and 2,27,212 Females)have been reported to be medically certified.

14.27 As only selected medical institutions ofdifferent States/UTs that too mostly in urbanareas are covered under the scheme of MCCD,the number of deaths reported therein may lackthe representative character at the State/nationallevel. However, it may throw some valuableinsight into the gravity of various causes ofdeaths. In order to widen the scope andcoverage under the MCCD, thus making itmore reliable, an amendment in Section 10(3)of the RBD Act, 1969 has been contemplated tobring all the medical institutions owned andmanaged by government, non-government,non-profit institutions and individualsproviding specialized or general treatment inthe urban as well as rural areas under thecoverage of the scheme of MCCD for reportingof the medically certified cause of death to theconcerned Registrar on a compulsory basis.

Annual Health Survey (AHS)

14.28 e Annual Health Survey (AHS) hasbeen conceived at the behest of the NationalPopulation Commission, Prime Minister’sOffice (PMO) and Planning Commission as anannual survey to yield benchmarks of core vitaland health indicators at the district level and tomap its rate of change on a continual basis toassess the efficacy of various health

Chapter-XIV

176

interventions including those under NationalRural Health Mission (NRHM). e surveywould, inter-alia, generate indicators such asInfant Mortality Rate (IMR), Total Fertility Rate(TFR) and Maternal Mortality Rate (MMR) atappropriate level of aggregations which are notavailable from any other survey.

14.29 e AHS will be implemented in all284 districts of the Empowered Action Group(EAG) States (Bihar, Jharkhand, MadhyaPradesh, Chhattisgarh, Orissa, Rajasthan, UttarPradesh and Uttarakhand) and Assam duringthe mission period 2007-2012. e survey isbeing implemented by the Office of RegistrarGeneral & Census Commissioner, India (ORG& CCI) on the behalf of the Ministry of Health& Family Welfare. e approval of theGovernment on the scheme has since beenobtained and the survey is likely to commencein April, 2010.

Sample Registration System (SRS)

14.30 e Sample Registration System (SRS)is a large scale demographic survey forproviding reliable estimates of birth rate, deathrate and other fertility and mortality indicatorsat the national and sub-national levels. Initiatedby the Office of the Registrar General, India ona pilot basis in a few selected States in 1964-65,it became fully operational in 1969-70 coveringabout 3,700 sample units. With a view tomonitoring the changes in vital rates, the SRSsampling frame is revised every ten years, apartfrom efforts for enhancing its scope andrationalizing the system. e latest replacementis based on the 2001 Census and is effective fromJanuary 1, 2004. e present SRS has 7,597sample units (4,433 rural and 3,164 urban)spread across all States and Union Territories,encompassing about 1.3 million households andnearly 7 million population. e SRS is a dualrecord system and consists of continuousenumeration of births and deaths by resident

part-time enumerators and an independent halfyearly survey (HYS) by supervisors. eunmatched data from these sources are re-verified in the field. e time lag between thefield survey and release of results under SRS hasbeen reduced to less than one year.

14.31 e SRS Bulletin, October, 2009 underSample Registration System (SRS) for the year2008 has been released. It provides the latest SRSbased estimates of birth rate, death rate, naturalgrowth rate and infant mortality rate for the year2008 for all States/Union Territories, separatelyfor rural and urban areas, vide Annexure-XII.e salient findings are as under:

• Crude Birth Rate (CBR) at national level is22.8 per thousand population; 24.4 in ruralareas and 18.5 in urban areas. Amongbigger States, CBR is the lowest (14.6) inKerala and the highest (29.1) in UttarPradesh;

• Crude Death Rate (CDR) at the nationallevel is 7.4 per thousand population; 8.0 inrural areas and 5.9 in urban areas. Amongthe bigger States, Delhi has recorded thelowest (4.8) and Orissa the highest (9.0);

• Infant Mortality Rate (IMR) (< one year) atthe national level is 53 per 1,000 live births;It has declined by 2 points over thecorresponding estimate of 55 in 2007; itvaries from 58 in rural areas to 36 in urbanareas. Among the bigger States, Kerala hasrecorded the lowest (12) while MadhyaPradesh has reported the highest (70).

14.32 e Compendium of India’s Fertilityand Mortality indicators 1971-2007 based on theSample Registration System (SRS) has beenreleased during the year.

14.33 e Office of Registrar General, Indiahas planned to introduce direct data collectionthrough handheld device from the field underthe SRS as a part of the overall plan of

Chapter-XIV

177

developing a fully integrated online system. Itwould help in reducing further the time lagbetween data collection and release of reportsbesides, creating of electronic database. eapplication soware for the direct data capturehas been developed through NICSI and testedin the field also. e field trials have beensuccessfully conducted in Delhi and Rajasthan.In first phase, the handheld devices will belaunched in 3,164 urban sample units during2nd HYS, 2009 and subsequently, it would beextended to rural units in second phase.

Causes of death in SRS

14.34 e scheme on Survey on Causes ofDeath (SCD), owing to its restricted coverage torural areas and other operational problems, wasintegrated with SRS from 1999. In order todetermine the cause specific mortality by ageand sex, Verbal Autopsy (VA) instruments wereintroduced as an integral component in SRS inall States/UTs from 2004. A Specific Survey ofDeath (SSD) through VA instruments wascarried out in all States/UTs, covering all deathsreported under SRS from 2001 to 2003. Basedon the results of the SSD, the report on Causesof Death in India : 2001-03 has been released inMarch, 2009. e report provides Causes ofDeath as per ‘ICD – 10 classification’ crossclassified by age, sex, residence and EAG States& Assam Vs. other States. Besides, a specialbulletin on the level of maternal mortalityestimate for the country and major States for theyear 2004-06 was published in April, 2009.

PILOT PROJECT ONMULTIPURPOSE NATIONALIDENTITY CARD (MNIC)

14.35 e Citizenship Act, 1955 wasamended in 2003 and Section 14A was inserted,which provides that the Central Governmentmay compulsorily register every citizen of Indiaand issue National Identity Card to him.

Simultaneously, Citizenship Rules 2003 havebeen enacted laying down the processes to befollowed for giving effect to this intent.

14.36 To understand the complexitiesinvolved alongwith technical specifications andtechnology required for national roll out, a pilotproject has been completed on March 31, 2009in selected areas of (12) States and (1) UnionTerritory viz., Andhra Pradesh, Assam, Delhi,Goa, Gujarat, Jammu and Kashmir, Rajasthan,Tripura, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, TamilNadu, West Bengal, and Puducherry. e PilotProject has been completed on March 31, 2009and more than 12.50 lakh identity cards havebeen issued to the citizens of age 18 years andabove in the pilot areas. As a result of the pilotproject, processes for collection and verificationof individual data as well as the technology forpersonalization of identity cards using an inter-operable operating system have beenestablished.

NATIONAL POPULATIONREGISTER (NPR)

14.37 e experience of the pilot project hasshown that determination of citizenship is aninvolved and complicated matter and thatcreation of National Population Register (NPR)of all usual residents with a single reference datewould be more feasible. As the preparation ofNPR involves house-to-house enumeration, thedata collection shall be undertaken along withthe Houselisting Operations of Census 2011 i.e.from April to September, 2010. is would savethe cost considerably. Once the data is digitized,photographs and finger biometrics will becaptured of all usual residents who are of age 15years and above. e Household Schedule forNPR has been finalized aer approval ofquestions to be canvassed.

14.38 Government have created a UniqueIdentification Authority of India (UIDAI) with

Chapter-XIV

178 Chapter-XIV

the objective of assigning a Unique IdentityNumber (UIN) to each resident in the countryas and when she/he registers herself/himself foravailing benefits and/or services from theGovernment. e UID database will be de-duplicated using biometrics of each individualand will thus prevent anyone from having morethan one UID. e NPR for the country isexpected to be created by 2012-2013. Oncecreated, it will be handed over to UIDAI forassigning the UID numbers. e office of RGIwill de-duplicate the NPR database and assignUID numbers. Later, the office of RGI. willmaintain and update the database.

14.39 For strengthening the security alongthe coastline of the country, the creation of NPR

in 3,331 coastal villages has been undertakenahead of 2011 Census. In Andaman & NicobarIslands, all the towns and villages will be coveredfor data collection in the First Phase while inrespect of the other coastal States/UTs, 3,331coastal villages will be covered. e remainingcoastal towns/cities will be covered at the timeof the preparation of NPR for the country withthe next Census. Direct data collectionalongwith the photograph and finger biometricshas been resorted to. Government has alsodecided to issue identity (smart) cards to the‘usual residents’ of these villages who are of 18years of age and above. e field work of directdata collection is in progress and details of morethan 7 million persons have been collected sofar.

*********

179Chapter-XV

Bharat Ratna Award

15.1 Bharat Ratna is the highest civilianhonour of the country. It is awarded forexceptional service towards advancement of art,literature and science and in recognition ofpublic service of the highest order. Instituted inthe year 1954, this award has been conferred on41 persons so far. It was last conferred on PanditBhimsen Gururaj Joshi for the year 2009.

Padma Awards

15.1 Padma Awards are conferred in threecategories, namely, Padma Vibhushan, PadmaBhushan and Padma Shri. e awards are givenin ten broad disciplines/field of activities viz. art,social work, public affairs, science &engineering, trade & industry, medicine,literature & education, sports, civil service andmiscellaneous.

15.3 e decoration of Padma Vibhushan isawarded for exceptional and distinguishedservice in any field; Padma Bhushan fordistinguished service of high order and PadmaShri for distinguished service in any field.

15.4 It is the practice to invite nominationsfor Padma Awards every year from the StateGovernments, Union Territory Administrations,Ministries/Departments of the CentralGovernment, Institutes of Excellence, recipientsof Bharat Ratna/Padma Vibhushan award.Besides them, a large number ofrecommendations are also received suo-motufrom several Cabinet Ministers, Governors,Chief Ministers, Members of Parliament,

Members of Legislative Assemblies, privateindividuals, organizations, etc. All theserecommendations are placed before the PadmaAwards Committee for its consideration. erecommendations of the Padma AwardsCommittee are submitted to the Prime Ministerand the President for their approval and theawards are announced on the eve of RepublicDay.

15.5 e President of India has approvedthe conferment of Padma Award on 130 personson the occasion of Republic Day 2010. isincludes 13 persons in the category ofForeigners/ NRIs/ PIOs. e award comprises 6Padma Vibhushan, 43 Padma Bhushan and 81Padma Shri. ere are 17 ladies among theawardees. e decoration of the award will bepresented by the President of India atRashtrapati Bhavan in late March/ early April,2010.

Gallantry Awards

15.6 e Ashoka Chakra series of Gallantryawards, administered by the Ministry ofDefence, are announced on Republic Day andIndependence Day every year.Recommendations in respect of civilian citizensare processed in the Ministry of Home Affairs.

15.7 e President has approved the namesof four civilians for Gallantry award onIndependence Day, 2009. ese are for ShauryaChakra. For Republic Day 2010, the Presidenthas approved the names of 5 civilians, whichincludes 4 Kirti Chakra and 1 Shaurya Chakra.e decoration of the award will be presented by

CHAPTER

XVMISCELLANEOUS ISSUESAWARDS ANDDECORATIONS

180

the President of India at Rashtrapati Bhavan indue course.

Jeevan Raksha Padak Awards

15.8 Jeevan Raksha Padak awards wereinstituted in the year 1961. As the name of theaward suggests, it is given to a rescuer for savingsomeone’s life.

15.9 e awards are given in threecategories, namely, Sarvottam Jeevan RakshaPadak, Uttam Jeevan Raksha Padak and JeevanRaksha Padak. Sarvottam Jeevan Raksha Padakis awarded for conspicuous courage under thecircumstances of very great danger to the life ofthe rescuer; Uttam Jeevan Raksha Padak isawarded for courage and promptitude undercircumstances of great danger to the life of therescuer and Jeevan Raksha Padak is awarded forcourage and promptitude under circumstancesof grave bodily injury to the rescuer in an act orseries of acts of human nature in saving life fromdrowning, fire, accident, electrocution, land-slide, animal attack, etc.

15.10 Nominations for this awards areinvited every year from all State/UTGovernments and Ministries/Departments ofthe Government of India. ese are consideredby an Awards Committee. e AwardsCommittee makes its recommendations to thePrime Minister and the President for approval.

15.11 e ceremony for these awards is heldin the respective State Capitals of the awardees.e awardee is presented a medallion and aCertificate signed by the Home Minister. eawardees are also given a lump-sum monetaryallowance at the rate of Rs.75,000 for SarvottamJeevan Raksha Padak, Rs. 45,000 for UttamJeevan Raksha Padak & Rs.30,000 for JeevanRaksha Padak.

15.12 For the year 2009, the President has

approved Jeevan Raksha Padak awards for 53persons. is includes 2 Sarvottam JeevanRaksha Padaks, 7 Uttam Jeevan Raksha Padaksand 44 Jeevan Raksha Padaks.

VIGILANCE MACHINERY

15.13 e Vigilance set up of the Ministry ofHome Affairs is headed by the Joint Secretary(Administration), who is also the ChiefVigilance Officer (CVO) of the Ministry. He isassisted by a Deputy Secretary and an UnderSecretary in the discharge of his functions. eVigilance Section deals with all disciplinarymatters of the Ministry of Home Affairs(Proper), all matters related to AnnualConfidential Reports and coordinates vigilanceactivities in the attached and subordinate officesof the Ministry, such as Central Police Forces,Central Police Organisations, etc.

15.14 e measures taken within theMinistry to strengthen preventive vigilance arebriefly summed up as follows :-

a) e Chief Vigilance Officer maintainsliaison with all attached/subordinate officesto ensure timely completion of varioustasks relating to vigilance work.

b) e Annual Action Plan for vigilance/anti-corruption measures of the Department ofPersonnel and Training is beingimplemented by the Ministry of HomeAffairs. e Attached/Subordinate officesin the Ministry are asked to implement thePlan effectively and report the progressevery quarter to the Ministry. Regularreviews of the vigilance activities in thesubordinate formations of the Ministry areundertaken and reports sent to theDepartment of Personnel and Training atthe end of every quarter.

c) All reports required to be sent to CentralVigilance Commission and the Departmentof Personnel and Training are sent to the

Chapter-XV

181

concerned authorities of the prescribedperiodic intervals.

d) Some Divisions in the Ministry likeFreedom Fighters and RehabilitationDivision, Foreigners Division andProcurement Wing of PoliceModernisation Division, having substantialpublic dealings, are kept under close watch.

e) All officers and members of staff working insensitive Sections/Divisions are required tofill up a special security questionnaireperiodically and positive vetting is done intheir cases through the Intelligenceagencies. It serves as on effective tool inensuring that only persons withunimpeachable integrity are posted insensitive places in the Ministry.

f) Liaison is maintained with the Heads of the

Divisions which have been categorized assensitive to ensure that a close watch is kepton the activities of the officials working insuch Divisions.

g) Progress on disposal of complaints received

from various sources and pendancy ofdisciplinary/vigilance cases is regularlymonitored by the CVO.

h) With a view to curb development of vestedinterests, staff in the Ministry is rotatedamongst various divisions. An exercise tocategories the posts as sensitive or non-sensitive to facilitate rotation of staff hasbeen undertaken.

i) List of officers whose integrity is doubtful ismaintained and periodically reviewed.

15.15 e “Vigilance Awareness Week” wasobserved from November 3 - 7, 2009. A pledgewas administered by the Secretary, Departmentof Personnel and Training on November 3, 2009to the officers of Ministry of Home Affairs. An

Open Forum on ”Suggestions for eradicatingcorruption” was also organized. e VigilanceAwareness Week was observed in theattached/subordinate offices of the Ministry aswell.

Chapter-XV

Secretary, Department of Personnel and Training administering pledge to theofficers of Ministry of Home Affairs during vigilance Awareness Week”

observed form November 3-7, 2009

182

15.16 e Ministry keeps a watch over allcases pending at different stages including thecases pending in its attached and subordinateoffices, so that such cases are disposed of in atime bound manner. e status of pendancy ismonitored by the CVO and at appropriateintervals meetings with CVOs and VOs ofconcerned attached/subordinate is taken byhim.

15.17 Statistics in respect of vigilance anddisciplinary cases dealt with in the Ministry ofHome Affairs and its attached and subordinateoffices during the year 2009-10 (up to December31, 2009) are at Annexure-XIII.

RIGHT TO INFORMATION ACT,2005

15.18 Under the provisions of the Right toInformation Act, 2005, this Ministry hasinitiated the following actions:

• An RTI Section has been set up to collect,transfer the applications under the RTI Act,2005 to the Central Public InformationOfficers/Public Authorities concerned andto forward the annual return regardingreceipt & disposal of the RTIapplications/appeals to the CentralInformation Commission.

• Details of the Ministry’s functions alongwith its functionaries etc. have been placedon the RTI portal of this Ministry’s officialwebsite as required under section 4(1) (b) ofthe Act.

• All Deputy Secretary/Director level officershave been designated as Central PublicInformation Officers (CPIOs) under section5(1) of the Act, in respect of the subjectsbeing handled by them.

• All Joint Secretaries have been designated asAppellate Authorities in terms of section 19(1) of the Act, in respect of Deputy

Secretaries/Directors working under themand designated as CPIOs.

• e annual return under section 25 of theAct for the year ended March 31, 2009 inrespect of this Ministry and its attached andsubordinate offices and Delhi Police hasbeen uploaded on the website of thisMinistry and given on-line to the CentralInformation Commission.

• To facilitate the receipt of applications underthe RTI Act, 2005 a provision has been madeto receive the applications at the receptioncounter of this Ministry in each of its threebuildings viz. North Block, Lok NayakBhavan and Jaisalmer House. eapplications so received are furthertransferred by the RTI Section to theCPIOs/Public Authorities concerned.

• During the year 2008-09, 26,906applications were dealt with, as against20,920 applications dealt with during theprevious year.

SECRETARIAT SECURITYORGANIZATION

15.19 e Secretariat Security Organization(SSO) is the nodal agency for the security ofGovernment buildings under the security coverof the Ministry of Home Affairs. At presentthere are 49 buildings under the Ministrysecurity cover housing offices of variousMinistries/Departments of the Government ofIndia. ese buildings are located at variousplaces in Delhi in a radius of approximately 16Km. e organization is responsible forformulation of policies regarding GovernmentBuilding Security (GBS) and executing themthrough:-

(1) e Reception Organisation; and (2) Central Industrial Security Force

(CISF)/Secretariat Security Force (SSF)

Chapter-XV

183

15.20 e Reception Organisationcomprising of 120 personnel is manning 53Reception Offices located in the 38 Governmentbuildings. Entry of visitors to these buildings isregulated through the various ReceptionOfficers from where visitors passes are issuedand a record kept thereof. Visitor passes areissued only aer confirming from officers of apre-determined level if the visitor is to beallowed entry or otherwise.

15.21 e GBS unit of the CISF and the SSFare deployed for the security of the buildingsincluding their premises. e two forces areassigned the task of:

(a) Access Control - To ensure that nounauthorized person, vehicle or material isallowed access to the government buildingsincluding their premises. Only bonafidepersons holding valid I/Cards issued by thisMinistry are allowed entry. Apart fromthis, visitors holding valid temporary/dailyvisitors pass are allowed entry aerchecking/frisking including checking oftheir bags/brief cases, etc.

(b) Anti-terrorist Measures – e forces areprimarily responsible for anti-terroristmeasures in the buildings.

(c) Forcible entry/armed attack - Toprevent/counter any attempt of forcibleentry/armed attack on the buildings andtake effective action against such forcibleentry/armed attack as first responder.

(d) Intrusion - To deter, detect and neutralizeany kind of intrusion into the building.

(e) Exit Control - To prevent pilferage ofgovernment property from the building.

SPORTS

15.22 Teams as well as individual officialsfrom Ministry of Home Affairs have been takingpart in various inter-Ministry sporting activities

being conducted from time to time by theCentral Civil Services Sports Control Board(CCSCB) of the Department of of Personnel andTraining and have brought laurels to the Ministyby their inspired peformances.

15.23 e Ministry won the Men TeamChampionship in the Inter-Ministry CarromTournament for 2009-10. Besides, Shri RajaRamaswamy and Shri Inderjit Bhatia won thewinner and runners up positions respectively inthe individual men Veteran Singles event. eteam has been giving a consistently goodperformance over the years.

OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

15.24 An Official Language Division isfunctioning in the Ministry to implement theprovisions of the Official Languages Act, 1963,as amended in 1967, Official Languages Rules,1976, as amended in 1987 and otheradministrative instructions issued on the subjectfrom time to time. e Division ensurescompliance with the official language policy ofthe Government in the Ministry of HomeAffairs and its attached and subordinate offices.

Implementation of the Officiallanguage Policy

15.25 Keeping in view the large size of theMinistry, 20 Official Language ImplementationCommittees have been constituted at theDivision level, each headed by the JointSecretary of the Division concerned. All theOfficers of the rank of Section Officer and aboveup to the rank of the Director of the Divisionconcerned are members of the respectiveCommittee. e Quarterly Progress Reportsregarding progressive use of Hindi in officialwork received from Sections/Desks of therespective Divisions are reviewed in thesemeetings and remedial measures suggested toavoid recurrence of the shortcomings.

Chapter-XV

184

Compliance with the Section 3 (3) ofthe Official Languages Act, 1963, asamended in 1967 and correspondencein Hindi

15.26 Section 3 (3) of the Official LanguagesAct, 1963, as amended in 1967 is being compliedwith fully and all the documents covered underthis section are being invariably issuedbilingually. All the letters received or signed inHindi, irrespective of the fact from where theyare received, are being replied to in Hindi.Efforts are being made to increasecorrespondence in Hindi with the offices of theCentral Government, State Governments, UTAdministrations and the general public in theregions ‘A’ & ‘B’.

Official Language Inspections

15.27 Official Language inspections werecarried out in 10 offices under the Ministrylocated outside Delhi. e ParliamentaryCommittee on Official Language also inspected04 offices of the Ministry during the year.Besides, 07 sections of the Ministry were alsoinspected by the personnel of Official LanguageDivision.

Hindi Day/Hindi Month

15.28 Hindi Month was organized in theMinistry from September 14 to October 13,2009. Various Hindi competitions andprogrammes such as a Hindi Workshop and avery informative lecture by an eminent HindiScholar, Shri Lakshmi Shankar Vajpayee,Station Director, All India Radio, New Delhiwere organized in which 190 personnel of theMinistry participated with a lot of enthusiasm.Hindi speaking as well as non-Hindi speakingpersonnel of the Ministry participated in a largenumber and with zeal in the competitions andthe programmes.

Training in Hindi Typing and HindiStenography

15.29 Out of the total 63 Lower DivisionClerks, 54 are trained in Hindi typewriting atpresent. Similarly, out of the total 140Stenographers, 79 are trained in HindiStenography.

Hindi Workshop

15.30 ree Hindi workshops were organizedin the months of June, 2009 and September,2009 and December, 2009 to motivateemployees to do their official work in Hindi andto train them up effectively in attempting notingand draing originally in Hindi. Sixty oneemployees participated enthusiastically in theseworkshops.

Incentive Schemes

15.31 An incentive scheme to encourage theofficers and the employees to do their work inHindi has been in vogue for the last many yearsin the Ministry. 10 cash prizes are awardedunder the scheme every year. e entries for theyear 2008-09 were evaluated/finalized and 10personnel were selected for cash prizes alongwith certificates. Besides, the Ministry has beenoperating another incentive scheme since theyear 2007-08 to motivate the officers to givedictation in Hindi. Two officers participated inthe scheme of the year 2008-09 and wereselected for cash prize of Rs.1,000 each and acertificate.

Rajbhasha Shield Yojana

15.32 ‘Rajbhasha Shield Yojana’, an incentivescheme for the attached/subordinate offices ofthe Ministry for encouraging them to use Hindiin their official work, has been in existence forthe last many years. Entries for the year 2008-09have been received from all the offices under theMinistry and are under evaluation.

Chapter-XV

185

REDRESSAL OF PUBLICGRIEVANCES

15.33 An Internal Grievances RedressalMachinery (IGRM), functioning in thisMinistry attends to all grievances. 2,603grievances were received and attended to duringthe period from April 1, 2009 to January 31,2010.

15.34 e Joint Secretary (Coordination andPublic Grievances) has been nominated asDirector of Public grievances. e name,designation, room number, telephone number,etc. of Director of Public Grievances have beendisplayed at the Reception counter.

15.35 A Public Grievance Officer has beennominated in each Division as the Nodal Officerwho monitors the progress of the redressal ofPublic Grievances relating to the respectiveDivision.

PARLIAMENTARY BUSINESS

15.36 e Ministry of Home Affairs dealswith a wide range of subjects, which arecomplex as well as sensitive in naturewarranting constant parliamentary attention.is is reflected in the legislative and non-legislative business of the Parliament when it isin Session, as also in the recommendations ofvarious Parliamentary Committees referred tothis Ministry for taking action. is Ministryhas been organising regular meetings of theConsultative Committee. Inputs are alsoprovided for the resolutions, etc. adopted by theInter-Parliamentary Union, high levelInternational fora for political multilateralnegotiations.

15.37 is Ministry held three meetings ofthe Consultative Committee during the year2009-2010 under the chairmanship of UnionHome Minister on the following subjects :

• ‘National Police Mission’ on October 26,2009

• ‘Visa, Immigration & Foreign Contribution’on December 18, 2009

• ‘Modernisation of Police Forces’ onFebruary 4, 2010

15.38 e Action Taken on therecommendation contained in the 140th Report(on the action taken by Government on therecommendations/observations contained inthe 132nd Report on the Demands for Grants2008-2009) was submitted to the Committee asper schedule. As required under Rule 266 of theRules of Procedure and Conduct of Business inRajya Sabha and Rule 389 of the Rules ofProcedure and Conduct of Business in LokSabha, statements were made by the concernedMinister in both the Houses of Parliament (onAugust 3, 2009 in Rajya Sabha and on August 4,2009 in Lok Sabha) regarding the progress madetowards implementation of therecommendations contained in the 140thReport of the Committee.

DEPARTMENTAL ACCOUNTINGORGANISATION

Audit Objections/Paras

15.39 Departmental AccountingOrganisation (DAO) of Ministry of HomeAffairs working as a part of internal FinanceWing of Ministry of Home Affairs is responsiblefor payment, accounting and internal audit ofthe Ministry of Home Affairs and all its attachedoffices. DAO brings out monthly and annualfinancial statements for the Ministry andsubmits it to the Controller General of Accountswho compiles for the entire Government ofIndia as a whole. e DAO is headed by ChiefController of Accounts (CCA) who acts as aPrincipal Accounting Adviser to the ChiefAccounting Authority (Secretary) of theMinistry. As an integral part of Internal Finance

Chapter-XV

186

Wing of the Ministry, CCA helps AdditionalSecretary & Financial Adviser in maintainingan efficient system of financial management inthe Ministry. DAO works in a computerizedenvironment using a soware “COMPACT” formanaging its payment and accountingfunctions. e data from COMPACT isuploaded on a web based application called e-lekha which has the capability of generating realtime reports which serve as a part of expenditureinformation system for the Ministry. e DAOalso assists the IFD in budget formulation,budget execution and budget reporting.

15.40 e internal audit wing of the Ministry,under the overall guidance of ControllerGeneral of Accounts has undertaken the RiskBased Audit of various schemes of this Ministry.e revised internal audit manual, 2009 has alsofocused on reorienting the Internal Auditfunction for conducting a Risk Based andPerformance Audit of various aspects offunctioning of the Ministry. An AuditCommittee under the Chairmanship ofSecretary of the Ministry has been constitutedto have an oversight of the functioning of RiskManagement and Controls in the Ministry andits attached offices. e Internal Audit Wingcarries out Concurrent Audit quarterly forModernization of Police Force and half yearly ofSecurity Related Expenditures in various States.e Internal Audit Wing also takes up specialaudit engagements as per Terms of Referencegiven by the executive wings of the Ministry.

15.41 e Demands for Grants of theMinistry of Home Affairs (MHA) includebudgetary requirements of various Central Para-military Forces (CPFs), Central PoliceOrganizations (CPOs), Union Territories (UTs)(with and without legislature), Registrar Generalof India, Department of Official Language, etc.e 10 Demand for Grants take care ofexpenditure requirements of all these agencies.

With UTs, beginning to implement COMPACTand e-lekha, the expenditure filing and reportingfor all the grants of MHA would be on a realtime basis. Besides, internal audit the operationsand financial statements of MHA are subjectedto Statutory Audit as well which is carried outby the Office of the Comptroller & AuditorGeneral of India (C&AG).

15.42 Aer carrying out the audit ofexpenditure initially, the Inspection Reports(IRs) indicating the audit observations are madeavailable to the concerned Units/Organizations,which in time make efforts to settle theobservations. C&AG through the Reportsubmitted to Parliament, prepares audit parasagainst which Action Taken Notes are requiredto be prepared by the Ministry. In order topromptly settle the audit paras, the status ofpendency is monitored at the highest level onquarterly basis, where representatives ofDirector General (Audit) are also invited in themeetings. Soware to monitor the pendingaudit paras is also being developed in the Officeof the Chief Controller of Accounts. e receiptand liquidation of audit paras is a continuousongoing process. As on April 1, 2009, there were21 such audit paras pending in this Ministry.During the period from April 1, 2009 toDecember 31, 2009, 19 new paras were received,bringing the total to 40. Out of which, 15 parashave been settled during the period, leaving abalance of 25 such paras as on December 31,2009.

15.43 e number of outstanding IR paras inrespect of all organizations under the control ofMHA as on April 1, 2009 was 3,965. During theperiod from April 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009,the total number of Audit Objections/Parassettled and received was 700 and 955respectively. us, as on December, 31, 2009,the number of outstanding IR paras was 4,220.To monitor the progress of settlement of these

Chapter-XV

187

Paras, ad-hoc committees have been constitutedin the Ministry. e position in respect of eachorganization is at Annexure-XIV.

15.44 Status of ATNs on Important AuditObservations included in earlier AnnualReports is given at Annexure - XV. A summaryof most recent and important audit observationspertaining to this Ministry and made availableby the C&AG and their latest status is atAnnexures-XVI and XVII respectively.

EMPOWERMENT OF WOMEN ANDWEAKER SECTIONS OF THESOCIETY

Redressal of complaints pertaining tosexual harassment of work place

15.45 e Ministry of Home Affairs hasconstituted a five member ComplaintCommittee for redressal of complaintspertaining to sexual harassment at workplace, ifany, made by aggrieved women employees ofthe Ministry. e Committee has one male andfour women members, including theChairperson, and a member from the YoungWomen’s Christian Association as an NGOmember. e Committee has started holdingregular quarterly meetings, the first of whichwas held on September 09, 2009.

15.46 e Committee has not received anycomplaint regarding sexual harassment atworkplace during the year.

Benefit to Physically HandicappedPersons

15.47 e Central Government haveprescribed 3% reservation in employment tophysically handicapped persons (one per centeach for blindness or low vision, hearing

impairment and locomotor disability or cerebralpalsy)

15.48 ere are 09 Visually handicapped, 01Hearing Impaired and 14 orthopaedicallyhandicapped persons working in the Ministryof Home Affairs.

15.49 On account of the nature of work, allcategories posts of ‘combatant personnel’ of theCentral Police Forces are exempted fromsection 33 of Persons with Disabilities (EqualOpportunities, Protection of Rights and FullParticipations) Act, 1995.

GENDER BUDGETING

15.50 e initiatives taken in the Ministry ofHome Affairs for the benefit of women havebeen elaborated in the following paras.

Central Industrial Security Force(CISF)

15.51 CISF is implementing followingschemes exclusively benefiting women during2009 - 2010:-

• e CISF has taken initiative forconstruction of Family Welfare Centres(FWCs) at Reserve Battalions and TrainingInstitutions exclusively for the benefit ofwomen. Presently, FWCs are beingconstructed at RTC Behror (Rajasthan) andRTC Arakkonam (TN). ese FamilyWelfare Centres are constructed exclusivelyfor women to learn new skills and augmenttheir family income by earning through theactivities like stitching, handicras,production of food items etc.

• Budgetary provision of Rs. 1.34 crore in BE2009-10 has been reduced to Rs. 0.81 crorein RE 2009-10, keeping in view the pace ofconstruction of buildings at both the

Chapter-XV

188

locations. However, construction of FWCswill be completed in next financial year2010-11.

Bureau of Police Research &Development (BPR&D)

15.52 BPR&D which is undertaking studieson police problems and formulating andcoordinating policies and programmes forpolice training etc. has undertaken a number ofactivities for the benefit, welfare anddevelopment of women in police. A provision ofRs. 90 lakh in Budget Estimates 2009-10 hasbeen made for the following schemes benefitingwomen:- i) Research Study (Rs. 26 lakh);ii) Research Study on identification of best

prison practices awarded to Dr. UpneetLalli, Chandigarh (Rs. 3.18 lakh);

iii) Research study on ‘Police performance inExtremist & Non-extremist affected areas- An introspective understanding’awarded to Dr. Anuradha Dutta, ProjectDirector, Omeo Kumar Das Institute ofSocial Sciences and Development,Guwahati. Research project is coordinatedby Prof. (Dr.) V. Veeraraghavan, NewDelhi (Rs. 31.60 lakh);

iv) Research study on Central Act and all therules framed by the States on the PrivateSecurity Agencies (Regulation) Act, 2005awarded to Ms. Menaka Guruswamy,Advocate, Supreme Court of India (Rs. 1lakh);

v) Research study on ‘Status of Crime againstWomen in Southern Region, Kerala,Tamil Nadu and North East Region’ co-ordinated by Prof. (Dr.) DeeptiShrivastava, Bhopal (Rs. 4.03 lakh);

vi) Award of Junior Research Fellowships fordoctoral work in Police Science andCriminology as per the guidelines laiddown by the UGC (Rs. 5.35 lakh);

vii) Courses on Self Development and Conflict

Management for Women Police Officersof the rank of Dy. SP to ASI at CentralDetective Training Schools under BPR&D(Rs. 6 lakh);

viii) Courses on Crime Against Women vis-a-vis Human Rights, Juvenile Justice &Human Rights at Central DetectiveTraining Schools under BPR&D(Rs. 5 lakh);

ix) Seminar-cum-workshop on “Traffickingof Persons and Role of Police in thecountry” (Rs. 7 lakh);

x) Vertical Interaction Course for IPS andother Senior Officers on issues relating toGender & SC/ST categories (Rs. 10 lakh);

xi) Pandit Govind Ballabh Pant AwardScheme - Publication of Hindi Books(Rs. 84,000).

Research and training activitiesundertaken by BPR&D during the year2009-10 benefiting the women

• ree women have been selected for theDoctoral fellowship in Police Science andCriminology during 2009-10 and oneinstallment of Rs. 54,500 each releasedduring 2009-10.

• Research study on ‘Identification of BestPrison Practices’ was awarded to Dr. UpneetLalli, Chandigarh with a total outlay of Rs.4,77,500 out of which final installmentamounting to Rs. 1,59,168 has been released.

• Research study on Central Act and all therules framed by the States on the PrivateSecurity Agencies (Regulation) Act, 2005awarded to Ms. Menaka Guruswamy,Advocate, Supreme Court of India and Rs.1lakh sanctioned.

• Second installment amounting to Rs. 11,70,556 being awarded to Dr. AnuradhaDutta, Project Director, Omeo Kumar DasInstitute of Social Changes andDevelopment, Guwahati and Prof. (Dr) V.

Chapter-XV

189

Veeraraghavan, New Delhi, coordinator ofthe Research project.

• Second installment amounting to Rs.13,40,794 being awarded to Prof. (Dr.)Deepti Shrivastava, Bhopal, coordinator ofthe Research study on ‘Status of Crimeagainst Women in Southern Region Kerala,Tamil Nadu and North East Region’.

• Research study on ‘Follow-up of ReleasedOffenders on their Reformation andRehabilitation’ has been awarded to Dr.Deepti Srivastava, Bhopal with outlay of Rs.4,99,800 out of which the final installmentof Rs .1,66,600 has been released.

• Second installment amounting to Rs .83.000awarded to Dr. Sudeshna Mukherjee,Lecturer, Bangalore University for theResearch study on “A ComparativeSociological Analysis of the Job Stress,Vulnerability and subsequent Security Needfor the women in the ITES and GarmentIndustries in the Silicon Valley of India,Bangalore.”

• Final installment amounting to Rs.60,000being awarded to Dr. Anupam Sharma,Lecturer, Meerut University for theResearch study on “Democratic System,Administrative, Cultural and PoliceAdministration (A case study of WesternUttar Pradesh).

• Five (5) women were sanctioned fellowship(ongoing) amount totaling Rs. 3.83 lakh forthe Doctoral Work in Police Science andCriminology.

• Six (6) courses on Crime against Womenvis-à-vis Human Rights and Juvenile Justiceand Human Rights were conducted atCentral Detective Training Schools underBPR&D, incurring an expenditure of Rs.5lakh during 2009-10.

• Five (5) courses on Self Development andConflict Management exclusively forWomen Police Officers of the rank of Dy. SPto ASI were organized at Central DetectiveTraining Schools under BPR&D, incurring

an expenditure of Rs. 6 lakh during 2009-10.• Fieen (15) Seminars-cum-Workshops on

trafficking of personnel and role of police inthe country have been organized incurringan expenditure of Rs.7 lakh during 2009-10.

• Fourteen (14) numbers of VerticalInteraction Courses for IPS and SeniorOfficers on the issues relating to Gender &SC/ST have been organized incurring anexpenditure of Rs.10 lakh during 2009-10.

Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF)

15.53 CRPF is implementing followingschemes exclusively benefiting women during2009 - 2010:-• Gymnasium and other facilities for physical

activities exclusively for ladies.• Provision of music systems, TVs and DVDs

etc. for recreation of women in the ladiesroom.

• Common staff room for ladies for lunch etc.• Women hostel.• Day care centre/Creche including provision

of Ayah to look aer children.• Providing embroidery machines exclusively

to women to enable them to gain extra skills.• Provision of women specific items and

equipments like Electric Hair Cutter andSauna Belts, Abdominal Exercise Machinefor the use of ladies.

• Women oriented periodicals, books andjournals in recreation/common staff rooms.

15.54 Gymnasiums have been established inGroup Centres and office of Inspectors Generalof Police of CRPF at various locations of theForce. At these centres exclusive facility andequipment have been provided for ladies tocarry out physical training and exercises. AtDelhi, a Sauna Belt and Abdominal ExerciseMachine for the use of Mahila personnel havebeen provided exclusively for the womenemployees for keeping themselves fit and trim.

Chapter-XV

190

Group Centres and IG offices at Jammu, Patnaand Delhi have been provided with musicsystems, TVs and DVDs etc. for recreation ofwomen in Family Welfare Centres. Womenoriented magazines and periodicals are alsoprovided in the Family Welfare Centres andcommon staff rooms regularly. Provision hasalso been made at CRPF locations like GroupCentre, Sindri for common staff room for ladiesfor lunch break and other women specificactivities. Exclusive Women’s Hostel has beenprovided for female employees of CRPF MahilaBattalian at GC, CRPF Gandhinagar wherevarious female oriented faculties have beencreated. Besides, provision of Women’s Hostelat Group Centre, CRPF, Bhubaneshwar (Orissa)for various women oriented requirements hasbeen kept during 2009-10. With a view toproviding welfare for women employees, GCPinjore has provided two Embroidery Machinesin its Family Welfare Centre which is orientedto enhance skill of women employees. Crechehave been opened in various locations of CRPFlike Jammu, Nagpur, Pinjore, Gandhinagar,Pune, Sindri, RAF Delhi etc. where provision foran Ayah have also been made to care of thechildren, while women members of Force areaway on duty.

15.55 CRPF comprised two exclusive MahilaBattalions, one at Delhi and another atGandhinagar (Gujarat). e Mahila personnelof these Battalions are deployed for various lawand order duties. In addition, CRPF also has1,689 of Mahila employees at various levels thatare part of other General Duty Battalions andrendering different kind of law and order andother police duties around the country. estrength of the 2 Mahila Battalions and otheroffices in the CRPF is 4,252 and the approximateannual salary cost on their employment isRs.91.57 crore.

15.56 e first Indian Female Formed Police

Unit (FFPU) consisting of 125 female formedpolice officers reached Monrovia, Liberia onJanuary 30, 2007 and aer pre-inductiontraining w.e.f. February 2, 2007 to February 5,2007, the troops started with their firstdeployment at Unity Conference Centre onFebruary 8, 2007. Main duties assigned to FFPUwere to provide back up to the Special SecurityService and Liberian National Police forsecuring Ministry of Foreign Affairs, the officecomplex of President of Liberia. Two sectionsare earmarked for the joint task force patrol.Various patrol vehicles patrol the city andneighboring areas for crime prevention. AndFFPU being the only women armed wing of theUNPOL is an integral part of the patrols (ineach patrol, two of the FFPU officers are integralpart). Besides, the FFPU was also tasked toprovide reserve at LNP (Liberian NationalPolice) HQ for reacting to any situation whicharises in the city. FFPU has also participated inspecial operations, which were conductedjointly with the Armed Force of the Mission,UNPOL and Liberian National Police.

15.57 On completion of tenure, the firstbatch has been replaced by another batch of thesame strength, deployed in Liberia w.e.f.January 31, 2008 and second batch replaced by3rd batch w.e.f. January 23, 2009 which will bereplaced by 4th contingent of FFPU from Indiain the last week of January, 2010.

15.58 e President of Liberia hasappreciated and praised the good work done bythis Female Formed Police Unit (CRPF) atLiberia, which was conveyed to DirectorGeneral, CRPF during his last visit to Liberia tointeract with the CRPF Mahila employees ofCRPF posted to Liberia have been earning goodname themselves both for policing duties as wellas on their efforts to provide relief to the peopleof Liberia in their area of operation.

15.59 e names of the schemes exclusivelybenefiting women and the provisions made

Chapter-XV

191Chapter-XV

*****

against each of them during the year 2009-10and 2010-11 are as under:-

(Rs. in lakh)Sl. Scheme Allocation

No. 2009-10 2010-11

1. Day Care Centre 4.95 17.082. Gender Sensitization 3.49 2.283. Health Care Centre 9.45 36.674. Improvised Service 2.15 2.025. Nutritional Care 4.96 4.34

Centre6. Women’s Hostel/ 2.55 403.33

FamilyAccommodationTotal Budget 27.55 465.72Allocation

Sashastra Seema Bal (SSB)

15.60 e names of the schemes exclusivelybenefiting women and the provisions madeagainst each of them during the year 2009-10and 2010-11 are as under:-

(Rs. in lakh)

Sl. Scheme Allocation

No. 2009-10 2010-11

1. Day Care Centre 0.60 0.202. Gender Sensitization 0.10 0.043. Health & Nutritional 0.80 0.26

Care Centre4. Women Hostel 1.50 1.505. Separate 1.50 1.00

accomodation forwomen employeesTotal Budget 4.50 3.00Allocation

• A sum of Rs. 7.20 lakh has been incurred forrunning of women fitness centre withmodern fitness equipments at Force Hqrs.

already established during the year 2008-09;• Rs. 12.50 lakh has been utilized by FTR

Guwahati for running of Day Care Centreand Health and Nutritional Care Centrebeing run at Guwahati, SHQ, Bongaigaon/Tezpur and for the establishment of Mahilacomponent (lady employees) posted in15th, 16th and 23rd Bns. during 2009-10;

• Expenditure of Rs. 17.01 lakh has beenincurred by the field units under FTRLucknow for running of Day Care Centreand Health and Nutritional Care Centreduring 2008-09;

• Expenditure of Rs. 11.61 lakh has beenincurred by AO Darjiling/Kishenganj andSHQ Ranidanga/Muzafarpur under FTRPatna for running of Day Care Centre andHealth and Nutritional Care Centre during2008-09;

• Rs. 13.05 lakh utilized during 2008-09 forrunning of Creche/Day Care Centre at FASrinagar and ATC Gwaldam;

• Rs. 4.24 lakh utilized during 2008-09 forrunning of Creche/Day Care Centre atATC Shamshi/Kumarsain and Sarahan;

• Rs. 1.80 lakh utilized during 2008-09 forrunning of Creche/Day Care Centrealready established at TC Kasumpti;

• Rs. 6.75 lakh utilized during 2008-09 forrunning of Creche/Day Care Centre at25th Bn., Ghitorni;

• During the financial year 2009-10, Rs. 2.22crore has been incurred for construction ofHostel accommodation / separateaccommodation for women employees tilldate;

• Rs. 6.28 lakh has been incurred for runningof Day Care Centre and Health andNutritional Care Centre during 2009-10 bythe field units till date; and

• A provision of Rs. 3 crore for the aboveschemes exclusively benefiting women hasbeen made in the current financial year2010-11.

ANNEXURE

iii

ANNEXURE-I

MINISTERS, SECRETARIES, SPECIAL SECRETARIES, ADDITIONAL SECRETARIES ANDJOINT SECRETARIES HELD/HOLDING POSITIONS IN THE MINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRSDURING THE YEAR 2009-10

Shri P. Chidambaram HOME MINISTER

Shri Sriprakash Jaiswal (upto 22.05.2009) MINISTERS OF STATESmt V. Radhika Selvi (upto 22.05.2009)Dr. Shakeel Ahmad (upto 22.05.2009)Shri Mullappally Ramachandran (since 28.05.2009)Shri Ajay Maken (since 28.05.2009)

Shri Madhukar Gupta (upto 30.06.2009) HOME SECRETARYShri G.K. Pillai (since 01.07.2009 )

Shri G.K. Pillai (from 11.06.2009 to 30.06.2009) OFFICER ON SPECIAL DUTY

Shri Vinay Kumar (upto 31.12.2009) SECRETARY (Border Management) Shri A.E. Ahmad (since 01.01.2010)

Shri Raman Srivastav (upto 01.08.2009) SPECIAL SECRETARIESShri U.K. Bansal (since 07.08.2009)Smt. Anita Chaudhary (since 24.11.2009)Shri A.E. Ahmad (from 24.11.2009 to 31.12.2009)

Smt. Anita Chaudhary (up to 23.11.2009) ADDITIONAL SECRETARIESShri A.E. Ahmad (up to 23.11.2009)Shri Vishwapati Trivedi Shri Dileep Raj Singh Chaudhary

Shri A.K. Yadav JOINT SECRETARIESShri A.K. Goyal Shri Ashim Khurana Shri Ashok Lavasa (since 02.04.2009)Smt. B. Bhamathi Shri D. Diptivilasa

iv

Shri D.K. Kotia Shri Dharmendra Sharma Shri K.C. Jain Shri K. Skandan Dr. Kashmir Singh Shri L.D. JhaDr. N. S. KalsiShri Naveen Verma Shri O. Ravi Shri Prabhanshu Kamal (upto 08.10.2009)Shri R.P. Nath Shri Sada Kant Shri S. Suresh Kumar [since 20.11.2009 (AN)]Shri Shashi Bhushan (upto 30.11.2009)

Dr. Sanjeev Mishra CHIEF CONTROLLER OF ACCOUNTS

(Reference : Chapter-I, Para No.1.4)

v

Vaca

ntA

ddl.

Secr

etar

y(B

orde

r Man

agem

eng

AN

NE

XU

RE

-II

vi

STATEWISE SECURITY SITUATION DURING THE YEARS 2003-2010(JANUARY 31, 2010)

ASSAMHead 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Upto

(31/1/2010)

Incidents 358 267 398 413 474 387 424 35Extremists arrested/killed/ 750 1007 544 752 759 1237 1259 37surrenderedSFs killed 12 17 07 32 27 18 22 01Civilians killed 182 194 173 164 287 245 152 11

MEGHALAYAIncidents 85 47 37 38 28 16 12 02Extremists arrested/killed/ 152 150 108 112 85 88 67 18surrenderedSFs killed 07 08 - - 01 02 - -Civilians killed 35 17 01 06 09 01 03 -

TRIPURAIncidents 394 212 115 87 94 68 19 04Extremists arrested/killed/ 654 608 212 196 303 382 308 15surrenderedSFs killed 39 46 11 14 06 03 01 -Civilians killed 207 67 28 14 14 10 08 -

ARUANCHAL PRADESHIncidents 50 41 32 16 35 28 53 01Extremists arrested/killed/ 81 74 58 23 53 26 108 03surrenderedSFs killed 01 02 01 - 05 - - -Civilians killed 07 06 03 - 12 03 03 -

ANNEXURE-III

vii

Head 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Upto(31/1/2010)

NAGALANDIncidents 199 186 192 309 272 321 129 05Extremists arrested/killed/ 189 145 141 203 211 460 206 28surrenderedSFs killed 03 - 01 02 01 03 - -Civilians killed 13 42 28 29 44 70 16 -

MIZORAMIncidents 03 03 04 05 02 01 01 -Extremists arrested/killed/ 01 41 210 848 21 13 - -surrenderedSFs killed 01 01 - - - 04 - -Civilians killed - - 02 - 02 - 01 -

MANIPUR

Incidents 243 478 554 498 584 740 659 38Extremists arrested/killed/ 365 772 1186 1097 1443 2112 1896 97surrenderedSFs killed 27 36 50 28 39 16 19 01Civilians killed 50 88 158 96 130 137 81 01

(Reference: Chapter II, Para No. 2.6.1.)

viii

ANNEXURE-IV

STATEWISE LIST OF MAJOR MILITANT/INSURGENT GROUPS ACTIVE IN THE NORTH EASTERN STATES

ASSAM

(i) United Liberation Front of Assam (ULFA)(ii) National Democratic Front of Bodoland (NDFB)(iii) Dima Halam Daogah (Joel Garlosa) - DHD(J)

MANIPUR(i) People’s Liberation army (PLA)(ii) United National Liberation Front (UNLF)(iii) People’s Revolutionary Party of Kangleipak (PREPAK)(iv) Kangleipak Communist Party (KCP)(v) Kanglei Yaol Kanba Lup (KYKL)(vi) Manipur People’s Liberation Front (MPLF)(vii) Revolutionary People’s Front (RPF)

MEGHALAYA(i) Achik National Volunteer council (ANVC)(ii) Hynniewtrep National Liberation Council (HNLC)

TRIPURA(i) All Tripura Tiger Force (ATTF)(ii) National Liberation Front of Tripura (NLFT)

NAGALAND

(i) The National Socialist Council of Nagaland (Isak Muivah) – [ NSCN(1/M)](ii) The National Socialist Council of Nagaland (Khaplang) [ NSCN(K)]

All the militant outfits mentioned above except the two factions of National Socialist Councilof Nagaland, have been declared ‘Unlawful Associations’ under the Unlawful Activities(Prevention) Act, 1967 (3) of 1967). In addition, the outfits named above in respect of Assam,Manipur and Tripura have also been listed as ‘terrorist organisations’ in the schedule of theabove Act.

In addition, other militant groups like the Dima Halam Daogah (DHD) and United PeoplesDemocratic Solidarity (UPDS); Karbi Longri N.C. Hills Liberation Front (KLNLF), Kuki NationalArmy (KNA) and Zomi Revolutionary Army (ZRA); Naga National Council (NNC) etc. are alsoactive in the North East.

(Reference: Chapter II, Para No. 2.6.13)

ix

ANNEXURE-V

FUNDS RELEASED IN CASH/KIND UNDER SCHEME FOR MODERNISATION OFSTATE POLICE FORCES

(Rs. in crore)

Name of the State 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10Cash/ Cash/ Cash/ Cash Cash Cash

Kind Kind Kind

Arunachal Pradesh 9.13 7.00 11.53 11.71 14.72 10.92

Assam 41.37 56.68 52.18 88.12 68.12 49.93

Manipur 15.24 16.97 14.09 32.06 39.24 24.44

Meghalaya 7.58 6.57 8.59 15.41 10.82 8.55

Mizoram 7.45 6.00 10.48 10.98 12.69 9.98

Nagaland 13.09 17.52 22.68 30.72 38.43 29.68

Sikkim 5.90 2.43 3.46 4.42 6.12 4.16

Tripura 11.17 11.83 11.34 8.85 20.66 17.55

TOTAL 110.93 125.00 134.35 202.27 210.80 155.21

Reference Chapter II, Para No. 2.6.29

x

ANNEXURE-VI

PHYSICAL AND FINANCIAL PROGRESS OF COASTAL SECURITY SCHEME

Physical progress

State/ UT Coastal Police stationsSanctioned Nos. Made Construction Construction Construction

Operational complete in progress not yet started

Gujarat Coastal PS 10 10 9 1 -Check-posts 25 Nil 1 7 17Out-posts 46 Nil 2 33 11

Maharashtra Coastal PS 12 12 - 2 10Check-posts 32 9 9 - 23Barracks 24 Nil 17 - 7

Goa 3 3 - 1 2Karnataka 5 5 5 - -Kerala 8 1 1 5 2Tamil Nadu Coastal PS 12 12 12 - -

Check-posts 40 26 26 11 3Out-posts 12 4 4 4 4

AP 6 6 6 - -Orissa 5 5 - 2 3West Bengal Coastal PS 6 4 - 3 3

Barracks 6 Nil - - 6Puducherry 1 1 - - 1Lakshadweep 4 4 1 2 1Daman & Diu 1 1 1 - -A&N Islands - - - - -

Total Coastal PS 73 64 35 16 22Check-posts 97 35 36 18 43Out-posts 58 4 6 37 15Barracks 30 Nil 17 Nil 13

xi

(Rs. in lakh)

Financial Progress

Sl. Name of State/UT Approved Approved Approved component Total releaseNo. Outlay estimated for construction cost of of funds

Boat coastal PSs, check-posts,component out-posts, barracks,

vehicles and lump-sumassistance for officeequipment & furnitureetc.

1 Gujarat 5842.60 5000.00 842.60 842.6002 Maharashtra 4092.60 3400.00 692.60 692.6003 Goa 1653.50 1500.00 153.50 153.5004 Karnataka 2711.90 2500.00 211.90 211.9005 Kerala 4356.00 4000.00 356.00 356.0006 Tamil Nadu 4408.00 3600.00 808.00 808.0007 Andhra Pradesh 3267.00 3000.00 267.00 267.0008 Orissa 2765.75 2500.00 265.75 265.7509 West Bengal 3353.40 3000.00 353.40 353.400

10 Puducherry 544.50 500.00 44.50 44.50011 Lakshadweep 936.80 800.00 136.80 136.80012 Daman & Diu 668.35 600.00 68.35 68.35013 Andaman & Nicobar 2603.90 2500.00 103.90 77.78814 Sub-total (States/UTs) 4304.30 4278.18815 Stage payments for Boats - 10251.56416 Custom Duty etc. for Boats - 1989.25917 Sub-total (Boats) 32900.00 12240.82318 Sub-total 37204.30 16519.011

(Non-recurring)19 Training charges to - 152.339

Coast Guard20 Advance POL charges 1121.00021 Sub-total 15100.00 1273.339

(Recurring)22 GRAND TOTAL 52304.30 32900.00 4304.30 17792.350

(Reference : Chapter III, Para 3.33)

xii

ANNEXURE-VII

AREA AND POPULATION OF THE UNION TERRITORIES

S. Union Territory Area Population PopulationNo. (in Sq. Km.) (1991 Census) (2001 Census)

1. Andaman and Nicobar 8,249 2,80,661 3,56,152Islands

2. Chandigarh 114 6,42,015 9,00,6353. Dadra and Nagar Haveli 491 1,38,477 2,20,4904. Daman and Diu 112 1,01,586 1,58,2045. Lakshadweep 32 51,707 60,6506. National Capital Territory 1,483 94,20,644 1,38,50,507

of Delhi.7. Puducherry 492 8,07,785 9,74,345

Total 10,973 1,14,42,875 1,65,20,983

(Reference: Chapter VII, Para No.7.3)

xiii

ANNEXURE-VIII(Rs. in Crore)

ABSTRACT OF BUDGET OF THE UNION TERRITORIES WITHOUT LEGISLATURE ON NETBASIS

2008-09 2008-09 2009-10 2009-10BE Expenditure BE RE

A&N islandsPlan 1087.85 1534.77 1536.81 1536.81

Non-Plan 800.00 1086.42 1148.37 1179.27Total 1887.85 2621.19 2658.18 2716.08

Chandigarh Plan 304.65 488.54 319.22 449.22

Non-Plan 890.00 949.09 1449.00 1478.58Total 1194.65 1437.63 1768.22 1927.80

Dadra & Nagar Haveli Plan 86.03 111.00 153.68 188.68

Non-Plan 65.00 326.09 91.42 97.89Total 151.03 437.09 245.10 286.57

Daman & Diu Plan 82.25 104.95 154.34 165.12

Non-Plan 66.00 163.53 83.21 111.31Total 148.25 268.48 237.55 276.43

LakshadweepPlan 263.68 270.16 296.86 288.86

Non-Plan 252.35 371.53 379.97 389.07Total 516.03 641.69 676.83 677.93

Abstract of Central Assistance to Union Territories with Legislature

PuducherryPlan 136.37 150.35 264.19 264.12

Non-Plan 439.00 941.57 755.00 860.67Total 575.37 1091.92 1019.19 1124.79

NCT of DelhiPlan 1240.02 808.22 2435.68 2435.75

Non-Plan 25.00 25.00 25.00 35.00Total 1265.02 833.22 2460.68 2470.75

(Reference: Chapter VII, Para No.7.3)

xiv

STATUS OF FUNDS RELEASED/YET TO BE RELEASED IN THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR2009-10 TO THE UNION TERRITORIES AND DELHI POLICE UNDER POLICE MODERNISA-

TION SCHEME (PMSUT) As on 2.3.2010

(Rs. In lakh)Sl. UTs Amount Amount Date of issue Balance amountto

No. sanctioned released of sanction be released inunder AAP (till date) letter FY 2009-10

2009-10

1. Andaman & Nicobar 2680.00 893.00 09.06.2009 0.00Islands 1787.00 27.08.2009

2. Delhi Police 12240.00 4080.00 18.06.2009 0.008160.00 19.11.2009

3. Lakshadweep 314.30 104.00 03.07.2009 0.00210.30 24.12.2009

4. Puducherry 1320.00 440.00 15.07.2009 880.00

5. Chandigarh 140.00 46.67 27.08.2009 0.0093.33 30.12.2009

6. Daman & Diu 430.00 143.00 04.09.2009 0.00287.00 26.02.2010

7. Dadar & Nagar 520.00 173.33 08.10.2009 79.03Haveli 267.64 25.02.2010

Total 17644.30 16685.27 959.03

(Reference: Chapter VII, Para No.7.13)

ANNEXURE-IX

xv

Allocation and Release of Funds from CRF/ NCCF during 2009-2010(Rs. in crore)

Sl. Name of the Allocation of CRF Releases from CRF Releases No. State Central State Total 1st 2nd from NCCF

Share Share Instalment Instalment1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1. Andhra Pradesh 313.67 104.56 418.23 156.835 156.835 685.81#+185.81

2. Arunachal Pradesh 23.86 7.95 31.81 11.93 11.93 32.293. Assam 162.80 54.27 217.07 81.40 81.40 --4. Bihar 125.59 41.86 167.45 62.795 62.795 --5. Chhattisgarh 94.22 31.41 125.63 92.825 @ --

(45.715*+47.11)

6. Goa 1.92 0.64 2.56 0.96 0.96 4.04 #7. Gujarat 224.25 74.75 299.00 112.125 112.125 --8. Haryana 113.39 37.80 151.19 110.69 + 56.695 --

(53.995*56.695)

9. Himachal Pradesh 84.91 28.30 113.21 21.2275 42.455 14.5810. Jammu & Kashmir 72.90 24.30 97.20 71.825 36.45 --

(35.375 *+ 36.45)

11. Jharkhand 106.31 35.44 141.75 104.735 53.155 --(51.58 * +

53.155)12. Karnataka 104.52 34.84 139.36 52.26 52.26 1594.36

(83.83 + 500 #+ 53.04)+

957.49 13. Kerala 77.93 25.98 103.91 38.965 38.965 --14. Madhya Pradesh 214.41 71.47 285.88 107.21 107.205 40.53

ANNEXURE-X

xvi

15. Maharashtra 203.21 67.74 270.95 387.29 101.605 182.10(92.155 +96.765 * + 96.765+ 101.605)

16. Manipur 4.69 1.56 6.25 4.615 2.345 0.91(2.265 +

2.35)*17. Meghalaya 9.51 3.17 12.68 4.755 @ --18. Mizoram 5.55 1.85 7.40 8.165 2.775 --

(2.695* + 2.695*

+ 2.775)19. Nagaland 3.22 1.07 4.29 1.61 1.61 8.4720. Orissa 254.27 84.76 339.03 49.369 127.135 --21. Punjab 133.12 44.37 177.49 66.56 @ --22. Rajasthan 378.90 126.30 505.20 189.45 189.45 115.1223. Sikkim 14.78 4.93 19.71 7.39 7.39 --24. Tamil Nadu 190.60 63.53 254.13 47.65 95.30 --25. Tripura 10.83 3.61 14.44 10.675 5.415 --

(5.26* + 5.415)

26. Uttar Pradesh 249.55 83.19 332.74 124.775 124.775 148.9627. Uttarakhand 76.39 25.46 101.85 38.195 @ --28. West Bengal 197.93 65.98 263.91 98.965 98.965 166.869

(128.28+38.589)

Total: - 3453.23 1151.09 4604.32 2065.25 1569.99 2994.039

@ Installment(s) of Centre’s share of CRF for the year of 2009-10 has not been released forwant of information relating to crediting of earlier released funds and submission of uti-lization certificate.

* Arrears of previous year.# Released ‘on account’ basis for flood-09.

(Reference: Chapter X, Para 10.17)

xvii

STATEMENT SHOWING STATE-WISE EXTENT OF DAMAGE DUE TO HEAVYRAINS/FLASH FLOODS/FLOODS/ LANDSLIDE DURING THE YEAR 2009

(Provisional)

Sl. State/UT No. of No. of No. of Cropped areaNo. human cattle houses affected (lakh

lives lost heads damaged hectares)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1. Andhra Pradesh 108 44132 213748 2.82

2. Assam 08 12 240 0.2983. Bihar 63 02 6050 Neg.4. Chhattisgarh 05 03 1321 --5. Goa 03 265 1053 0.0346. Gujarat 94 456 12641 0.0297. Haryana 09 16 2216 0.0838. Himachal Pradesh 25 104 2670 -9. Karnataka 396 9043 665877 24.22

10. Kerala 142 177 22744 0.3911. Madhya Pradesh 56 148 11356 --12. Maharashtra 65 31509 75441 8.7913. Orissa 59 -- 13547 1.3314. Punjab 08 -- 72 0.0615. Rajasthan 48 3509 221 --16. Sikkim 01 -- -- --17. Tamil Nadu 108 312 8437 --18. Uttar Pradesh 254 101 2893 4.6119. Uttarakhand 87 362 412 --20 West Bengal 137 38744 318786 4.4721 Puducherry -- 07 01 Neg.

Total 1676 128452 1359726 47.134(13.59 lakh)

(Reference: Chapter X, Para 10.27)

ANNEXURE-XI

xviii

Annexure - XII

Estimated Birth rate, Death rate, Natural growth rate and Infant mortality rate, 2008

India/States/ Union Birth rate Death rate Natural growth rate Infant mortality rateTerritories Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13India Bigger States 22.8 24.4 18.5 7.4 8.0 5.9 15.4 16.5 12.6 53 58 361. Andhra Pradesh 18.4 19.1 16.8 7.5 8.3 5.7 10.9 10.8 11.1 52 58 362. Assam 23.9 25.3 15.7 8.6 9.0 5.6 15.4 16.2 10.1 64 66 393. Bihar 28.9 29.7 22.5 7.3 7.4 6.0 21.6 22.3 16.5 56 57 424. Chhattisgarh 26.1 27.6 19.3 8.1 8.5 6.4 18.0 19.2 12.9 57 59 485. Delhi 18.4 20.2 18.1 4.8 5.1 4.7 13.6 15.1 13.4 35 40 346. Gujarat 22.6 24.1 20.3 6.9 8.0 5.4 15.7 16.1 14.9 50 58 357. Haryana 23.0 24.2 20.4 6.9 7.3 5.9 16.1 16.8 14.5 54 58 438. Jammu & Kashmir 18.8 20.2 14.0 5.8 6.0 4.9 13.1 14.2 9.1 49 51 379. Jharkhand 25.8 27.5 18.9 7.1 7.5 5.2 18.7 19.9 13.7 46 49 3210. Karnataka 19.8 20.9 17.9 7.4 8.5 5.5 12.4 12.4 12.4 45 50 3311. Kerala 14.6 14.6 14.6 6.6 6.7 6.4 8.0 7.9 8.2 12 12 1012. Madhya Pradesh 28.0 30.0 21.1 8.6 9.4 6.0 19.4 20.7 15.1 70 75 4813. Maharashtra 17.9 18.4 17.2 6.6 7.4 5.6 11.3 11.0 11.6 33 40 2314. Orissa 21.4 22.2 16.0 9.0 9.4 6.9 12.3 12.9 9.1 69 71 4915. Punjab 17.3 18.0 16.1 7.2 8.0 6.0 10.1 10.1 10.1 41 45 3316. Rajasthan 27.5 28.8 23.5 6.8 7.0 6.1 20.7 21.8 17.4 63 69 3817. Tamil Nadu 16.0 16.2 15.8 7.4 8.2 6.3 8.6 8.0 9.4 31 34 2818. Uttar Pradesh 29.1 30.0 25.1 8.4 8.8 6.6 20.7 21.2 18.4 67 70 4919. West Bengal 17.5 19.4 12.4 6.2 6.1 6.6 11.2 13.3 5.8 35 37 29Smaller States1. Arunachal Pradesh 21.8 23.1 15.2 5.2 5.6 3.0 16.6 17.5 12.1 32 34 192. Goa 13.6 13.4 13.8 6.6 8.1 5.7 7.1 5.3 8.2 10 10 113. Himachal Pradesh 17.7 18.2 12.1 7.4 7.7 4.7 10.3 10.6 7.4 44 45 274. Manipur 15.8 15.9 15.7 5.0 4.8 5.4 10.9 11.1 10.3 14 16 85. Meghalaya 25.2 27.3 15.6 7.9 8.4 5.4 17.3 18.9 10.2 58 60 436. Mizoram 17.8 22.0 13.4 5.1 5.9 4.2 12.8 16.1 9.2 37 45 247. Nagaland 17.5 17.8 16.4 4.6 5.0 3.3 12.9 12.9 13.0 26 25 288. Sikkim 18.4 18.7 16.6 5.2 5.4 3.7 13.2 13.3 12.8 33 35 199. Tripura 15.4 16.1 12.0 5.9 6.0 5.2 9.5 10.1 6.8 34 36 2610. Uttarakhand 20.1 21.0 16.5 6.4 6.7 5.6 13.6 14.4 10.9 44 48 24Union Territories1. Andaman & Nicobar 16.9 16.9 17.1 4.8 5.5 3.6 12.1 11.4 13.4 31 35 23

Islands2. Chandigarh 16.4 22.6 15.8 4.4 3.1 4.6 11.9 19.6 11.2 28 22 293. Dadra & Nagar Haveli 27.0 26.4 29.2 5.4 6.1 3.0 21.6 20.4 26.2 34 38 204. Daman & Diu 17.5 17.3 17.9 5.3 5.4 5.2 12.2 12.0 12.6 31 29 365. Lakshadweep 14.3 15.7 12.9 7.1 6.4 7.8 7.1 9.3 5.0 31 28 356. Puducherry 16.4 16.4 16.4 7.5 8.8 6.9 8.9 7.6 9.5 25 31 22

(Reference: Chapter-XIV, Para 14.31)

xix

DETAILS OF VIGILANCE/DISCIPLINARY CASES IN MINISTRTY OF HOME AFFAIRS AND ITSATTACHED/SUBORDINATE OFFICES AS ON DECEMBER 2009

Sl. Item Gazetted Non- GazettedNo. Cases Officer Cases Officers

1. Number of Vigilance/disciplinary 176 180 846 888cases as on 1.4.2009.

2. Vigilance/disciplinary cases started 72 87 1617 1717from 1.4.2009 to 31.12.2009.

3. Vigilance/disciplinary cases disposed 68 69 1613* 1675of upto 31.12.2009.

4. Vigilance/disciplinary cases as 180 198 852 930on 31.12.2009.(1+2-3)

5. Action taken in respect of Vigilance/disciplinary cases disposed of (with reference to serial number-3): (a) Dismissal 4 4 378 389(b) Removal 3 3 247 257(c) Compulsory retirement 4 4 91 95(d) Reduction in rank/pay etc. 6 5 104 106(e) Withholding of increment 1 1 312 332(f ) Withholding of promotion 1 1 3 1(g) Recovery ordered from pay - - 45 24(h) Censure 4 4 123 119(i) Warning 7 7 23 27(j) Displeasure 17 19 3 2(k) Exoneration 7 7 42 61(l) Transfer of cases - - 9 9(m) Proceedings dropped 6 6 36 42(n) Cut in pension 4 4 - -(o) Resignation accepted - - 9 9(p) Confinement in Unit - - 82 89(q) Confinement in Quarter Guard - - 120 109(r) Transferred Out 1 1 2 -(s) Kept in abeyance 2 2 2 2(t) Removal from Instt. Area - - - -

(u)Proceedings dropped as per 1 1 1 1Court orders

(v) Extra Duty 4Total (a to v) 68 69 1636* 1675

* Variation in Sl. No.3 and Sl. No.5 of Non-Gazetted cases column is due to the fact that numberof persons involved and accordingly punishments awarded in one single case is more than oneand therefore, has to be shown repeatedly in different punishment columns of Sl. No.5. (Reference: Chapter XV, Para 15.17)

ANNEXURE-XIII

xx

DETAILS OF OUTSTANDING INTERNAL AUDIT OBJECTIONS/PARAS AS ONDECEMBER 31, 2009

(Reference: Chapter XV, Para 15.43)

Sl.No.

1234567

89

101112

13

141516171819

Name of the Organization/Union territoreis

Ministry of Home Affairs (Proper)Department of Official LanguageRegistrar General of IndiaBorder Security ForceCentral Reserve Police Force(CRPF)National Security Guard (NSG)Central Industrial Security Force(C.I.S.F.)Intelligence Bureau (I.B.)SVP, National Police Academy,Hyderabad (N.P.A.)Assam RiflesIndo Tibetan Border Police (I.T.B.P.)Bureau of Police Research and De-velopment (B.P.R.&D.)National Institute of Criminologyand Forensic ScienceNational Crime Record BureauLakshadweepAndaman and Nicobar IslandsDaman and DiuDadra and Nagar HaveliChandigarhTotal

Paras out-standing ason March31, 2009

224547

49010717

172

7515

71417

16

26225

105574

11113493965

Paras re-ceivedduringApril 1,2009 toDecember31, 2009

101759

130235186

420

25590

0

994

24500

105955

Paras set-tled dur-ing April 1,2009 toDecember31, 2009

0145282382662

230

36480

0

340

16102

113700

Paras out-standingat the endof Decem-ber 31,2009

324854

5389242

196

9415

60527

16

32279

113974

10913414220

ANNEXURE-XIV

xxi

S.No.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Year

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

No. of Paras/PAC reports onwhich ATNs have been sub-mitted to PAC after vettingby Audit

4(14.1 , 14. 2, 14.3 and 14.6 ofReport No.2 of 2003)

-

1(9.1 of Report No. 2 of 2005)

1(7.1 of Report No. 2 of 2006)

2(10.1 & 10.2 of Report No. 2of 2007)

3(9.1, 9.2 & 9.4 of Report No.CA1 of 2008)

No. ofATNs notsent bythe Min-istry evenfor thefirst time

-

-

-

-

-

-

No. of ATNssent but re-turned withobservationsand auditawaiting theirresubmissionby the Min-istry

-

-

-

-

-

1(9.3)

No. of ATNswhich havebeen finallyvetted byaudit buthave notbeen submit-ted by theMinistry toPAC

-

-

-

-

-

-

ANNEXURE-XV

STATUS OF THE ATNs ON IMPORTANT AUDIT OBSERVATIONS INCLUDED IN EARLIERANNUAL REPORTS

Details of the Paras/PA reports on whichATNs are pending

(Reference: Chapter XV, Para 15.44)

xxii

OUTSTANDING AUDIT OBSERVATIONS/PARAS OF C&AG AND A.T.R. AS ONDECEMBER 31, 2009

Audit Observations/Paras

I. Recovery at the instance of audit

On being pointed out that reimbursement of expenditure on security had been madeto the Government of Assam in excess of the eligible amount, the Ministry recoveredRs. 72.00 lakh from the Government of Assam.(Para No. 6.2 of Report No. CA 14 of 2008-09)

Transaction Audit Observations

II. Unauthorised attachment of personnel at officers’ mess by BSF.

Director General, Border Security Force attached large number of personnel by di-verting from their field units to the Ashwini Officers’ Mess, Nizamuddin and Force Headquar-ter Officers’ Mess, Tigri, New Delhi in violation of the orders of the Ministry issued on thedirections of the Group of Ministers on National Security.(Para No. 6.3 of Report No. CA 14 of 2008-09)

Transaction Audit Observations

III. Extra expenditure – Rs. 59.61 lakh

Delay in processing of the case by Intelligence Bureau for purchase of a plot for its of-fice building in Varanasi resulted in extra expenditure of Rs. 59.61 lakh.(Para No. 6.6 of Report No. CA 14 of 2008-09)

Transaction Audit Observations

IV. Inordinate delay in completion of water supply scheme.

Improper planning and execution by APWD in completion of a Water Supply Schemein South Andaman led to an expenditure of Rs. 9.50 crore without fulfillment of the objectiveeven after thirteen years.(Para No. 11.1 of Report No. CA 14 of 2008-09)

Transaction Audit Observations

(Reference: Chapter XV, Para 15.44 )

ANNEXURE-XVI

xxiii

S. No.

1

1.

2.

3.

4.

Para No.

2

6.2 of Report No. CA 14 of 2008-09

6.3 of ReportNo. CA 14 of 2008-09

6.6 of ReportNo. CA 14 of2008-09

11.1 of ReportNo. CA 14 of2008-09

Brief Subject

3Recovery at the Instance of Audit.

Unauthorizedattachment of personnel atOfficers’ Messby BSF.

Extra expenditure - Rs. 59.61 lakh.

Inordinate delay in Completion ofWaterSupply Scheme.

Subject MatterMinistries/Deptt.

4NE Dn.

Police-IIDn.

Police-II Dn.

UT Dn.

Present Status

5The para has beensettled and sent toMonitoring Cell, M/oFinance.

The para has beensettled and sent toMonitoring Cell, M/oFinance.

Vetted comments ofaudit received andaction is being initiatedfor sending the finalATN to Monitoring Cell,M/o Finance.

The information hasbeen sought fromAndaman & NicobarAdministration which isawaited.

ANNEXURE-XVII

(Reference: Chapter XV, Para 15.44)

STATUS OF VARIOUS AUDIT PARAS PERTAINING TO MHA AS ON DECEMBER 31, 2009